Skip to main content

Full text of "British Guiana; or, Work and wanderings among the Creoles and coolies, the Africans and Indians of the wild country"

See other formats


IQ^*1«n|niiiv..iii,MW^i    11,^, 


^r^f^^r^^fr^'^^^^^mmtmmmi* 


^^^^m^^mmmmmm 


BRITISH 
GUIANA 


L.  Crookail 


/^  -r 


^^6  /^ 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arcinive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.arcliive.org/details/britisliguianaorwOOcrooricli 


BRITISH  GUIANA 


Third  Edition,  lUustrated,  cloth,  78.  6d. 

IN  THE  GUIANA  FOREST. 

By  JAMES  RODWAY. 

With  Introduction  by  Grant  Allen. 

Mr.  Rodway  has  a  great  deal  to  tell  about  the  exuberance 
of  animal  and  vegetable  life  in  the  tropical  forest  ...  he 
tells  it  vividly  and  well."— Po//  Mall  Gazette. 

"  A  more  acute  and  sympathetic  observer  than  Mr.  Rod- 
way  there  could  not  well  be.  ...  A  number  of  side  ques- 
tions add  to  the  value  of  this  interesting  book  .  .  .  making 
this  volume  an  altogether  delightful  and  permanent  con- 
tribution to  our  information.  .  .  .  The  illustrations  to  the 
book  are  excellent."— Mr.  Edw.^rdClodd  in  The  Academy. 

"He  brings  to  bear  on  the  task  not  only  a  wide  scientific 
knowledge,  but  also  a  considerable  power  of  literary  ex- 
pression .  .  .  his  sketches  of  tropical  life  and  the  theories 
he  deduces  from  them  are  unusually  valuable  and  inte- 
resting."—S^eetotor. 

"We  have  seldom  read  a  work  so  thoroughly  educa- 
tional in  the  highest  sense  of  the  word,  or  one  in  which 
information  is  so  pleasantly  conveyed."— .(4//i«jaFMm. 

"Mr.  Rodway  has  painted  for  us,  as  few  have  done 
before,  the  magical  wonders  of  a  great  tropical  forest." 

National  Observer. 

"  Both  realistic  and  readable,  which  cannot  always  be 
said  of  scientific  books.  Even  the  unscientific  will  find  it 
fascinating  and  abounding  in  information  lucidly  and 
attractively  conveyed."— ^af»r«  Notes. 


LONDON  :  T.  FISHER  UNWIN. 


[/■■;•!';;//>/'/»■.  ('. 


A    COOLIE    LADY. 


BRITISH    GUIANA 

OR 

JVORK  AND   fVANDE%INGS  A<:MONG  THE  CREOLES  AND 
COOLIES,   THE   AFRICANS  AND  INDIANS  OF 
THE   fVILD  COUNTRY 


REV. 


CROOKALL 

Author  of 


BOOKS:  HOW  TO  READ  AND  WHAT  TO  READ,"  "TOPICS 
IN  THE  TROPICS,"  ETC. 


ILLUSTRATED 


LONDON 
T.    FISHER    UNWIN 

PATERNOSTER    SQUARE 
MDCCCXCVIII 


:  ^' 


^^jLL^^i; 


> 


^r^TrF^'^^r^A:'^ 


-irl 


\^All  tights  rtsefved"] 


ftnttcroh  Uhwcy 


CONTENTS. 


Off  to  the  West  Indies  and  the  Spanish 
Main 

Sailing  out — The  mysterious  passenger — Adjusting  the 
compasses  —  Home  compasses  —  Political  compasses  — 
Ecclesiastical  compasses — Dover  from  the  sea — A  "sneezer" 
— How  she  fought  the  storm — A  man  overboard — A  look 
in  at  Dartmouth — "Westward  Ho!" — My  native  land, 
farewell — Struggles  within — On  to  our  shelves — A  first 
night  at  sea — Dinner  hour — The  doctor,  the  lawyer,  and 
the  parson — "Quite  correct,  sir!" — What  is  life? — The 
.\zores — St.  Michael's — "  Ponta  Delgada  " — Under  the 
stars  in  a  tropical  sea — Orion — Venus  and  Mars — In  the 
tropics — The  melting-room — A  whale — Flying-fish — Bar- 
badoes — In  Carlisle  Bay — Bridgetown — Off  again. 

II. 

Guiana,  or  The  Wild  Coast 

First  view  of  land — Peculiarities  of  coast — The  school- 
boy's answer — Derivation  of  Guiana — When  discovered — 
Visited  by  Raleigh — El  Dorado — Gold  and  diamonds — 
Government  returns — Situation  of  the  Wild  Coast — River 
Amazon — Orinoco — Its  fifty  mouths — A  curious  geographi- 
cal    fact  —  Divisions — British    Guiana — Brief    history    of 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

British  Guiana — Berbice  —  Demerara  —  Essequebo  —  The 
three  great  rivers — The  Cuyuni — The  Rupununi — The 
Potaro — Kaieteur  Falls — A  new  world — Population  and 
subsistence — The  country's  resources — Grand  prospects — 
Its  soil — Its  productiveness — The  fanner's  difficulty — Coast 
lands  and  interior — Savannahs — Forests — A  terrene  ocean 
— Schomburg  on  these  Guiana  plains — The  great  savannah 
— Supposed  site  of  El  Dorado — The  Ituni  downs — ^Wild 
cattle — Tigers  and  jaguars — Climate — The  "  Transatlantic 
Eden  " — Temperature — Trade  winds — Purity  of  atmosphere 
— Wonderful  plants — How  to  live  long. 

HI. 

The  Land  where  Sugar  Grows         .        .  4a 

Opinions  of  Demerara — A  warm  land — The  seasons — The 
moonlight — Getting  moonstruck — Thirteen  springs — Thir- 
teen autumns — Strange  facts — Queen  Luna — A  land  of 
equality — The  lords  of  the  soil — Days  and  nights — Trees 
always  green — No  winter — A  sweet  land — Golden  syrup — 
Sweet  potatoes — Sweet  cassava — Sweet  plantain — The 
saccharine  element — A  land  of  exuberant  vitality — "  Betes- 
rouges  " — Frogs — Sandflies — Mosquitoes — The  leaf  of  life 
— Sugar — Sandvoort  village — Orange — Birds — Tigers  in 
town — A  savage  alligator. 

IV. 

The  History  of  a  Pound  of  Sugar  ,  56 

At  the  tea-table — Demerara  crystals — Fashions — Society 
— Cane  sugar — Its  good  qualities — It  is  very  ancient — Was 
grown  in  Palestine — Estates  and  plantations — Cane  in 
full  bloom — Labourers  at  work — Mill  for  grinding — Value 
of  the  land — Clearing  and  draining — Planting — A  day's 
earnings — Ploughing — Weeding — The  *'  Arrows  " — Har- 
vest— Cutting  the  canes — Transporting  them  to  factory — 
Crushing  them — The  juice — Boiling  them — The  vacuum 
pan — Molasses — Packing  and  shipping. 

V. 

In  a  Tropical  House 65 

Curious  noises — Beetles  and  borers — Frogs  and  their 
whistles— The  grand  concert — The  six  o'clock  beetle— A 


CONTENTS 

PACK 

tropical  house — Why  on  pillars  ? — ^Jalousies  and  verandah 
— Where  is  your  chimney  ? — Which  way  to  sit — How  they 
cook — Taps  and  vats — Upstairs — Like  a  bird  in  a  cage — 
Mosquito  curtains — Vampire  bats — Centipedes — Shake  the 
folds  of  your  skirts — It  was  up  my  trousers  leg — ^Jiggers — 
Poking  them  out  —  Morning  coffee — Song  of  old  Jane — 
When  it  is  cool — Breakfast — Kinds  of  fish — Luncheon — • 
Fruit-trees — Dinner — Foo-foo  soup. 


VI 

In  a  Tropical  City     ,        ,        .         ,        ,  77 

Georgetown — On  river  Demerara — The  harbour — ^Water 
Street — The  market — Vegetables,  fruits,  and  flowers — 
Plantains — Everything  different — Like  the  Tower  of  Babel 
— The  stores — Dollars  and  cents — Tramcars —Policemen 
— The  post-office — The  museum — The  lighthouse — The 
sea-wall — Main  Street — Camp  Street — Roman  Catholic 
Cathedral — Brick  Dam — The  burning  bush — Avenue  of 
palms — The  Botanical  Gardens — Fan  palms  —The  Corypha 
^Cabbage  palms— Royal  palms — Coquirita  palms — Ita 
palms — Snow  plant — Character  d'homme — Lady  of  the 
night  —  Public  buildings  —  Town-hall  —  Churches  and 
chapels — Pleasures  of  the  city. 


VII. 

Up  to  Berbice ,  96 

The  coasting  steamer — Mouth  of  Berbice  river — Crab 
Island — The  old  Dutch  fort — Canje  Creek — The  new 
span-bridge — View  of  New  Amsterdam — The  landing — 
Water  Street — Merchant  stores — Prices  of  commodities — 
Main  Street — Rum  shops — Peculiar  names — Formation  of 
streets — The  trenches  and  bridges— Different  races — Occu- 
pations —  Town  council  —  Town-hall  —  Court-house  — 
Churches  and  chapels — Public  hospital — Providence  estate 
and  Islington — Overwinning — Congo  Africans — The  old 
slave's  story — The  east  coast — Scandal  Point — Queens- 
town — Lunatic  Asylum — Coolie  huts — Sowing  the  rice — 
How  the  coolies  live — A  coolie  family. 

vii 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 
VIII. 

In  a  Tropical  Church       .        .        .        .  ii6 

Religion  in  British  Guiana — Sunday— Service  in  church — 
A  mission  chapel  congregation — The  people's  dress — The 
queer  side  of  things — The  Chinese— Windows  and  doors 
—Disturbing  noises — Funny  habits — Labouring  under 
difficulties — Numerous  creatures  and  insects — "Cockles" 
— The  singing — Bible  knowledge  of  the  natives— Faith  of 
the  old  slaves — Different  races  worshipping  together — Uses 
of  a  tropical  church  —  Baptisms  of  children  —  Strange 
names — A  tropical  wedding — Ludicrous  mistakes — "  After 
you,  sir  ! " — Funerals — The  suddenness  of  death—"  Watch 
ye 


I  " 


IX. 

Parson  and  Gorgonzambe  .... 

The  old  African— Gorgonzambe  or  Ciod-doctor— A  bad 
mind — An  Obeah  man — Funny  expressions — The  chamber 
of  sickness — A  parson's  work — Hours  of  consultation — 
Ballata — Ballata  bleeding — Bush  adventures — The  Indian's 

petition — The  trouble  of  Mrs.  S Mr.  K.  in  court — 

Another  petition  to  government — The  "Act  of  Verweez- 
ing" — Parson's  vat — Kindliness— Charles  II. 's  chaplain — 
A  parson's  worries. 


X. 
The  Old  Africans  of  Guiana    .        .        .  149 

Different  races — The  black  people — The  negro's  story — 
Introduction  of  the  Africans  into  British  Guiana — Slave 
days — Horrors  of  slavery — Cruel  punishments — Flogging — 
The  slave-market — Pincard's  description  of  a  sale — A 
mother's  anguish — The  slave  mother's  farewell— Condition 
of  the  slaves  in  the  early  part  of  this  century — Dawn  of  a 
new  light — Moffat  and  Livingstone — ^John  Wray — Slaves 
singing— The  old  Dutch  church — The  slaves'  hope — 
"  Gingo  "— Buckra— The  Bible  and  the  rats. 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

XI. 

Emancipation  and  its  Results  .        .        .  169 

The  Act  of  Emancipation — Planters'  responsibilities — A 
slave's  daily  work — A  rumour  of  freedom — Rising  of  slaves 
on  La  Resouvenir — Rev.  J.  Smith  taken  prisoner — A  false 
verdict — Sixty  years  after — Advancement  of  the  people — 
Religion  to-day — Ecclesiasticism  and  religion — Govern- 
ment— Medical  men — Established  churches — The  London 
Missionary  churches. 

XIL 

Up  the  Berbice  River        .        .        .        .  183 

Preparations  for  our  journey — The  aborigines — His  life — 
His  needs  and  wants — His  pictures — Hammocks — Neces- 
sary provisions — Starting  off — Description  of  the  river — 
The  homa — Lianos — The  forests — Savannah — Anchored 
— Our  sleeping  place — Meditations — Strange  noises — Wild 
hogs — The  Midnight  sky — The  Southern  Cross — Rain  and 
sandflies — Daylight  — off  again — The  old  fort — The  old 
Dutch  Governor  —  Jumbies —  The  chest  of  gold  —  Our 
destination. 

xin. 
At  Zeelandia 194 

The  old  Dutch  plantation — A  mysterious  light — "Saf'ly 
ribah  run  deep  " — The  Gladstone  family — I'he  chapel  in 
the  wilderness — A  cocoa  plantation — Cocoa  trees  and  their 
fruit — Pounding  the  beans — A  coffee  plantation — Coffee 
berries — The  ricefields — Threshing  and  winnowing — The 
Hermitage — The  prophet's  room — Man's  necessities — A 
first  night  in  the  forest — Beetles,  grasshoppers,  locusts, 
cockroaches — Walking  leaves — Praying  prophets — Frogs — 
Owls  —  Parrots  —  Monkeys — Wild  beasts  and  snakes  — 
Thoughts  and  feelings — Rain — The  tiger  story — In  the 
canoe — A  walk  in  the  forest — Horatio's  dog — The  bush- 
master — The  snake  charmer — An  adventure — The  silk 
cotton  tree — Strange  superstitions — '*  No'  me,  de  massa  " 
— The  return. 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 
XIV. 

KiMBiA  Lakes 212 

A  dangerous  place — Pluck  and  courage — Dawn— Off  in  the 
boat — Our  party — Weapons  of  defence — A  lonely  scjuatter 
— Points — In  Kimbia  Creek — Paddling— Leo — A  labba — 
— A  monkey — Sambo— A  Dutchman's  bridge — Difficulties 
— The  cutlass— A  rest— Off  again — The  great  savannah — 
The  moca-moca — Kimbia  Lake  at  last — Ita  palms — A 
deathly  silence — A  picnic — Danger  and  difficulty— The 
drinking  cup — Getting  dark — Moonlight  and  shadows — In 
the  river  once  more — Balmy  sleep — Abarybanna. 

XV. 
Among  the  Aravvaack  Indians  .        .        .  228 

Off  once  more — Wood-cutters — Sandhills— Maria  Hen- 
rietta —  Coomacka  —  A  flotilla  of  canoes — The  Indian 
chief — Wikky  Creek — The  Green  Heart  and  other  trees — 
The  landing-place  —  Indian  women  and  picknies — The 
Arawaacks — The  Accawais — The  Caribs— The  Waraws — 
The  Macoosis — General  history — Their  appearance — De- 
scription of  the  Caribs — Characteristics  of  the  Waraws — 
Revenge  of  the  Macoosis — The  warlike  Accawais — The 
subjects  of  our  Mission — The  good  qualities  of  the  Ara- 
waacks— Their  marriages — Marching  to  the  settlement — 
Sight  of  a  snake — Landmarks  of  the  Arawaacks — Their 
instincts — The  forest  trees — The  Indian's  signals — The 
settlement  —  Calcuni — The  Indian  chapel  and  parson's 
benaab  —  No  furniture — Service  —  Introduction  to  the 
families — How  the  days  passed — Farewell  ! 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS. 


A  Coolie  Lady    . 

An  Orchid  Associated  with  other 

Epiphytes  . 
Mission  House,  N.  A.  Berbice 
A  Coolie  Family 
Selling  Fish  in  Georgetown 
Water  Street,  Georgetown 
Cookie  having  a  Gossip  on  the  Way 
Camp  Street,  Georgetown,  showing 

Trench  with  Victoria  Regia  Lilies 
Avenue  of  Palm  Trees,  Georgetown 
A  Chinese  Wood-carrier 
Cookie  returning  from  Market  . 
Strand,  N.  A.  Berbice  . 
An  East  Indian  Beauty 
Coolie  House,  Corentyne  Coast,  Berbice  „ 


.     Frontispiece 

Facii 

^gP' 

51 

)) 

)> 

65 

jj 

)> 

74 

» 

5J 

74 

?) 

J) 

81 

jj 

5> 

82 

:s    „ 

)) 

88 

5) 

>) 

90 

>) 

>> 

105 

Jy 

J) 

105 

J> 

5J 

107 

)> 

)) 

113 

[CE„ 

>> 

115 

LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

Parson  and  Deacons  Facing  p.  117 

Slaves  Landing  from  the  Ship  .       „  „  156 

♦*  De  Great  Massa  hab  made  us  Free"  „  „  174 

Matted  Roots  of  Courida      .  .      „  ,,187 

Inundated  Forest    .            .  .           „  »  206 

Creek  Scene      .            .            .  •      »  »  216 

Creek,  with  Tiger's  Bridge  .           „  ,,219 

Indian  Benaab  (Arawaacks)    .  „  „  228 

Indian  Woman,  with  Hammock  and 

Pegall         .            .            .  •      »  jj  235 

Group  of  Accawais  Indians  .            „  ,,  237 

Second  Growth  Forest           .  .      „  „  241 

An  Indian  Settlement       .  .            »>  »  244 


BRITISH    GUIANA 


I 


OFF  TO  THE   WEST   INDIES  AND   THE 
SPANISH    MAIN 

"  /^^^OME,  tell  us  all  about  your  travels,"  said  my 
V_^  friend — "where  you  have  been  wandering 
during  the  last  ten  years.  Tell  us  about  the  alli- 
gators, and  the  tigers,  and  the  jaguars,  and  the  bush- 
hogs,  and  the  crab-dogs,  and  the  monkeys,  and  the 
hard-backs,  and  all  those  other  creatures  that  you 
have  seen.  And  tell  us  about  that  strange  and  com- 
paratively unknown  land,  where  there  are  those  vast 
savannahs  which  the  foot  of  man  has  never  trod, 
and  those  primeval  forests  where  the  sound  of  the 
white  man's  axe  has  never  been  heard,  and  those 
large  rivers  that  go  creeping  lazily  along  to  the 
^  I  A 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
sea,  winding  their  way  through  the  exuberance  of 
tropical  growth ;  and  tell  us  about  the  black  people, 
and  the  Chinese,  and  the  coolies,  and  the  aboriginal 
Indians  in  the  interior.  We  must  have  it  all,  so 
compose  yourself  and  begin." 

It  was  a  cold,  bleak  morning  in  November  that 
the  good  ship  Incomparable  started  out  on  her 
voyage  of  nearly  five  thousand  miles.  We  were 
not  many  passengers,  and  so  we  soon  became 
acquainted  with  each  other.  There  was  one 
person,  however,  whom  we  could  not  quite  make 
out.  He  was  neither  an  officer  of  the  ship  nor  a 
passenger.  And  as  he  came  down  into  the  saloon 
regularly  to  dine  with  us  we  began  to  speculate  as 
to  who  and  what  he  might  be.  On  inquiry  we 
found  that  his  work  was  a  most  important  one. 
He  had  been  sent  on  board  to  adjust  the  compasses. 

Amongst  all  the  wonderful  contrivances  of  a 
modern  steamship,  there  is  none  more  essential  to 
its  safety  and  well-being  than  the  compass.  It 
is  a  little  thing,  but  no  ship  could  cross  these  seas 
without  it.  When  neither  sun  nor  stars  are  visible, 
and  when  the  mariner  is  far  out,  thousands  of 
miles  from  land,  that  little  compass  tells  him  in 
what  direction  to  steer.  It  is  the  ship's  guide 
when  all  other  guides  are  lost.  The  winds 
may   roar  and   blow  a  hurricane  blast ;  the  wild 


OFF  TO  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  SPANISH  MAIN 
waves,  lashed  into  fury,  may  roll  mountains 
high,  the  ship  may  pitch  and  roll  and  plunge, 
and  officers  and  men  may  quake,  but  the  needle 
in  the  compass  calmly  and  steadily  points  to  the 
north.  Without  it  the  ancients  hardly  ever  ven- 
tured to  lose  sight  of  land.  With  it,  we  can  cross 
the  trackless  ocean  and  navigate  the  world.  But 
how  if  the  compass  gets  out  of  order  ?  How  if 
some  of  the  delicate  machinery  connected  with  its 
working  goes  wrong?  This  does  sometimes  happen ; 
hence  the  necessity  for  adjusting  the  compasses. 
As  I  sat  on  the  deck  looking  out  on  the  calm  sea, 
with  North  Foreland  in  the  distance  and  the  lovely 
little  town  of  Ramsgate  with  its  "  piers "  and  its 
people,  I  thought,  "  There  are  Home  compasses  that 
need  adjusting.  When  things  go  wrong  in  the 
home,  they  go  wrong  everywhere.  Discord  there 
means  discord  all  around.  And  how  often  a 
little  thing  disturbs  the  peace  and  harmony  of 
years.  As  soon  as  you  find  cross-currents  and 
contrary  winds,  take  your  bearings  and  look  to 
your  compass.  Perhaps  you  may  find  that  the 
Home  compass  is  a  little  out.  Conscience  is  not 
quite  as  susceptible  as  it  used  to  be.  A  hardening 
process  has  been  going  on  through  contact  with 
the  world.  The  finger  still  points  heavenward, 
but  there  have  been  disturbing  influences.  The 
3 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
magnetism  of  money,  of  some  unworthy  ambition, 
of  some  person  or  passion,  has  disturbed  the 
magnetic  needle,  which  always  points  towards 
God.  Adjust  your  HOME  compasses.  There  are 
Political  compasses^  too,  that  need  adjusting,  and 
Ecclesiastical  compasses  have  OFTEN  got  wrong ; 
but  I  must  not  dwell  upon  these,  or  our  voyage 
will  become  interminably  long.  It  was  just  grow- 
ing dark  as  we  passed  Dover,  and  we  could  see 
the  long  row  of  lights  quite  plainly  in  the  distance ; 
a  strong  breeze  had  sprung  up,  and  with  it  a  heavy 
sea.  In  fact  the  wind  blew  half  a  gale,  and  as 
the  old  skipper  looked  out  he  said  to  me,  "  We 
are  going  to  have  a  ''sneezer'  to-night."  And  a 
^'sneezer''  we  had.  As  the  night  closed  in  upon 
us,  wind  and  wave  increased  in  fury,  and  the  inky 
blackness  of  the  night  only  added  to  our  fears. 
The  men  went  round  seeing  that  all  portholes  were 
properly  fastened  and  doors  shut  and  barred,  and 
passengers  secured  below,  and  lifebelts  ready.  And 
the  battle  between  the  floating  ship  and  the  wrathful 
sea  began.  The  waves  hissed  and  roared  and 
leaped,  coming  down  on  the  deck  of  the  iron  ship 
with  the  weight  of  a  thousand  tons,  and  with  a 
crash  like  thunder ;  but  the  good  ship,  steadying 
herself  for  a  moment  beneath  the  shock,  shook  the 
waters  savagely  from  her  mane,  and  rising  up  on 

4 


OFF  TO  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  SPANISH  MAIN 
the    incoming    billow,  rode    triumphant    o'er   the 
waves.     Thus  through  that  dark  night  she  fought 
the  storm,  and  glad  were  we  all  when   morning 
light  dawned  upon  us. 

A  few  days  after  this,  as  we  were  going  down  to 
dinner,  the  cry  was  heard  "  A  man  overboard !  " 
Immediately  a  lifebelt  was  thrown  out  with  a 
lighted  fuse  to  it,  for  it  was  nearly  dark,  and 
orders  were  given  to  stop  the  ship.  We  could  hear 
distinctly  the  cries  of  the  man,  "  Help,  ho  !  "  A 
boat  was  lowered,  and  the  first  mate,  with  two 
seamen,  pulled  in  the  direction  of  the  man  ;  they 
just  managed  to  grip  him  as  he  was  going  down 
exhausted  and  unconscious.  Fastening  a  rope 
round  his  body,  he  was  hauled  on  board  and  put 
into  the  hands  of  the  doctor.  It  had  been  a  severe 
shock  to  the  poor  man,  and  we  saw  nothing  more 
of  him  during  the  whole  of  our  voyage,  he  being 
sick  and  confined  to  his  berth.  Indeed,  if  he  had 
not  been  a  good  swimmer,  and  in  a  fairly  calm 
sea,  he  would  have  been  lost.  We  did  not  fail  to 
give  the  captain  and  the  men  our  hearty  congratu- 
lations and  thanks  for  having  so  nobly  snatched 
one  from  the  jaws  of  death. 

Thus  far  we  had  been  hugging  the  shore,  sailing 
along  the  south  coast,  for,  as  we  learned,  we  had 
to  call  in   at   Dartmouth.     Whilst   the   ship  was 

5 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
"  coaling,"  some  of  us  went  ashore,  and  a  few  plea- 
sant hours  were  spent  wandering  about  the  quaint 
old  town,  admiring  the  hills  and  rambling  on  the 
banks  of  the  beautiful  river  Dart. 

At  dusk  the  ship  began  to  move  slowly  out  of 
the  harbour,  and  in  a  few  minutes  we  were  out 
on  the  great  ocean.  This  time  it  was  "  Westward 
Ho."  There  was  a  fine  sea  on  and  a  strong  breeze. 
I  stood  on  the  deck,  holding  on  to  the  ropes, 
watching  the  sun  set  on  one  side,  and  the  receding 
shores  of  my  native  land  on  the  other.  A  feeling 
of  pensive  sadness  crept  over  me  as  I  looked  for 
the  last  time  upon  the  darkening  shadows  of  the 
hills  :  deepening,  darkening — they  are  now  but  a 
dim  outline ;  I  rubbed  my  eyes — fading  away. 
Thus  all  things  go  from  us ;  this  world  itself  will 
one  day  thus  vanish,  when  we  sail  out  on  that 
larger  ocean  of  eternity. 

"  Adieu,  adieu  !  my  native  shore 

Fades  o'er  the  waters  blue  ; 
The  night  winds  sigh,  the  breakers  roar 

And  shrieks  the  wild  seamew. 
Yon  sun  that  sets  upon  the  sea 

We  follow  in  its  flight  ; 
Farewell  awhile  to  him  and  thee 

My  native  land — Good-night." 

Having  fairly  got  out  to  sea,  we  began  to  look 
to  our  cabins,  opening  our  trunks  and  bringing  out 

6 


OFF  TO  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  SPANISH  MAIN 
what  little  things  we  had,  to  make  ourselves  com- 
fortable. Some  were  already  feeling  bad,  and 
praying  that  they  might  escape  that  sickness 
which,  as  the  Irishman  said,  is  a  very  "  upsetting 
thing."  One  in  my  cabin  seemed  to  be  in  the 
throes  of  an  internal  conflict.  Something  within 
said,  "I  want  to  come  up  ";  whilst  he  replied,  "  You 
mustn't,  just  stop  where  you  are."  But  the  voice 
within,  more  determined  than  ever,  said,  "  I  will 
come  up " ;  he  as  resolutely  said,  "  You  sha'n't." 
Thus  the  struggle  went  on ;  but,  as  I  afterwards 
learned,  the  man  had  no  peace  until  he  had  yielded, 
and  set  the  prisoner  free. 

I  thought  it  was  rather  cruel  of  one  young  fellow 
who  came  on  deck  to  some  young  ladies  who  were 
trying  bravely  to  hold  up,  but  who  were  certainly 
very  ill.  "  Well,  young  ladies,"  he  said,  "  I  see  you 
are  enjoying  yourselves."  They  gave  him  such  a 
look.     He  wasn't  seen  again  for  a  day  or  two. 

By  eleven  o'clock  we  had  all  crept  into  our 
holes,  and  were  horizontally  laid  upon  our  respec- 
tive shelves.  But  there  was  not  much  rest  the 
first  night.  The  thump  of  the  engines  and  the 
thud  of  the  screw,  the  jingling  of  glasses  in  the 
saloon  and  the  crash  of  pots  in  the  pantry,  together 
with  the  rolling  and.  pitching  of  the  ship,  all  tend 
to  keep  you  awake.     Besides  all  this  there  is  the 

7 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
difficulty  of  lying  still.  First  you  roll  to  one  side, 
and  then  to  the  other.  Now  your  feet  are  up,  and 
you  feel  as  if  you  were  standing  on  your  head — in 
another  moment  this  position  is  reversed  ;  then  the 
ship  gives  a  roll  and  a  lurch,  and  if  you  don't  grip 
the  boards  pretty  tight  you  are  pitched  out  of  bed. 
One  lady  was  thus  thrown  out,  and  her  face  was 
bruised  as  if  she  had  been  fighting ;  and  a  gentle- 
man came  bounding  out  over  the  side  of  his  berth 
without  any  warning,  breaking  one  or  two  glasses 
and  damaging  his  arm. 

Dinner-hour  is,  as  a  rule,  one  of  the  pleasantest 
hours  on  board  ship  ;  especially  after  the  first  day  or 
two,  when  passengers  have  all  found  their  sea-legs. 
It  is  at  the  dining-table  that  we  put  on  our  best 
looks,  as  well  as  our  best  apparel  ;  the  ladies  in 
their  charming  dresses  and  the  gentlemen  in  their 
evening  suits.  It  is  there  that  we  get  to  know  one 
another,  and  the  luxury  of  conversation  adds  to  the 
enjoyment  of  the  repast.  We  had  at  our  table  a 
minister,  a  lawyer,  a  doctor,  a  sea  captain,  a  stock- 
broker, and  a  merchant,  besides  other  gentlemen 
and  some  ladies.  And  I  was  specially  struck  with 
the  professional  bias  which  tinged  each  man's  out- 
look on  men  and  things.  If  a  subject  came  up  for 
conversation,  the  legal  aspect  of  it  was  pointed  out 
sooner  or  later  by  the  lawyer,  and  its  influence  on 

8 


OF'F  TO  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  SPANISH  MAIN 
the  Church  or  the  moral  life  of  the  nation  was 
dwelt  on  by  the  minister,  and  the  doctor  showed 
us  how  every  physical  fact  bears  directly  or  in- 
directly upon  the  different  organs  of  the  body, 
thus  affecting  the  constitution  of  the  individual, 
and  through  him  the  force  and  power  of  the  whole 
community.  The  merchant,  looking  at  the  different 
things  upon  the  table,  was  interested  in  finding  out 
where  they  came  from,  what  their  original  cost 
was,  how  much  they  would  sell  for,  and  what 
profit  could  be  made  out  of  them.  Thus  I  saw 
how  difficult  it  is  for  men  to  see  things  as  they 
are.  Indeed,  we  none  of  us  do  that ;  we  only  see 
things  as  they  appear  to  us.  And  everything  is 
more  or  less  tinged  by  the  medium  through  which 
we  view  it.  The  personal  equation  is  often  the 
most  important  part  of  a  man's  subject. 

We  had  one  character,  however,  amongst  the 
gentlemen  who  afforded  us  no  little  amusement. 
He  didn't  seem  to  know  much,  but  he  was  a  great 
swell.  He  lived  in  Belgravia.  At  dinner  he  had 
two  or  three  set  phrases,  which  he  uttered  with 
the  tone  and  gesture  of  an  "  Oracle."  If  any  one 
made  a  more  profound  remark  than  usual,  he 
would  say,  "  I  quite  endorse  the  correctness  of 
your  remark."  The  rescuing  of  the  man  that  fell 
overboard    led    to    our    talking   one    day    about 

9 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
life  —  about     its     uncertainty,     its     brevity,     its 
mystery. 

"  Life,"  said  the  doctor,  "  is  assimilation  ;  when 
the  power  to  assimilate  is  gone,  life  is  gone  too. 
Or  to  put  it  in  another  way,  it  is  the  sum  of  the 
functions  by  which  death  is  resisted." 

"  I  quite  endorse  the  correctness  of  your  remark," 
cried  out  our  "  Oracle." 

"  Nol'  said  the  minister.  "  Life  is  something 
more  than  assimilation  ;  it  is  the  undefinable 
entity  of  which  assimilation  is  but  a  modus 
operandi^ 

"  Quite  correct,"  chimed  in  the  "  Oracle." 

"  Life,"  said  our  legal  representative,  "  has  its 
laws ;  through  those  laws  it  works,  and  it  will  not 
work  outside  of  them.  Obedience  to  law  is  life. 
Lawlessness  is  death.  Indeed,  life  and  law  are 
identical.  My  law  is  my  life."  This  he  said  with 
a  merry  twinkle  in  his  eye. 

"  I  quite  endorse  the  correctness  of  your  remark," 
said  Chesson,  amid  general  laughter  all  round  the 
table. 

On  the  eighth  day  we  sighted  the  Azores. 
Making  for  St.  Michael's,  one  of  the  largest  islands 
of  this  group,  we  entered  the  breakwater  at  Ponta 
Delgada.  The  view  as  we  entered  was  charming. 
The  white  houses  dotted  along  the  hill-sides  and 

lO 


OFF  TO  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  SPANISH  MAIN 
the  cultivated  green  fields,  with  here  and  there  a 
little  church,  and  the  town  lying  at  the  base, 
formed  a  picture  not  to  be  forgotten.  The  climate 
here  is  warm  and  genial.  Although  it  was  well 
on  into  November,  there  were  summer  skies, 
balmy  air  and  bright  sunshine.  We  walked 
through  the  narrow  streets  of  the  old  town,  and 
then  visited  some  of  the  large  gardens,  be- 
longing to  the  Spanish  and  Portuguese  gentry. 
There  we  saw  orange  trees,  and  grapes  and 
apricots  and  green  figs,  and  flowers  in  abundance. 
The  one  thing  in  the  town  that  took  our  fancy 
was  some  beautiful  vases  and  water  goblets  made 
of  a  specially  fine  red,  silvery  clay  found  in  the 
interior.  Specimens  of  these  we  bought  and 
carried  away  with  us,  the  price  being  very 
moderate. 

Having  taken  in  coals  and  cargo,  we  once 
more  weighed  anchor,  and  slowly  steered  for  the 
open  sea. 

The  night  we  left  Ponta  Delgada  was  one  to 
be  remembered.  For  the  past  week  we  had  been 
sailing  amid  darkness  and  storm.  But  now,  what 
a  change  !  Inside  that  breakwater  all  was  calm. 
The  good  ship,  which  had  "  walked  the  sea  like 
a  thing  of  life,"  was  still.  Her  breathing  was 
hushed ;    the  ceaseless  throb  of  her  engines   and 

II 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
the  pulsations  of  her  screw  were  no  longer  felt. 
A  strange  and  bewitching  stillness  hovered  around. 
Added  to  this  was  the  beauty  of  the  night.  The 
moon  so  silent,  yet  so  bright.  The  placid  waters, 
like  a  mirror,  reflecting  both  earth  and  sky. 
Right  before  us  was  the  coast  line,  the  little 
town,  with  its  white  houses,  lying  so  peacefully  at 
the  foot  of  the  hills.  As  the  pale  light  of  the 
moon  shone  upon  the  white  buildings,  and  our 
ship  began  to  move  to  the  motions  of  wind  and 
wave,  we  stood  gazing  wistfully  ;  it  was  a  picture 
never  to  be  forgotten. 

"  How  lovely  ! "  I  said  to  my  fair  companion. 

"  How  sweetly  peaceful !  "  she  replied. 

We  got  our  deck-chairs,  and  under  the  stars  we 
thought  and  talked  of  many  things.  There,  rising 
out  of  the  water  to  the  east,  is  Orion. 

"  Do  you  see  his  arrows  ?  " 

"  Yes  ;  there  they  are." 

Orion  was  a  mighty  hunter,  and  like  most 
hunters,  whether  hunters  after  truth,  after  fame, 
after  love,  or  after  happiness,  had  difficulties  and 
disappointments.  In  his  wanderings  he  one  day 
came  to  Chios,  in  the  ^gean  sea ;  there  he  saw 
^ro,  the  beautiful  daughter  of  CEnopion.  He  no 
sooner  saw  her  than  he  loved.  Wondrous  is  the 
power  of  love,  and  strange  as  wonderful. 

12 


OFF  TO  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  SPANISH  MAIN 

"  Love  rules  the  court,  the  camp,  the  grove  ; 
Men  below,  and  saints  above  ; 
For  love  is  heaven,  and  heaven  is  love." 

It  took  captive  old  Orion.  We  are  its  slaves 
still,  and  it  is  the  only  slavery  that  women,  aye, 
and  men  too,  prefer  to  freedom.  As  Shelley 
says — 

"  They  who  inspire  it  most  are  fortunate, 
As  I  am  now  ;  but  those  who  feel  it  most 
Are  happiest  still." 

Orion  in  love  set  to  work.  He  cleared  the 
island  of  wild  beasts,  and  brought  their  skins  as  a 
present  to  his  sweetheart.  For  her  he  toiled.  To 
her  he  brought  the  products  of  his  labour.  The 
day  at  last,  the  nuptial  day,  was  named.  But  the 
course  of  true  love  never  did  run  smooth.  The 
father  of  ^Ero  was  given  to  a  policy  of  post- 
ponement. He  always  found  some  reason  for 
putting  off  their  marriage.  Postponement  and 
procrastination,  both  thieves  of  time,  wore  out 
Orion's  patience.  He  could  wait  no  longer.  The 
fruit  was  ripe  upon  the  tree.  He  would  take  the 
maiden  by  force.  That  was  the  fatal  step.  Better 
to  have  waited.  The  father  and  he  entered  into 
deadly  conflict.  Old  Bacchus  put  out  his  eyes, 
and   at  last  he  was  shot  by  an  arrow  that  flew 

13 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
from  the  bow  of  Artemis,  a  virgin  goddess  that 
loved  him  passionately.  After  his  death  he  was 
placed  with  his  hound  and  his  arrows  among  the 
stars,  and  one  of  the  brightest  constellations  bears 
his  name. 

We  looked  at  Orion  as  we  sat  there  in  our 
chairs,  the  night  zephyrs  of  the  sea  playing  around 
us,  and  right  in  a  line  with  it  towards  the  north 
was  a  beautiful  bright  star  that  followed  us  all  the 
way.  It  was  Capella,  our  star  of  hope  and  cheer. 
"  Under  what  star  do  you  live  ?  "  I  said — 

"  Is  it  the  tender  star  of  love  ? 
The  star  of  love  and  dreams." 

"There  is  no  night,"  she  said,  "but  that  star 
can  brighten,  and  no  gloom  but  its  rays  can  cheer. 
/  will  choose  Venus.  But  under  what  star  do  ^ou 
live  ?  "  she  asked. 

"  Not  Venus,"  I  replied,  "  but  Mars.  I  am  born 
to  conflict  and  resistance. 

"  '  The  star  of  the  unconquer' d  will, 
He  rises  in  my  breast, 
Serene  and  resolute  and  still, 
And  calm  and  self-possessed.' 

"  Have  you  ever  noticed,"  said  I,  "  how  the  hero 
and   the   loved   one   stand   side   by   side    in    the 

14 


OFF  TO  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  SPANISH  MAIN 
world's  battle? — Venus  and  MarSy  so  dissimilar 
yet  so  intertwined.  Our  great  dramatist  says  of 
'  Desdemona,'  *  She  loved  him  for  the  dangers  he 
had  passed.'  Thus  man's  destiny  and  work  are 
shown.  He  struggles  ;  SHE  sustains.  Man  goes 
forth  to  the  conflict,  and  returns  wounded  and 
weak.  Love  soothes  his  aching  temples,  heals 
his  wounds,  and  restores  his  strength.  As  Milton 
says — 

"  '  For  contemplation  he,  and  valour  formed 
For  softness  she,  and  sweet  attractive  grace ; 
He  for  God  only,  she  for  God  in  him.' " 

Thus  we  talked,  and  the  hours  flew  fast  as  we 
sailed  along,  under  the  stars,  in  that  tropical  sea. 

As  we  advance,  at  the  rate  of  about  three  hundred 
knots  a  day,  we  find  the  temperature  rising.  A 
bright,  blazing  sun  now  shines  overhead.  The 
sky  is  blue  and  clear.  The  ocean  is  indeed  a  sea 
of  glass.  We  have  put  off  all  our  heavy  clothing, 
and  substituted  for  it  the  lightest  of  fabrics.  Still 
it  is  too  hot.  I  shall  not  soon  forget  my  first 
experience  of  a  real  tropical  sun  and  a  sultry 
tropical  day.  There  was  not  a  breath  of  wind 
stirring.  Even  the  motion  of  the  ship  did  not 
create  any  breeze.  The  sea  was  a  dead  calm.  As 
we  sat,   the   perspiration   oozed   out   of  us.     We 

15 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
seemed  to  be  entering  into  the  mouth  of  a  hot 
oven.  People's  faces  began  to  assume  the  most 
extraordinary  colours.  "  It  IS  hot,"  was  the  general 
salutation.  One  gentleman,  who  was  rather  stout, 
mopping  up  the  perspiration  as  it  rolled  like 
brooklets  down  his  face,  said  "  This  is  my  twelfth 
handkerchief  this  morning,"  and  it  was  only  half- 
past  eleven  then. 

"  You  are  in  liquidation^^  I  said. 

"  Yes  ;  and  there  will  not  be  much  of  me  left, 
I  fear,  when  I  have  done." 

It  is  hot  on  deck,  hotter  in  the  saloon,  and 
hottest  in  the  cabins.  Oh  those  ship  cabins  in 
the  tropics !  and  especially  if,  as  sometimes  hap- 
pens, your  porthole  has  to  be  closed  on  account 
of  the  seas.  The  hot-room  in  a  Turkish  bath  is 
a  fool  to  it.  You  lie  down  at  night,  your  face 
becomes  livid,  you  gasp  for  breath;  in  five  minutes 
you  are  in  a  beautiful  and  copious  perspiration — 
a  sensation  of  "  melting  away "  steals  over  you, 
and  you  give  yourself  up  to  languor,  which  ends 
in  a  state  of  unconscious  collapse.  Not  a  few 
creep  out  in  pyjamas  or  dressing-gown,  under 
cover  of  night,  and  sleep  on  deck.  There,  with 
your  pipe,  and  in  your  easy  chair,  you  can  look  up 
at  the  stars,  and  think  of  many  things,  till — 

"  Tired  nature's  sweet  restorer,  balmy  sleep," 
l6 


OFF  TO  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  SPANISH  MAIN 
closes  your  eyes,  and  leads  you  into  the  land  of 
dreams. 

There  were  many  interesting  things  that  we 
passed  at  sea.  In  the  earlier  part  of  our  voyage 
we  were  called  up  to  see  a  huge  whale,  some  little 
distance  on  our  starboard  side,  moving  in  the 
same  direction  as  the  ship,  but  not  going  so  fast. 
The  captain  said  it  appeared  to  be  about  sixty 
feet  long ;  the  back  of  the  whale  was  plainly 
visible  above  the  surface  of  the  sea,  and  every  now 
and  then  it  would  lift  its  head  and  send  a  spurt 
of  water  right  up  into  the  air. 

The  shoals  of  porpoise  that  appeared  gamboling 
at  our  ship's  side  afforded  us  some  little  amuse- 
ment. They  came  just  as  the  storm  subsided  and 
as  we  neared  the  Azores.  There  seemed  to  be 
hundreds  of  them — coming  up  out  of  the  depths, 
swimming  along  by  our  side,  then  turning  a 
somersault  in  the  water,  and  again  lost  to  our 
view.  But  it  was  not  till  we  got  into  tropical 
waters  that  we  had  our  first  sight  and  taste  of 
"  flying-fish."  There  are  many  people  whose  faith 
will  not  allow  them  to  accept  these  stories  about 
"  fish  flying."  They  can  believe  that  a  whale 
swallowed  Jonah,  or,  if  necessary,  that  Jonah 
swallowed  the  whale  ;  but  "  flying-fish "  is  too 
much  for  their  credulity.     It  is  said  that  in  "ye 

17  B 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
olden  time  "  a  sailor-boy  came  home  after  a  long 
voyage  and  told  his  mother  about  fish  flying  like 
birds.  The  old  lady  shook  her  head  and  said, 
"  John,  John,  what  a  liar  you  are.  You  think  me 
believe  you  ?  "  But  when  he  told  her  about  fish- 
ing in  the  Red  Sea,  and  at  the  first  throw  of  the 
net  hauling  up  a  chariot-wheel  made  all  of  gold 
and  inlaid  with  diamonds,  which  he  supposed  was 
one  of  the  wheels  of  Pharaoh's  chariot  which  came 
off  whilst  he  was  pursuing  the  Israelites — "  Lord, 
bless  us  !  "  she  said  ;  "  now  that  is  possible.  Tell 
me  such  stories  as  that,  and  I'll  believe  you  ;  but 
never  tell  me  of  such  things  as  *  flying-fish.'  " 

Such  fish,  however,  are  a  scientific  certainty. 
On  several  mornings  we  saw  them  rising  up  out  of 
the  sea,  and  flying  like  a  bevy  of  birds,  not  a  few 
of  them  alighting  on  the  deck  of  our  ship,  which 
were  soon  picked  up  by  the  sailors  and  handed 
over  to  our  cook.  They  were  very  nice  eating, 
and  we  considered  ourselves  fortunate  in  having 
what  few  get,  viz.,  "  flying-fish,"  for  our  breakfast. 
A  learned  friend  of  mine  tells  me  that  more  than 
thirty  species  of  these  flying-fish  are  known.  They 
swim  in  shoals  of  from  one  dozen  to  a  hundred  or 
more.  To  any  one  watching  they  spring  up  out  of 
the  sea  all  at  once,  darting  in  the  same  direction 
through  the  air.     They  rise  to  a  height  of  thirty  or 

i8 


OFF  TO  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  SPANISH  MAIN 
forty  feet,  flying  a  distance  of  two  hundred  yards 
or  more,  and  then  alight  in  the  water  again.     If 
fish  can  fly,  why  can't  we.     Give  us  the  wings  and 
we'll  try. 

But  we  are  now  within  sight  of  Barbadoes,  or 
Little  Britain,  as  the  natives  love  to  call  it.  And 
truly  a  pleasant  sight  it  is  to  look  upon  the  rising 
headlands  and  hills  as  they  stand  out  against  the 
sky.  Soon  we  shall  be  in  Carlisle  Bay.  Already 
we  see  a  number  of  vessels  riding  at  anchor — 
some  discharging  and  others  taking  in  cargo.  But 
it  is  only  as  we  begin  to  let  go  the  anchor  that 
we  note  the  peculiarities  of  the  people  and  place. 
At  once  we  are  surrounded  by  a  flotilla  of  pictu- 
resque little  boats.  Each  boat  has  one  or  two 
pullers  besides  the  captain.  They  are  mostly 
black  or  coloured  people.  Their  object  is  to 
engage  your  attention  and  get  you  to  hire  their 
boat.  At  once  the  business  begins.  Each  man 
calls  out  to  you  to  remember  Mary  Ann,  or  the 
beautiful  boat  Lilly.  "  No,"  says  another,  "  massa 
want  de  Pearl ;  Pearl  de  boat  for  massa."  "  I 
knows  you,"  says  a  third.  "  You  remember  Jane, 
de  beautiful  Jane !  Jane  take  you  ober  in  no 
time  ;  she  sail  like  a  duck.  All  right,  sir,  de 
lubly  Jane  am  your  boat — Number  6^.  Don't 
forget,  sir — Number  63."     And  so  twenty  or  thirty 

19 


British  guianA 
are  shouting  at  you  all  at  once,  till  you  are 
utterly  confused,  and  this  they  keep  up  for  hours. 
Then  there  are  the  divers.  They  have  a  little 
box,  shaped  nearly  like  a  coffin,  only  not  quite 
so  big.  "  A  bitt,  sir  ;  a  sixpence,  sir."  Throw  it 
over,  and  the  smallest  silver  coin  thrown  into  the 
sea,  they  will  not  fail  to  find  it  and  fetch  it  up. 
For  a  shilling  or  less  they  will  dive  down  and 
swim  right  under  the  ship,  coming  out  on  the 
other  side.  For  hours,  after  the  ship  has  anchored, 
passengers  are  kept  alive  with  these  noisy  and 
persevering  people. 

When  you  first  step  ashore  at  Bridgetown  you 
begin  to  realise  that  you  have  at  last  entered  into 
a  tropical  city.  The  white  and  dusty  streets,  the 
blazing  sun  overhead,  the  black  and  coloured  faces, 
the  wooden  houses  with  their  jalousies  and  veran- 
dahs, the  mules  and  asses,  the  little  carts  with 
their  peculiar  vegetable  produce — all  these  indi- 
cate that  you  have  at  last  entered  into  a  new 
world.  We  strolled  down  the  main  street  at 
Bridgetown,  called  at  the  post-office  and  the  ice- 
house, went  on  to  view  Nelson's  monument  and 
Trafalgar  Square  ;  thence  by  car  to  Hastings,  and 
on  from  thence  a  little  way  into  the  country.  The 
heat  was  oppressive,  and  the  Badians  themselves 
irrepressible.    One  black  man  followed  us  all  about 


OFF  TO  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  SPANISH  MAIN 
— would  be  our  "  guide,  counsellor,  and  friend  " — 
until  we  called  in  the  aid  of  the  police,  when  he 
decamped  and  left  us  alone.  We  bought  a  few 
curios  and  some  different  kinds  of  fruit  peculiar 
to  the  tropics,  and  refreshed  ourselves  with  "  ice- 
cream "  and  "  cocktails "  and  lemon  squash,  and 
then  made  our  way  back  to  the  ship.  By  6.15  p.m. 
we  weighed  anchor,  and  once  more  began  to  plough 
our  way  through  the  darkness  and  the  deep,  making 
straight  for  the  South  American  coast. 


21 


II 

GUIANA,   OR  THE  WILD    COAST 

HOW  welcome  is  the  first  faint  outline  of  "land 
ahead  "  to  those  who  have  been  for  weeks 
tossed  upon  the  briny  deep.  It  is  like  the  sight 
of  water  to  the  thirsty  traveller,  or  like  the  first 
glimpse  of  the  old  house  at  home  after  years  of 
wandering.  As  soon  as  the  news  spread  that  land 
could  be  seen  we  all  crowded  on  deck.  Even  ladies 
who  had  been  too  ill  to  come  up  out  of  their 
cabins  now  got  courage  to  creep  out,  and  we  were 
astonished  to  see  faces  that  we  had  hardly  ever 
seen  before.  "  There  is  the  land,  sir ! "  "  Where  ?  " 
said  my  friend.  "  Don't  you  see  the  big  moun- 
tains ? "  said  the  lawyer,  with  a  merry  twinkle  in 
his  eye.  Alas  !  there  are  no  mountains  to  be  seen 
on  reaching  this  tropical  land.  The  mountains  are 
in  the  interior,  but  the  coast  lands  are  low-lying 
and  flat.     Owing  to  this  flatness,  the  first  view  we 

22 


GUIANA,  OR  THE  WILD  COAST 

get  of  land  from  the  deck  of  the  ship  is  a  long, 

irregular  line  of  thick  bush,  with  groups  of  elevated 

trees,  these  being  chiefly  palm  trees — the  cocoanut 

palm,  or  the  long,  straight  cabbage  palm  ;  and  here 

and  there  a  tall  chimney  is  to  be  seen,  indicating 

the  proximity  of  a  sugar  plantation.     All  along 

the  coast  is  skirted  by  mud  flats  and  sandbanks, 

and  the  approach  to  the  rivers  needs  careful  and 

skilful  pilotage.     As  we  have  to  enter  the  mouth 

of  the  Demerara  river,  on  which  the  chief  city, 

the  city  of  Georgetown,  stands,  we  will  sit  down 

quietly,  and  I  will  give  you  some  little  account  of 

the  Wild  Coast  whilst  the  ship  slowly  ploughs  her 

way  to  the  stelling. 

Going   into   a   school    one   day   in    England,   I 

asked   a  number  of  children,  "  Where   is  British 

Guiana  ? "      "  On    the    map    of    the    world,   sir," 

shouted    one    little    fellow.     Well,   so    it   is,   and 

it  has  been  there  for  several  hundred  years,  and 

yet  very  few  know  anything  about  it.     The  best 

things,   as   a   rule,   take   a   good   deal   of  finding 

out — 

"  The  jewel  that  we  find,  we  stoop  and  take  it 
Because  we  see  it ;  but  what  we  do  not  see 
We  tread  upon  and  never  think  of  it." 

Guiana,   Guyana^  or    Guayana   was    so   named, 
say  some,  from  a  tribe   of  aborigines  or  Indians 

23 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
called  "  Guyannols"  The  Dutch,  adopting  the 
word  "  Guiana "  into  their  vocabulary,  gave  it 
the  meaning  of  "  Wild  Coast "  or  "  Wild  Place." 
Who  really  discovered  it  is  uncertain.  Some 
say  Columbus  in  1498,  others  say  Vasco  Menes 
and  Diego  de  Ordas ;  but  we  must  leave  that 
point  to  be  settled  by  the  critics.  One  thing 
we  know,  and  that  is  that  Sir  Walter  Raleigh 
visited  it  in  1595,  and  Lawrence  Keymis,  one  of 
Raleigh's  captains,  in  1596  and  1597.  So  that 
we  English  have  a  kind  of  historic  interest  in 
the  place  ;  indeed,  we  have  claims  upon  Guiana 
dating  back  three  hundred  years. 

Guiana,  or  the  Wild  Coast,  is  in  some  respects 
a  strange  and  wonderful  country.  There  has 
been  a  halo  of  romance  about  it  since  the  days 
of  Sir  W.  Raleigh,  "the  gallantest  knight  that 
ever  was."  In  1 595,  just  over  three  hundred  years 
ago,  he  sailed  up  the  Orinoco,  and  marched  into 
the  interior  in  search  of  that  fascinating  place 
called  El  Dorado,  the  golden  or  gilded  land. 
According  to  the  descriptions  of  those  days, 
"The  gold  coloured  capital  of  El  Dorado  was 
built  upon  a  vast  lake,  surrounded  by  mountains, 
so  impregnated  with  the  precious  metals  that 
they  shone  with  a  dazzling  splendour."  Dis- 
appointed in  his  undertakings,  he  returned  home, 

24 


GUIANA,  OR  THE  WILD  COAST 
and   because  he   did   not   find   this   golden   land 
the  gallant  hero — lost  his  head. 

Whether  an  El  Dorado  of  this  kind  exists 
on  this  side  the  Atlantic  we  cannot  tell,  but 
the  gold  which  Raleigh  sought  in  vain  is  being 
found  now,  and  the  diamonds  with  which  he 
intended  to  enrich  his  monarch's  crown  are  only 
being  picked  up  to-day,  three  hundred  years  after. 
"  One  merchant  quite  recently  received  forty-two 
diamonds  from  one  of  his  placers  in  the  interior. 
Twelve  of  these  were  submitted  to  Professor 
Harrison  for  analysis,  and  were  declared  to  be 
genuine  diamonds."  But  this  is  only  the  begin- 
ning. It  is  but  within  the  past  few  years  that 
the  auriferous  regions  of  British  Guiana  have 
been  made  to  yield  up  their  precious  treasures. 
Since  1884  prospecting  has  gone  on  vigorously, 
and  numerous  companies  have  been  formed. 
Large  numbers  of  gold  diggers  have  been  sent 
into  the  interior,  with  what  results  the  following 
extracts  from  the  Blue  Book  will  show.  The 
districts  from  which  the  largest  quantities  of 
gold  have  as  yet  been  taken  are  the  Essequebo 
and  its  tributaries.  From  the  "  Puruni,  and 
Potaro,  the  Barima  and  Barama  rivers  in  the 
north  -  west  district,  good  results  have  been 
obtained.     Rich    deposits    have    been    found   on 

25 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

the  right  bank  of  the  river  Potaro,  and  this  part 
of  the  colony  has  given  better  results  for  its 
area  than  any  other."  (See  "  B.  G.  Directory," 
p.  12.)  Since  1884  the  annual  shipment  of  gold 
has  steadily  increased.  Here  are  the  official 
returns : — 

Ounces.  Value. 

1884 250  ;^I,OI9 

1885  939  3,249 

1886 6,518  23,342 

1887  .........  11,906  44,427 

1888 14,570  64,403 

1889  28,282  109,234 

1890 62,615  234,324 

1891  101,298  375j289 

1892 133,146  492,937 

1893 137,629  510,710 

1894 134,047  496,899 

making  a  grand  total  of  631,200  ounces  of  gold 
exported  from  the  colony  during  these  eleven 
years,  valued  at  ;f2,355,833. 

"  Guyana,"  or  the  Wild  Coast,  applies  to  all 
that  land  on  the  north-east  of  South  America 
which  lies  between  3°  30'  and  8°  40'  north 
latitude  and  between  50°  and  60°  west  longitude. 
If  you  look  at  your  map  you  will  find  that  the 
coast  line  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  that  king 
of  rivers  the  Amazon.  This  river  winds  its  way 
through  tropical    forest    and    savannah   for   more 

26 


GUIANA,  OR  THE  WILD  COAST 
than  2,000  miles.  The  main  trunk  of  this 
enormous  stream,  which  for  length  of  course 
and  volume  of  water  has  no  parallel,  drains 
an  area  of  about  2,000,000  square  miles,  and 
then  rolls  into  the  Atlantic  with  an  estuary 
150  miles  wide.  On  the  north,  Guiana  is 
bounded  by  the  Orinoco,  another  mighty  stream. 
This  is  the  third  largest  river  of  South  America. 
This  river  has  about  fifty  mouths,  and  it  needs 
them  all  to  pour  out  its  vast  volume  of  water. 
Seven  of  these  mouths  are  navigable  by  large 
vessels,  but  the  chief  mouth,  which  is  called 
"  The  Serpent's  Mouth,"  is  eighteen  miles  broad. 
The  direct  course  of  the  Orinoco  does  not  exceed 
1,200  miles,  but  take  its  extraordinary  windings 
into  account,  and  its  course  would  be  over  2,000 
miles.  It  drains  a  surface  of  400,000  square 
miles.  These  are  the  two  outstretched  arms  of 
Guiana,  bounding  it  on  the  north  and  on  the 
south;  in  fact,  with  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  they 
almost  encircle  it.  For  it  is  a  curious  geo- 
graphical fact  that  these  two  large  rivers,  so 
far  apart,  communicate  with  each  other.  A 
person  setting  out  on  a  circular  tour  might  sail 
out  of  the  Atlantic  into  the  Amazon,  out  of  the 
Amazon  into  the  Rio  Negro,  out  of  the  Rio 
Negro  into  the  Cassiquiari,  out  of  the  Cassiquiari 

27 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
into  the  Orinoco,  down  the  Orinoco  and  into 
the  Atlantic  again,  having  thus  sailed  all  round 
this  immense  tract  of  country  called  Guiana. 
But  this  larger  Guiana  is  divided  politically 
into  five  parts,  viz.,  Venezuelan  or  Spanish, 
British,  Dutch,  French,  and  Brazilian  or  Portu- 
guese. The  boundaries  of  some  of  these  have 
not  yet  been  definitely  fixed. 

The  part  in  which  we  are  interested  is  British 
Guiana.  It  lies  between  the  ist  and  9th  degree 
of  north  latitude  and  the  57th  and  6ist  degree 
of  west  longitude.  It  is  about  twice  the  size 
of  England  and  Wales,  having  an  area  of  about 
103,000  square  miles.  The  Dutch  seem  to  have 
been  the  first  to  attempt  colonisation  here.  So 
far  back  as  1 580,  a  number  of  Dutch  traders 
effected  a  settlement  on  the  banks  of  the 
"  Pomeroon." 

In  161 3,  under  the  leadership  of  Joost  van 
der  Hooge,  a  settlement  was  formed  on  a  small 
island  at  the  mouths  of  the  Cuyuni  and  the 
Massuruni,  where  they  found  the  remains  of  a 
fort,  which  they  repaired.  This  fort  was  after- 
wards known  as  "  Kyk-over-al  "  ("  look  "  or  "  see 
over  all "). 

In  162 1  the  Dutch  West  India  Company 
was   formed,   and   they   had   given   to   them   ex- 

23 


GUIANA,  OR  THE  WILD  COAST 
elusive  control  over  all  their  settlements  on 
the  "  Wild  Coast."  They  also  undertook  to 
supply  their  colonists  with  negro  slaves  from 
Africa.  This  was  the  beginning  of  that  great 
curse,  negro  slavery,  in  British  Guiana.  The 
sugar  and  coffee  estates  were  to  be  worked  by 
these  kidnapped  and  enslaved  Africans. 

"  I  would  not  have  a  slave  to  till  my  ground, 
To  carry  me,  to  fan  me  while  I  sleep. 
And  tremble  while  I  wake,  for  all  the  wealth 
That  sinews  bought  and  sold  have  ever  earned." 

— COWPER'S  "  Task,"  B.  ii. 

In  1624  Abraham  Van  Peere  formed  a  settle- 
ment on  the  river  Berbice.  Here  the  colonists 
seemed  to  thrive,  for  a  hundred  years  after  this, 
Berbice  colony  was  granted  a  Constitution  by 
the  States  General  of  Holland.  This  was  in 
1732.  In  1 78 1  the  British  took  possession  of  the 
whole  Dutch  West  Indian  colonies,  but  at  the 
peace  of  1783  they  were  again  restored.  They 
were  then  taken  possession  of  by  the  French, 
who  built  forts  on  both  sides  of  the  river 
Demerara  at  its  mouth.  In  1796  the  colonies 
of  Demerara,  Essequebo,  and  Berbice  were  again 
in  possession  of  the  Dutch,  and  in  1803  they 
were  finally  surrendered  to  the  British,  in  whose 
possession   they   have  ever    since    remained    and 

29 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
progressed,  being  formally  ceded  to  us  by  treaty 
in  1814. 

British  Guiana  is  divided  into  three  provinces, 
viz.,  Berbice,  Demerara,  and  Essequebo.  Through 
these  provinces  flow  three  great  rivers.  The  river 
Berbice,  which  discharges  itself  into  the  Atlantic 
about  57  miles  to  the  east  of  the  Demerara. 
It  is  about  two  miles  and  a  quarter  broad  at 
its  mouth.  Its  source  is  as  yet  unexplored. 
Vessels  of  12  feet  draft  can  ascend  this  splendid 
water-way  for  about  105  miles,  and  of  7  feet 
draft  180  miles.  The  influence  of  the  tide  is 
felt  nearly  up  to  that  point.  It  abounds  with 
fish  of  nearly  all  sizes  and  kinds.  This  river 
has  many  tributaries  or  creeks.  In  its  course 
it  is  very  tortuous,  and  away  up  towards  its 
source  it  forms  the  Christmas  cataract  and  the 
Itabou  cataract.  Forty-five  miles  to  the  east,  as 
it  passes  along,  is  drained  by  this  river  and  its 
tributaries,  and  forty-five  miles  to  the  west.  So 
that  it  drains  an  area  of  about  18,000  miles. 

The  Demerara  river,  on  which  the  capital  city 
stands,  was  called  by  Raleigh  and  his  followers 
Lemdrare,  by  the  Spaniards  Rio-de-Mirara  {i.e.^ 
The  Wonderful  River),  and  by  the  Dutch 
Innemary,  or  Demerary.  The  source  of  this 
river  is  known  to  the  Indians  alone.    Its  current 

30 


GUIANA,  OR  THE  WILD  COAST 
is  very  powerful,  especially  towards  its  mouth, 
where  it  is  about  two  miles  wide.  It  is  said 
to  flow  at  the  rate  of  seven  or  eight  knots  an 
hour,  and  the  under-currents  are  equally  power- 
ful, and  act  much  in  the  manner  of  whirlpools. 
It  is  notorious  that  few  persons  who  have  the 
misfortune  to  fall  into  it  are  ever  saved.  Whether 
they  are  borne  away  by  the  strong  under-current, 
or  sucked  in  by  the  eddying  wave,  or  devoured 
by  the  greedy  sharks,  which  in  hundreds  swarm 
about  at  its  mouth,  it  is  difficult  to  say.  The 
colour  of  its  water  is  of  a  dirty  yellow,  made 
so  by  the  clayey  soil  or  mud,  which  is  washed 
down  by  its  rapid  waters  and  deposited  at  its 
mouth  in  banks  or  mud  flats,  thus  forming 
natural  barriers  at  the  entrance  of  the  stream 
to  any  very  large  vessels.  It  is  navigable  for 
fair-sized  ships  about  ninety  miles. 

The  Essequebo  is  the  largest  river  in  British 
Guiana ;  hence  it  has  been  called  the  younger 
brother  of  the  Orinoco.  It  is  620  miles  long, 
and  twenty  miles  wide  at  its  mouth.  At  its 
mouth  are  situated  several  islands,  some  of  which 
are  from  twelve  to  fifteen  miles  long.  The 
principal  islands  are  Leguan  (from  El  Guano), 
which  has  several  sugar  estates  in  it,  and 
Wakenaam,   signifying  "  in    want    of    a    name," 

31 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
which  also  is  populated  and  engaged  in  making 
that  same  sweet  commodity.  I  had  the  pleasure 
of  travelling  with  two  Scotch  ministers,  one  of 
whom  had  been  the  minister  on  that  island,  and 
the  other  was  going  there  to  take  up  his 
appointment. 

The  Essequebo  has  many  large  tributaries. 
There  is  the  Cuyuni  river,  which  flows  into  it  from 
the  south-west  about  70  miles  from  the  sea.  The 
course  of  this  river  is  through  a  large  valley 
bounded  on  every  side  by  mountains  except  to 
the  east,  extending  280  miles  in  length,  and  ex- 
panding from  70  miles  to  1 50  miles  in  breadth.  All 
the  waters  of  this  extensive  valley  discharge  them- 
selves into  the  Cuyuni,  which  may  be  denominated 
its  chief  trunk  or  grand  drainer.  And  it  discharges 
itself  into  the  Essequebo.  Then  there  is  the 
Rupununi,  the  Potaro,  the  Massuruni,  on  which  Her 
Majesty's  penal  settlement  stands.  The  Potaro  or 
Black  River  is  famous  for  its  "  Kaieteur  Falls," 
which  are  likely  to  outrival  the  famous  Niagara. 
The  head  of  this  fall  is  1,130  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  sea.  The  breadth  of  the  river  is  from  250 
feet  to  350  feet  according  to  the  season  ;  the  average 
depth  is  20  feet,  and  this  mass  of  water  dashes  over 
a  precipice  900  feet  high  with  a  noise  like  thunder. 
The  grandeur  and  magnitude  of  this  fall  transcends 
description. 

33 


GUIANA,  OR  THE  WILD  COAST 
But  we  must  come  back  to  our  provinces.  From 
what  has  already  been  said,  you  will  see  that  much 
of  this  land  is  terra  incognita.  It  is  a  new  world, 
of  which  the  old  world  knows  very  little.  It  is  only 
along  a  narrow  strip  of  seacoast  that  people  live. 
The  interior  still  forms  the  happy  hunting-ground. 
About  130  square  miles  out  of  100,000  square  miles 
has  been  put  under  cultivation.  We  talk  about 
population  increasing  so  fast  that  it  will  overtake 
the  means  of  subsistence.  Would  that  Malthus 
could  have  opened  his  eyes  on  these  far-stretching 
savannahs  and  these  interminable  forests.  What 
is  wanted  is  not  land,  but  people  to  till  it.  Here 
we  have  a  mine  of  wealth  in  forest  and  river,  and 
plane  and  savannah  ;  but  none,  or  very  few,  to 
draw  it  out  and  utilise  it.  When  we  leave  our 
coast  lands  and  strike  into  the  interior,  we  come 
to  our  sandhills  and  our  far-stretching  savannahs, 
our  mountains  and  immense  forests,  all  lying  in  a 
state  of  nature,  the  dwelling-place  of  wild  animals 
and  Indian  tribes.  The  command  of  God  to  man 
is  to  replenish  the  earth  and  subdue  it.  Our  work 
lies  before  us ;  willing  hearts  and  active  hands  are 
what  is  wanted.  That  British  Guiana  has  vast 
resources  cannot  be  questioned,  but  these  resources 
are  only  imperfectly  known,  and  to  a  few.  Up  the 
rivers  and  in  the  interior  we  are  brought  into  contact 
33  c 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
with  large  fertile  valleys,  capable  of  supporting 
thousands  upon  thousands  of  cattle,  vast  forests, 
rich  in  every  kind  of  wood,  and  immense  undulating 
savannahs,  all  waiting  to  be  opened  up  and  utilised. 
A  grand,  almost  inexhaustible  field  for  capital  and 
industry  is  thus  opened  to  our  view. 

The  wealth  of  a  country  is  to  be  found  originally 
in  its  land.  There  can  be  no  question  about  the 
richness  and  productiveness  of  the  soil  of  British 
Guiana.  As  Dalton  says,  "  It  is  an  alluvial  soil 
which  has  not  its  equal  in  the  world,  save  perhaps 
the  overflooded  plains  of  the  Nile."  So  prolific 
are  the  plants  and  so  luxuriant  their  growth,  that 
to  ensure  an  abundance  of  fruit  it  seems  only 
necessary  to  commit  seeds  and  shoots  to  the  earth, 
and  cut  out  from  time  to  time  the  greater  part  of 
the  wood  of  the  trees.  The  great  difficulty  of  the 
gardener  and  farmer  here,  is  not  too  little  exuber- 
ance, but  too  much.  The  wealth  of  tropical  growth 
often  disheartens  and  overwhelms  men.  Leave  a 
field  uncultivated  for  a  short  time  and  it  is  overrun 
with  "  bush."  Leave  the  bush  alone  and  it  becomes 
a  forest.  Leave  the  forest  alone  and  it  becomes  a 
jungle,  a  tangled  mass  of  trees,  of  shrubs,  of  grasses, 
of  creeping  parasites,  of  twisted  lianos,  and  the 
lurking  place  of  stinging  insect,  hissing  reptile,  and 
devouring  beast.     But  it  is  said,  "  Is  not  the  rich 

34 


GUIANA,  OR  THE  WILD  COAST 

soil  confined  to  the  coast  lands  now  under  cultiva- 
tion?" By  no  means.  The  old  planters  found 
the  richest  soil  higher  up  the  rivers.  Men  who 
have  lived  in  the  interior  assure  us  "that  these 
interior  lands  will  produce  far  more  sugar,  coffee, 
cocoa,  rice,  than  the  sea  coast,  and  that  with  half 
the  labour."  In  addition  to  this,  the  interior  lands 
are  far  more  healthy.  Of  course  I  do  not  mean 
every  part,  but  I  refer  chiefly  to  the  higher  lands, 
the  plains  and  forests  above  the  sandhills,  and  the 
elevated  and  undulating  savannahs.  Of  these  latter 
we  have  a  large  number.  One  writer  estimates 
that  of  the  100,000  square  miles  which  this  land 
contains,  35,000  is  of  open,  flat,  undulating  savan- 
nah. There  are  5,000  miles  of  grass-covered 
mountains,  and  60,000  miles  of  dense  forests  which 
even  in  the  daytime  are  almost  as  dark  as  night. 

Savannah  is  from  the  Spanish  word  "  Sabana," 
and  means  a  great  plain  or  prairie.  Sabana, 
which  is  the  word  for  "  bed-sheet,"  denotes  a  great 
tract  of  land,  spread  out  and  more  or  less  level — a 
kind  of  limitless  meadow.  What  an  ocean  is  in 
the  aqueous  realm,  a  savannah  is  in  the  terrene 
realm.  It  is  a  vast  expanse  of  land,  stretching  far 
away  beyond  the  limit  of  unaided  vision,  often 
bounded  only  by  the  horizon  line.  Of  course  these 
savannahs  are  not  all  alike ;  some  are  great  swampy 

3S 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
places,  especially  in  the  rainy  season,  swampy 
simply  because  there  has  been  as  yet  no  outlet 
made  for  their  waters.  In  these  swamps  tall,  rank 
grasses  grow,  often  to  the  height  of  six  or  eight 
feet ;  you  cannot  see  over  them.  In  these  grasses 
are  all  kinds  of  reptiles,  serpents,  lizards,  tortoises, 
and  insects  that  prick  and  bite  and  sting,  and 
sometimes  of  devouring  beasts.  Then  there  are 
others  that  are  fine,  undulating  grassy  plains,  well 
suited  for  pasturage  and  even  for  other  forms  of 
agriculture.  Sir  R.  Schomburg,  speaking  of  these 
savannahs,  says, "  They  appeared  to  me  to  resemble 
the  '  Darling '  downs  of  Queensland,  as  the  grass 
not  only  holds  supremacy  over  the  flat  lands,  but 
passes  over  hill  and  mountain  extirpating  the  trees 
and  bushes,  as  though  the  hand  of  man  with  axe, 
compass,  and  line  had  directed  the  demarcation  so 
beautifully  defined."  The  surface  of  these  savan- 
nahs is  seldom  flat  for  any  considerable  distance. 
"  It  would  be  difficult,"  says  the  great  traveller,  "  to 
find  a  level  of  a  mile  in  length.  It  is  all  '  ups '  and 
'  downs,'  elevations  and  depressions,  from  five  feet 
to  sixty."  It  is  very  interesting  to  read  about 
that  great  savannah  on  which  "  Pirari  "  is  situated, 
a  village  occupied  by  "  Macusi "  Indians.  It  is 
supposed  to  cover  a  space  of  14,400  square  miles. 
This,  it  is  thought,  was  once  the  bed  of  an  inland 

36 


GUIANA,  OR  THE  WILD  COAST 
lake.  By  one  of  those  upheavals  which  are  not 
unknown  in  new  countries,  Nature  burst  its 
barriers,  and  thus  found  a  passage  for  its  waters 
into  the  Atlantic.  This  theory  explains  the 
ancient  tradition  of  an  "  inland  sea,"  and  the  city 
of  the  gold-besprinkled  Manoa  which  fired  the 
ardour  of  Sir  W.  Raleigh  and  the  Spanish  adven- 
turers. It  is  none  other  than  the  site  of  the  once 
famous  El  Dorado.  Here  is  Schomburg's  descrip- 
tion : 

"  On  leaving  the  river  Rupununi  we  passed  over 
undulating  ground,  thinly  covered  with  shrubs  of 
stunted  appearance,  and  bright  yellow  or  pink 
flowers.  We  turned  round  a  small  hillock,  and 
before  us  was  one  of  those  small  groves  of  Mauritia 
palms  which  give  to  the  savannahs  of  South 
America  so  characteristic  an  appearance.  This 
graceful  tree,  with  its  fan-shaped  leaves,  alone 
afforded  the  scanty  shade  to  be  found  in  those  arid 
plains,  while  it  contributed  to  the  picturesque  scene 
before  us.  The  different  tints  of  the  savannah 
which  extended  to  the  Pacaraima  mountains  might 
have  been  compared  to  a  sea  of  verdure,  which 
illusion  was  powerfully  increased  by  the  waving 
motion  of  the  deceptive  mirage.  Isolated  groups 
of  trees  rose  like  islands  from  the  bosom  of  this 
sea ;  and    a   few  scattered  palms,  with   their   tall 

37 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
trunks  appearing  like  masts  in  the  horizon,  assisted 
in  conveying  to  our  imagination  the  seducing 
picture  of  the  '  Leguna  de  Parima '  or  the  Inland 
Sea,  with  its  hundreds  of  canoes  floating  on  its 
bosom." 

Some  of  the  finest  savannahs  are  said  to  be  those 
on  the  Berbice  river,  and  lying  between  the  Berbice 
and  the  Corentyne.  The  Ituni  downs  are  a  splendid 
example.  Rowing  up  the  Berbice  river  with  the 
Indians,  we  struck  into  the  forest.  After  about 
two  hours'  brisk  walking,  during  which  we  ascended 
sandhills  covered  with  trees,  we  emerged  on  to 
the  open  plain.  The  view  that  burst  upon  our 
sight  was  splendid.  Far  as  the  eye  could  see  was 
the  grass-covered  plain,  here  and  there  were 
clumps  of  trees,  chiefly  the  Ita  palm,  and  down 
on  our  left  could  be  distinctly  traced  the  water 
valley  of  the  Ituni.  Beyond  that  was  again  to  be 
seen  the  dark  border-line  of  the  forest.  Away  to 
the  north  could  be  seen  lying  down  what  appeared 
to  us  "  deer  "  or  wild  cattle. 

These  savannahs  on  the  westward  side  extend 
a  distance  of  about  forty-five  miles,  and  on  the 
eastward  as  far  as  the  sea-coast.  Cattle  farming 
is  carried  on  pretty  extensively  up  the  Corentyne 
coast,  i.e.^  the  East  Coast.  Sometimes  the  cattle 
stray  inland,  and  become  wild.      Some  of  them 

38 


GUIANA,  OR  THE  WILD  COAST 

become  the  prey  of  tigers  and  jaguars.  Horses 
that  have  grown  wild  are  there  too.  Going  home 
one  year  for  six  months,  we  determined  to  give 
our  horse  a  rest,  and  so  he  was  sent  into  the 
savannah.  Away  he  wandered,  close  up  to  the 
Corentyne  river.  Men  were  sent  after  him  on 
our  return,  and  they  found  him  kicking  up  his 
heels  and  snorting  with  the  wild  ones.  Throwing 
the  lasso,  they  caught  him,  and  only  in  time,  for 
the  tigers  were  coming  amongst  them.  A  number 
of  skeletons  were  lying  about,  and  one  horse,  with 
its  throat  all  torn,  was  killed  the  night  before. 

Of  the  climate,  much  has  been  written,  and 
more  has  been  said.  In  England  it  is  considered 
to  be  little  better  than  the  West  Coast  of  Africa, 
which  has  been  called  the  White  Man's  Grave. 
Trollope  said,  "  There  never  was  a  land  so  ill- 
spoken  of,  and  never  one  that  deserved  it  so 
little."  And  he  said  this  after  visiting  it  He 
called  it  "  the  Elysium  of  the  tropics,"  "  the 
West  Indian  happy  valley " — the  one  true  and 
actual  Utopia  of  the  Carribean  Seas  — "  the 
Transatlantic  Eden."  We  do  not  ask  you  to 
adopt  Trollope's  opinion.  Truth  is  generally 
found  in  the  middle.  Between  the  "  White  Man's 
Grave  "  and  the  "  Transatlantic  Eden  "  the  truth 
about  the  climate  is  to  be  found.     Many  Euro- 

39 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

peans  who  have  lived  here  to  a  good  old  age 
consider  it  delightful.  For  one  thing,  we  are  not 
exposed  to  those  sudden  changes  of  temperature 
which  are  so  trying  to  weak  and  even  strong 
constitutions.  There  is  a  uniformity  of  tempera- 
ture all  the  year  round.  It  varies  from  74°  in 
the  morning  to  84°  in  the  shade  at  noon.  Indeed, 
it  is  one  of  the  steadiest  climates  in  the  world. 
We  have  no  November  fogs  and  no  December 
chilling  blasts.  Frost  and  snow  are  absolutely 
unknown.  The  natives  here  have  no  idea  of 
what  a  snowstorm  means.  Then,  again,  we  are 
favoured  with  a  steady  breeze  from  the  sea 
nearly  all  the  year  round.  British  Guiana  lies 
in  the  main  track  of  the  equinoctial  currents,  and 
so  from  January  to  December  we  have  a  steady, 
cool  breeze.  In  our  hottest  months,  and  in  the 
rainy  seasons,  there  is  sometimes  an  intermission, 
and  then  we  all  cry  out. 

For  some  complaints,  and  especially  those 
affecting  the  lungs  and  chest,  this  is  a  splendid 
climate.  Pulmonary  consumption  is  a  thing 
almost  unknown.  "  Tubercular  phthisis,"  says 
one  doctor,  "  I  have  never  met  with  here."  Some 
who  could  not  possibly  live  in  England  on  account 
of  chest  complaints,  can  live  and  enjoy  life  in  this 
country.      "If    physicians    at    home,"    says    one 

40 


GUIANA,  OR  THE  WILD  COAST 
medical  man,  "knew  of  the  advantages  offered 
by  this  climate,  they  would  oftener  send  their 
consumptive  patients  to  this  genial  clime."  Of 
course  we  have  our  diseases  and  death.  These 
are  not  always  attributable  to  the  climate  when 
they  are  said  to  be.  With  care,  if  a  man's  con- 
stitution be  sound,  a  man  may  live  here  as  long 
as  anywhere.  In  the  interior  parts  of  the  colony 
the  purity  of  the  air  is  proverbial,  and  especially 
in  the  dry  season.  At  night  the  stars  appear  like 
brilliants  in  the  deep  azure  sky,  and  even  in  the 
daytime  planets  can  be  sometimes  seen.  In  the 
lowlands  and  the  swampy  places  we  get  the 
miasma  and  the  fever,  but  the  highlands  and 
the  forests  are  never  found  to  be  unhealthy  to 
Europeans.  Live  wisely  and  you  will  live  well, 
and  in  all  probability  your  days  will  be  long  in 
the  land. 


41 


Ill 

THE   LAND   WHERE   SUGAR   GROWS 

HAVING  told  you  something  about  the 
Wild  Country,  I  must  now  tell  you  about 
that  portion  of  it  which  is  inhabited,  and  where 
the  sugar  grows.  Who  has  not  heard  of  Deme- 
rara  ?  What  difference  of  opinion  there  is  about 
it !  One  calls  it  the  "  Transatlantic  Eden,"  another 
"  The  Devil's  Mud  Flat."  One  having  been,  and 
gone  away,  thanks  God  that  he  has  got  out 
of  it,  and  hopes  never  to  put  his  head  into  it 
again.     Another  sings  in  joyous  strain — 

"  I  have  been  there,  and  still  would  go  ; 
'Tis  like  a  little  heaven  below." 

Mr.  Bronkhurst,  in  his  very  interesting  volume, 
says  the  following  lines  were  found  in  an  old 
escritoire  which  once  belonged  to  a  learned 
member  of  the  Civil  Service — 

4* 


THE  LAND  WHERE  SUGAR  GROWS 

"  Demerara,  land  of  trenches, 
Giving  out  most  awful  stenches  ; 
Land  of  every  biting  beast 
Making  human  flesh  its  feast ; 
Land  of  swizzles,  land  of  gin, 
Land  of  every  kind  of  sin  ! 
Why  have  I  been  doomed  to  roam 
Far,  so  far,  away  from  home  ?  " 

Whatever  kind  of  a  place  it  is,  it  has  already 
earned  for  itself  the  title  of  "  The  Magnificent 
Province."  It  is  not  quite  the  jewel  in  the 
British  Crown,  but  it  is  one  of  them.  Demerara 
is  not  the  Wild  Country,  but  it  is  in  the  Wild 
Country.  It  is  that  part  which  has  been  re- 
claimed and  subdued.  It  is  what  we  may  call 
the  hem  of  Guiana's  garment,  the  borderland 
of  this  tropical  "  Canaan "  ;  and  while  there  are 
those  who  have  brought  up  an  evil  report  of  the 
land  which  they  have  searched,  thpre  are  others, 
like  Caleb,  who  say,  "  It  is  a  land  flowing  with 
milk  and  honey ;  let  us  go  up  at  once  and 
possess  it,  for  we  are  well  able"  (Numb.  xiii.  30). 
One  thing  about  this  land  we  must  say,  and 
that  is,  it  is  a  warm  one.  Any  one  coming  here 
is  sure  of  a  warm  welcome.  I  looked  at  my 
thermometer  this  morning  at  half-past  twelve 
o'clock,  in  the  house,  and  of  course  in  the  shade, 
and    it   registered   94°.      Out  in  the  sun  I   have 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
seen  it    120°.    The   mean   annual   temperature   is 
84°. 

We  have  only  two  seasons  in  the  year,  what 
my  friend  calls  "  the  roasting  season"  which  is 
the  dry  one,  and  during  which  you  can  be 
'''■underdone'''  or  ''^  overdone  I'  according  to  your 
taste ;  and  the  "  broiling  season'^'  which  is  the 
wet  one,  during  which  we  have  '''gravel'  not  to 
say  ^^ gravy"  smells.  The  latter  season  has  just 
set  in,  and  the  rain  comes  down  in  such  torrents 
and  with  such  persistence  as  to  make  you  think 
a  second  deluge  is  no  longer  impossible.  As 
the  old  sailors  used  to  say,  it  only  leaves  off 
raining  to  commence  pouring.  During  this  season 
all  the  animals  creep  into  the  ark.  The  weather 
here  is  not  so  feminine  as  it  is  in  England ;  that 
is,  it  is  not  so  given  to  change.  You  can 
depend  upon  it.  When  it  means  to  rain,  it  does 
rain,  and  when  it  means  to  be  dry,  it  is  dry — and 
everybody  else  too.  It  is  the  dry  season  that  is 
the  hottest.  A  stone  statue  would  not  feel  cold 
then.  From  the  end  of  July  till  the  middle  of 
December  we  have  nothing  but  bright  sunshine, 
and  lovely  moonlight  nights  in  between.  And 
the  moonlight  out  here  surpasses  description. 
So  light  is  it  sometimes,  that  you  could  see  to 
read  the  newspaper  outside.     There  is  a  softness 


THE  LAND  WHERE  SUGAR  GROWS 
and  a  charm  about  it  that  makes  it  look  like  a 
fairy  scene.  On  such  a  night,  with  all  the  rich 
luxuriance  of  tropical  trees  around,  you  seem  to 
be  standing  in  Fairyland.  Many  a  time  have  I 
stood  out  in  the  garden  entranced.  Up  above 
is  the  moon. 

"  Through  the  fleecy  clouds  she  sails  along, 
Arrayed  in  silvery  brightness." 

All  the  trees  are  as  still  as  icicles,  and  quite  as 
sparkling ;  they  seem  to  be  under  some  magic 
spell — not  a  leaf  stirs,  and  they  glisten  with  a 
kind  of  glinted,  frosted  hue.  You  look  around — 
it  is  as  Jight  as  day,  only  it  is  a  peculiar  soft 
and  soothing  light.  In  that  light  you  can  see 
many  things,  for  it  makes  fairy  phantoms  real, 
and  real  things  fairy  phantoms.  A  man  that 
has  once  been  in  the  tropics  will  never  say  that 
"  the  moon  is  made  of  green  cheese."  If  he  does, 
it  will  be  a  sure  proof  that  he  has  been  moon- 
struck, and  is  luna-tic.  I  used  to  wonder  at  the 
people,  when  I  came  here  at  first,  saying,  as  I 
went  to  the  door  on  a  moonlight  night  without 
my  hat,  "  Parson,  you  going  get  moonstruck ; 
bettah  cover  you  head."  "  All  right,"  I  would 
say,  and  at  once  covered  my  head.  If  a  man 
falls  asleep  outside  with  his  face  exposed  to  the 

45 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
rays  of  the  moon,  in  all  probability  he  will  wake 
up  with  his  face  swollen  and  drawn  on  one  side, 
like  a  person  that  has  had  a  stroke.  I  have  seen 
such  cases.  An  old  writer  says,  "  In  the  lowlands 
of  tropical  countries  no  attentive  observer  of 
nature  will  fail  to  witness  the  power  exercised 
by  the  moon  over  the  seasons,  and  also  over 
animal  and  vegetable  nature.  As  regards  the 
latter,  it  may  be  stated  that  there  are  certainly 
thirteen  springs  and  thirteen  autumns  in  Demerara 
in  the  year  ;  for  so  many  times  does  the  sap  of 
trees  ascend  to  the  branches  and  descend  to  the 
roots.  For  example,  '  wallaba,'  a  tree  somewhat 
resembling  mahogany,  if  cut  down  in  the  dark, 
a  few  days  before  the  new  moon,  is  one  of  the 
most  durable  woods  in  the  world  for  house- 
building, posts,  &c.  ;  in  that  state  attempt  to 
split  it,  and  with  the  utmost  difficulty  it  will  be 
riven  in  the  most  jagged  and  unequal  manner. 
Cut  down  another  wallaba,  that  grew  within  a  few 
yards  of  the  former,  at  full  moon,  and  the  tree 
can  be  easily  split  into  the  finest  smooth  shingles, 
of  any  desired  thickness,  or  into  staves  for  making 
casks  ;  but  in  this  state  applied  to  house-building 
purposes  it  speedily  decays.  Bamboos  if  cut  at 
the  dark  moon  will  endure  for  ten  or  twelve  years ; 
if  at  full  moon,  they  will  be  rotten  in  two  or  three. 

46 


THE  LAND  WHERE  SUGAR  GROWS 
Thus  it  is  with  most,  if  not  all  the  forest  trees." 
(R.  M.  Martin,  F.S.S.) 

The  same  writer  observes,  "  I  have  seen  in  Africa 
the  newly  littered  young  perish  in  a  few  hours  at 
the  mother's  side,  if  exposed  to  the  rays  of  the  full 
moon.  Fish  becomes  rapidly  putrid,  and  meat,  if 
left  exposed,  incurable  or  unpreservable  by  salt. 
The  mariner  heedlessly  sleeping  on  deck,  becomes 
afflicted  with  nyctalopia,  or  night  blindness  ;  at 
times  the  face  is  hideously  swollen  ;  the  maniac's 
paroxysms  are  renewed  with  fearful  vigour  at  the 
full  moon  and  the  change."  Do  we  not  call  those 
who  suffer  from  mental  diseases,  or  who  are  out  of 
their  mind,  lunatics  ?  Luna  is  the  Latin  for  moon, 
and  this  very  name  implies  that  the  moon  has  some 
occult  influence  over  their  mental  condition.  The 
power  of  Queen  Luna  is  only  partially  known.  In 
the  tidal  movements  of  the  vast  ocean  we  see 
something  of  it,  but  in  those  smaller  tidal  waves 
that  pertain  to  the  atmosphere,  the  clouds,  the 
rivers,  the  sap  and  circulation  of  trees  and  plants, 
and  even  the  vital  forces  of  animals  and  men,  we 
know  very  little.  One  thing,  however,  we  know, 
and  that  is  that  this  is  a  land  of  "enchanting 
moonshine." 

The  land  where  sugar  grows  is  a  land  of 
equality.     Not  equality  amongst  the  people  ;  for 

47 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
in  that  respect  we  have  the  most  glaring  inequali- 
ties. Here  the  planter  has  long  been  the  lord 
of  the  soil,  if  not  the  lord  of  creation.  He  has 
made  our  laws,  and  to  a  large  extent  administered 
them.  And  he  has  always  had  an  eye  to  his  own 
interest.  In  fact,  he  considers  he  has  made  the 
colony,  ergo  the  colony  ought  to  exist  for  him. 
He  is  the  universal  sweetener.  But  for  him  we 
should  have  "  no  cakes  and  ale."  He  is  the  one- 
eyed  man  in  the  kingdom  of  the  blind. 

The  equality  we  have  here  is  in  the  land  rather 
than  in  the  people.  For  instance,  our  days  and 
nights  are  equal  all  the  year  round.  At  a  quarter 
to  six  every  morning  the  sun  shines  through  your 
window,  at  a  quarter  past  six  every  night  he  sinks 
down  behind  the  western  horizon.  It  is  just  the 
same  in  January  as  in  June. 

Then  we  have  an  equality  in  temperature.  All 
the  year  round  the  thermometer  registers  about  the 
same.  It  never  drops  down  to  freezing  point  and 
then  runs  up  to  summer  heat.  You  don't  require  a 
change  of  underclothing  on  account  of  the  change 
in  temperature.  You  can  wear  the  same  light 
flannels  in  December  as  you  wear  in  August. 

The  equality  in  temperature  gives  us  a  sameness 
in  the  vegetative  aspects  of  nature.  Trees  are 
always  green,  flowers  are  always  blooming,  fruits 

48 


THE  LAND  WHERE  SUGAR  GROWS 

are  always  ripe.  We  never  see  bare  hedges,  or 
leafless  trees,  or  gardens  without  a  sign  of  vegeta- 
tion, such  as  may  be  seen  in  the  winter  time  at 
home.  Here  the  birds  are  always  singing,  and 
the  gardens  are  always  full  of  bloom.  It  is  a 
summer  that  knows  no  winter  except  that  which 
man  creates,  namely,  "  the  winter  of  our  dis- 
content." 

But  this  land  is  not  only  a  land  of  equality  ;  it  is 
also  a  very  sweet  land.  One  other  thing  I  have 
noticed  in  this  land  is,  that  it  produces  a  large 
number  of  sweet  things.  It  is  a  very  sweet  land. 
Thousands  of  acres  around  us  here  produce  nothing 
but  large  sticks  of  sweet  cane.  These,  when 
properly  squeezed,  give  us  150,000  hogsheads  of 
sugar  and  upwards.  What  a  large  cup  of  tea  all 
that  sugar  would  sweeten  !  And  then  think  of  the 
thousands  of  puncheons  of  "  golden  syrup,"  all 
brought  out  of  the  land.  And  it  would  give  us  a 
lot  more  if  we  would  only  bestow  a  little  more 
labour  upon  it.  Why,  even  our  potatoes  here  are 
"  sweet  potatoes,"  and  our  cassava  is  "  sweet 
cassava,"  and  the  plantains,  when  kept  a  little 
become  "  sweet  plantains."  In  fact,  what  is 
called  the  saccharine  element  is  found  in  large 
proportions  in  nearly  all  our  vegetables  and  fruits. 
It  is  a    "sweet   country,"  and    they  ought  to  be 

49  i> 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
sweet  and  pleasant  people  who  live  in  it — and 
many  of  them  are.  Things  that  are  not  sweet 
when  grown  in  England,  become  sweet  when 
planted  here.  Would  it  not  be  a  grand  thing  if 
we  could  take  all  the  men  and  women  with  soured 
dispositions  and  plant  them  in  this  land  till  they 
became  sweetened.  I  wonder,  is  it  the  soil  or  the 
sun  that  puts  this  sweetness  into  things,  or  is  it 
the  nature  of  the  plant  to  select  only  those 
elements  that  are  saccharine?  It  is  probably 
the  latter.  Let  us,  like  the  sugarcane,  select 
from  the  world  around  us  those  elements  which 
will  develop  a  sweet  disposition  and  a  noble 
spirit.  A  little  more  sunshine  in  the  lives  of 
those  who  have  been  embittered,  and  especially 
that  soul  sunshine  which  emanates  from  Him  who 
is  called  the  "  Sun  of  Righteousness,"  and  they 
would  become  sweeter,  cheerier,  and  better.  Love 
is  the  great  sweetener  of  life,  and  "  God  is  Lover 

Another  characteristic  of  this  land  is  its  exuberant 
vitality.  Everything  seems  to  be  alive — the  air 
you  breathe,  the  ground  you  tread  upon,  the  water 
you  drink.  You  cannot  walk  out  in  the  garden 
without  your  feet  and  ankles  being  covered  with 
"  bete-rouge."  This  is  a  very  small  insect  that  you 
can  hardly  see  with  the  naked  eye  ;  they  make  their 
way  through  your  stockings  and  produce  a  most 

50 


ITo  face  p.  51. 
AN   ORCHID  ASSOCIATED   WITH   OTHER  EPIPHYTES. 


THE  LAND  WHERE  SUGAR  GROWS 
painful  irritation.  The  ladies  when  they  come  in, 
and  even  gentlemen  too,  must  at  once  retire  to 
the  bath,  and  try  what  soap  and  water  will  do  to 
rid  them  of  these  torments.  If  you  avoid  the  grass 
and  keep  to  the  road,  then  you  have,  if  it  be  night, 
the  frogs  jumping  from  under  your  feet  ;  and  at 
certain  seasons  the  air  is  filled  with  millions 
of  sandflies  {^Similium  pertinax).  These  come 
against  your  face  and  neck,  and  you  feel  as  if  a 
thousand  needle-points  were  pricking  into  you 
at  the  same  time.  These  sandflies  are  so  minute 
that  you  cannot  see  them,  but  you  are  soon  made 
aware  of  their  presence.  Mosquitoes  are  bad,  but 
sandflies  are  worse.  Plucking  a  beautiful  flower,  I 
was  just  lifting  it  up  to  my  nose  to  draw  in  its 
perfume,  when  a  friend  by  my  side  said  "  Don't." 
"  Why  ?  "  I  asked.  "  Because  in  many  flowers  there 
are  small  insects  lodging,  and  you  might  draw 
them  up  into  your  nostrils  and  sufl'er  very  much 
in  consequence." 

The  richness  of  the  soil  here  and  the  profusion 
of  plant  life  are  well  known.  Tropical  growth  and 
tropical  exuberance  characterise  field  and  forest. 
Land  that  has  once  been  cultivated  if  left  alone 
soon  becomes  a  tangled  mass  of  vegetation,  difficult 
for  a  man  to  pass  through.  Creeping  plants  and 
floral  vines   spring   up    and   entwine    themselves 

51 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

around  the  larger  trees  and  hang  in  festoons  from 
the  branches,  sometimes  making  a  very  plain  tree 
one  mass  of  floral  beauty.  Nature  here  seems  to 
gambol  and  delight  in  her  prodigality.  Hanging 
up  in  my  drawing-room  is  what  is  called  "  the 
leaf  of  life " — Byrophyllum  calycmum.  It  is  so 
called  because  every  part  of  it  is  so  full  of  life 
that,  put  it  where  you  will,  it  "  sprouts,"  and 
develops  both  roots  and  buds.  Hang  it  up  to 
a  gas-pipe  and  it  will  keep  green  and  fresh  for 
months  ;  if  there  is  the  least  moisture  it  will  grow 
and  propagate.  Put  the  leaves  of  this  plant  on 
moist  soil,  and  they  will  begin  to  grow  and  form  a 
quantity  of  plants  on  each  leaf.  It  would  seem 
almost  to  be  a  "  leaf"  of  that  tree  of  Life  which 
grew  in  the  midst  of  the  garden  of  Eden. 

The  staple  product  of  this  land  is  sugar.  A  cer- 
tain amount  of  coffee  is  grown,  and  cocoa  and  rice, 
&c.,  but  sugar  is  king.  This  fact  explains  what  is 
meant  by  "  plantations  "  and  "  estates,"  into  which 
the  three  provinces  of  Essequebo,  Demerara,  and 
Berbice  are  largely  divided.  But  I  shall  tell  you 
more  about  these  later  on. 

We  have  also  our  villages,  some  of  which  are 
very  picturesque  and  thriving.  One  of  the  nicest 
that  I  have  seen  so  far  is  Sandvort.  It  is  about 
three  miles  distant  from  New  Amsterdam, and  about 

5« 


THE  LAND  WHERE  SUGAR  GROWS 
two  miles  from  a  place  called  "  Orange,"  so  named 
on  account  of  the  number  of  orange  trees  that 
used  to  grow  there.  A  walk  along  the  forest  paths, 
or  through  the  village  garden,  if  one  may  call  it 
such,  shows  us  new  plants  and  flowers  at  every  turn. 
Birds  of  gorgeous  plumage  sit  upon  the  branches 
of  the  trees,  some  yellow,  some  a  deep  dark 
red,  some  ruby,  some  white,  some  maroon,  some 
black  ;  and  beautiful  many-coloured  butterflies  flit 
from  leaf  to  leaf  and  flower  to  flower,  all  adding 
to  the  intensity  and  beauty  of  the  scene. 

Such  walks,  however,  must  be  taken  in  the  day- 
time, and  even  then  with  care,  for  insects  and 
reptiles,  and  even  savage  animals,  lurk  among 
the  shrubs  and  flowers.  Even  we  in  the  town  are 
sometimes  disturbed  by  "tigers,"  jaguars,  cam- 
moudi,  snakes  &c.  A  week  or  two  ago,  our  local 
paper.  The  Gazette,  contained  the  following  para- 
graph :  "  A  labba  tiger  was  shot  in  the  promenade 
gardens  on  Tuesday  afternoon.  Some  visitors  saw 
the  animal  in  the  heat  of  the  day,  lying  comfortably 
on  one  of  the  garden  seats,  but  as  soon  as  it  saw  them 
it  ran  up  one  of  the  trees.  An  alarm  was  raised, 
and  Lieut.  Swain,  who  had  been  made  aware  of 
the  presence  of  the  beast,  shortly  put  in  an  appear- 
ance armed  with  a  gun.  The  tree  was  not  very 
high  where  the  tiger  was,  and,  taking  good  aim, 

53 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
he  shot  the  intruder  through  the  head.  The  tiger 
measured  four  feet  within  four  inches,  and  stood 
a  foot  and  a  half  high"  {Gazette,  June  27,  1896). 
A  month  later,  July  22nd,  the  same  paper  con- 
tained a  short  account  of  an  alligator  attacking 
a  coolie  boy  in  one  of  our  villages  and  dragging 
him  into  the  water.  The  following  is  the  account 
of  the  incident :  "  A  coolie  boy  was  lying  on  the 
bank  of  the  trench  with  his  hand  in  the  water, 
when  it  was  seized  and  he  was  dragged  into  the 
trench.  Soomanah,  a  coolie  woman,  heard  his 
scream,  and  seeing  him  in  the  trench  thought  he 
had  got  out  of  his  depth  whilst  bathing,  so  she 
jumped  in  after  him,  then  she  gave  vent  to  a 
series  of  deeply  religious  objurgations,  terminating 
with  *  Alligator!  This,  Mr.  Wrong  says  he  heard, 
the  trench  being  close  to  his  house,  and  he  ran 
from  his  bed  (he  had  fever)  to  the  trench,  where 
he  found  the  woman's  clothes  enfolding  the 
alligator,  and  her  natural  position  reversed,  her 
head  being  in  the  mud.  He  jumped  upon  the 
alligator,  grasping  its  neck,  and  trying  to  tread 
it  down  with  his  feet,  but  at  last  he  had  to  grasp 
the  upper  and  lower  jaws  and  tear  them  open 
before  the  brute  let  go  its  victim.  The  boy's  arm 
was  mangled  and  broken  above  the  elbow.  The 
reptile  sank  in  deep  water  and  disappeared." 

54 


THE  LAND  WHERE  SUGAR  GROWS 
About  the  people  of  this  land,  their  callings 
and  customs,  their  manners  and  morals,  their  races 
and  religions,  I  must  tell  you  in  another  chapter. 
Suffice  it  to  say  that  it  is  a  land  as  yet  in  its 
infancy,  but  it  has  in  it  the  elements  of  growth, 
and  of  greatness. 

"  There  are  many  things  in  the  womb  of  Time 
Yet  to  be  delivered." 


55 


IV 

THE  HISTORY  OF  A  POUND  OF  SUGAR 

"  T~^0  you  take  sugar  in  your  tea?"  asked  the 
L'  lady   at   the    head  of  the    table,  in  a   soft 
musical  voice  and  with  a  pleasant  smile  upon  her 
face. 

"  Madam,  I  like  all  sweet  things,"  I  replied ;  "  I 
like  a  sweet  face,  a  sweet  disposition,  a  sweet  child, 
and  a  sweet  lady^  madam,  like  you." 

"  You  are  complimentary,  I  perceive,"  she  said. 

"Compliments  help  to  sweeten  life,  and  we 
should  never  withhold  them  where  they  are  due. 
The  present  example  is  a  case  in  point.  But  may 
I  ask  you  what  kind  of  sugar  this  is  ?  " 

"  This  is  what  is  called  Demerara  Crystals,"  she 
said,  "  biit  you  would  not  believe  what  a  difficulty 
I  have  had  in  procuring  it.  Brown  sugar  and 
what  is  called  raw  sugar  you  can  get  at  any 
grocer's   shop.     But   in  most  cases  this  is   sugar 

56 


THE  HISTORY  OF  A  POUND  OF  SUGAR 
made  from  beetroot,  and  coloured  to  make  it  look 
like  the  sugar  which  comes  from  the  sweet  cane. 
Few  housekeepers  here  know  the  respective  values 
of  these  two  sugars.  Indeed,  like  most  things  of 
everyday  use,  people  get  them  and  seldom  make 
any  inquiry  about  them." 

"  Madam,  I  am  so  pleased  to  hear  you  speak 
thus.  I  wish  we  had  more  ladies  who  inquire  into, 
and  interest  themselves  in,  the  products  that  are 
put  upon  our  tables.  Each  one  of  these  products 
has  a  history,  and  results  that  are  not  only  national 
but  worldwide  often  follow  our  choice  or  rejection 
of  them.  As  a  great  door  hangs  upon  little  hinges, 
so  great  events  turn  upon  little  things.  Some  lady 
who  leads  the  fashions  in  Paris  substitutes  alpaca 
as  a  dress  material  for  silk.  This  is  quickly  fol- 
lowed by  the  Courts  of  Europe  and  the  aristocracy. 
Their  example  is  copied  by  all  the  other  classes 
of  society.  The  result  is  that  the  silk  industry  is 
ruined.  The  mills  at  Macclesfield  and  Congleton 
and  Derby  first  run  short  time  and  then  stop. 
The  workmen  have  no  work,  the  children  cry  for 
bread ;  homes  are  broken  up, and  fathers  and  mothers 
have  to  go  forth  to  seek  a  new  home  and  a  new 
employment.  This  kind  of  thing  is  going  on 
constantly.  Change  brings  change.  Electricity  is 
being  substituted  for  gas  here.     Already  the  gas 

57 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
shares  have  gone  down  fifty  per  cent,  and  a 
number  of  men  are  thrown  out  of  employment. 
Society  is  like  rows  of  bricks  set  on  end  and 
leaning  one  upon  another  ;  when  one  falls  a  number 
fall  with  it.  Cane  sugar  was  once  the  dominant 
sweetener.  It  had  the  field  all  to  itself  It  reigned 
without  a  rival  there.  But  during  the  Napoleonic 
wars  with  England,  France  and  Germany  could 
not  get  their  sugar  from  the  West  Indies  as  before, 
and  so  Napoleon  had  sugar  made  from  beetroot. 
That  sugar  most  of  our  English  people  use,  not 
because  it  is  better,  but  because  it  is,  as  they  think, 
a  little  cheaper.  But  in  this  they  are  very  much 
mistaken,  for  the  cane  sugar  has  double  the  sweet- 
ening power  of  beetroot  sugar.  One  pound  of 
Demerara  crystals  will  sweeten  as  much  as  two 
pounds  of  white  or  brown  beetroot.  In  addition 
to  this  there  are  the  wholesome  qualities  of  the 
cane  juice.  During  the  sugar  harvest,  black  boys 
and  girls,  and  even  black  men  and  women  and 
coolies,  may  be  seen  walking  along  the  road  with 
a  long  stick  of  sugarcane  in  their  hands,  often 
chewing  away  at  it  with  pleasure  and  satisfaction. 
Indeed,  as  Dr.  Brewer  says,  '  Every  creature, 
whether  man  or  animal,  during  the  sugar  harvest 
appears  to  derive  benefit  from  its  use  and  becomes 
fat  and  healthy.' " 

58 


THE  HISTORY  OF  A  POUND  OF  SUGAR 

"  Will  you  tell  us,"  said  the  lady  of  the  house, 
"  how  this  sugar  is  made  ?  The  children  have  just 
been  saying  how  much  they  would  like  you  to 
give  them  a  history  of  it." 

"  It  is  always  a  pleasure,  madam,  to  gratify  your 

desires,  providing,  as  Sir  Walter  Scott  says,  *  they 

be  virtuous,'  and  as  for  these  children — bless  their 

sweet  faces— who   could   refuse   them    anything  ? 

Now,  children,  you  know,  if  we  want  to  understand 

the  history  of  a  thing  we  must  go  back  to  the  very 

beginning ;  and  to  get  back  to  the  beginning  of 

this   thing,  Demerara   sugar,  we   must   take   ship 

and  sail  away  about  4,500  miles  to  a  land  called 

British  Guiana.     And  a   very  wonderful  land  in 

many  respects  it  is.     It  is   a   land   of  perpetual 

sunshine  and  perpetual  summer.     We  might  say 

of  it— 

" '  There  is  a  land,  a  sunny  land, 
Whose  skies  are  ever  bright.' 

Frost  and  fog,  snow  and  ice  are  unknown.  No 
chilling  blast  invades  this  clime  ;  it  is  always  genial, 
bright,  and  hot.  The  trees  are  always  green,  the 
flowers  always  bloom,  the  birds  and  butterflies  are 
always  on  the  wing. 

"It  is  also  a  land  of  large  rivers,  of  mixed  races, 
of  dense  forests  and  of  immense  savannahs.  Birds 
o(  gorgeous  plumage  fly  through  the  air  and  jump 

59 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
from  twig  to  twig ;  the  ground  at  night  becomes 
star-bespangled  with  myriads  of  electric  fireflies ; 
insects  everywhere  whistle  and  sing.  It  is  a  land 
of  sweet-smelling  flowers,  of  luscious  fruits,  of 
milky  nuts,  and  many  other  things  that  are 
pleasant  to  the  eyes  and  sweet  to  the  taste. 

"  But  it  is  of  the  sweet  cane  I  want  to  tell  you. 

It  is  very  ancient,  for  we   read  of  it  in  some  of 

the  early  books  of  the  Bible.     The  prophet  Isaiah 

(xliii.   24),  speaking  for  Jehovah,  complains  that 

Israel  had  not  honoured  God  with  his  sacrifices 

and   oflerings,  and   he   says,  *Thou   hast   bought 

me  no  sweet  cane  with  money.'     And   Jeremiah 

says  (vi.  20),  '  To  what  purpose  cometh  there  to 

me  incense  from  Sheba,  and  the  sweet  cane  from 

a  far  country  ? '     From  these  passages  we  learn 

that  the  sugarcane  was  grown  in  Palestine  some 

three   thousand   years   ago    as    well    as   in    other 

countries,  and  was  often  brought  as  an  offering 

unto  God.     Between  those  days  of  three  thousand 

years   ago    and    these    a    considerable    difference 

exists,  but  the  sugarcane  is  practically  the  same. 

"  Nearly   all    the   cultivated   portion    of  British 

Guiana  is  devoted  to  the  growth  and  production 

of  the  sugarcane.      All  the  land  on  the  seacoast 

is  divided  into   estates  or   plantations.     Each  of 

these  plantations  contain  from  five  hundred  to  two 

60 


THE  HISTORY  OF  A  POUND  OF  SUGAR 

thousand  acres.  It  is  one  of  the  beautiful  sights 
of  the  country  to  see  these  plantations  when  the 
cane  has  grown  and  is  in  full  bloom  ;  and  it  is 
also  very  interesting  to  see  the  labourers  at  work 
in  the  fields,  some  ploughing,  some  planting,  some 
weeding,  and  some  trashing.  A  sugar  estate  is 
always  a  place  of  varied  activity.  In  connection 
with  it  is  a  '  mill '  for  the  grinding  of  the  canes 
and  the  making  of  sugar.  In  this  mill  very  costly 
machinery  is  used,  and  thousands  upon  thousands 
of  pounds  are  invested  in  this  sweet  industry.  By 
the  kindness  of  one  of  the  managers  we  will  now 
go  over  the  sugar  plantation,  and  begin  at  the 
very  beginning. 

"  And  first  of  all  there  is  the  land.  That  is  the 
basis  of  all  our  operations.  We  cannot  value  it 
too  much  or  prize  it  too  highly.  Have  you  ever 
thought  of  it,  that  everything  we  have  comes  out 
of  the  land  ?  Labour  and  land  are  the  two  great 
producers.  All  our  wealth  comes  from  the  union 
between  these  two." 

"  What,"  says  Arthur,  "  does  everything  come 
from  the  land  ?  " 

"Yes.  Here  is  this  table,  made  out  of  a  tree  of 
the  forest.  Here  is  this  white  cloth,  it  is  made  out 
of  the  inner  bark  of  the  flax.  Here  are  the  cups 
and  saucers  made  out  of  the  clay.     Your  woollen 

6i 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
jacket  comes  from  the  back  of  a  sheep  that  feeds 
on  the  land,  your  boots  from  the  skin  of  the  ox  or 
the  horse ;  all  our  calicoes  are  made  out  of  cotton 
that  grows  on  the  trees;  our  tea,  our  sugar,  our 
butter,  our  bread,  all  come  out  of  the  land.  The 
land  is  the  ever  fruitful  source  of  all  our  supplies, 
and  the  land,  or  *  the  earth,  is  the  Lord's  and  the 
fulness  thereof 

"  The  first  thing  to  be  done  with  the  land,  says 
the  overseer,  is  to  clear  it  and  drain  it.  In  order 
to  do  that  thoroughly,  and  have  a  supply  of  fresh 
water  in  the  time  of  drought,  we  dig  these  large 
trenches  round  and  across  the  fields.  We  then 
begin  planting.  We  take  the  tops  of  cane  and 
plant  them  closely  together  in  rows.  These  rows 
have  to  be  six  feet  apart.  In  that  field  there,  you 
see  a  number  of  black  women  and  girls  and  coolies 
at  work.  They  have  hardly  anything  on,  for  the 
sun  is  very  hot.  If  a  kind  Providence  had  not 
protected  their  heads  with  a  strong  thick  covering 
of  wool,  they  could  not  have  stood  out  under  the 
burning  rays  of  that  sun.  There  they  will  work 
for  a  whole  day,  and  at  the  end  of  the  day  they 
will  have  earned  'two  bits,'  that  is  eightpence. 
When  the  canes  have  grown  to  the  height  of  about 
two  feet  the  soil  is  thrown  up  on  the  roots ;  this  is 
done  by  a  shovel  or  fork  and  is  called  ploughing. 

62 


THE  HISTORY  OF  A  POUND  OF  SUGAR 
This  is  to  be  done  as  occasion  requires,  and  the 
ground  is  to  be  kept  clear  of  grass  and  weeds  ; 
this  is  called  weeding.  In  about  fifteen  months 
the  canes  have  grown  to  the  height  of  five  and  six 
feet,  the  *  arrows '  appear,  and  they  are  ready  for 
cutting.  Then  comes  the  harvest.  It  requires  a 
strong  arm  to  cut  those  canes.  This  is  usually 
done  by  black  men.  They  are  much  stronger 
than  the  coolies  and  can  get  through  more  work. 
For  cutting  the  canes  they  get  from  48  cents  a  day. 
The  stumps  of  the  canes  left  in  the  earth  spring  up 
again.  These  are  called  ratoons,  and  at  the  end 
of  twelve  or  thirteen  months  they  are  ready  for 
the  harvest.  The  canes  have  to  be  cut  as  near  the 
ground  as  possible,  because  the  richest  juice  is 
found  in  the  lower  joints.  After  they  are  cut,  the 
canes  are  conveyed  to  the  factory  in  iron  punts 
that  are  drawn  by  mules  up  the  trenches.  They 
are  then  placed  in  a  machine  called  the  *  crusher,' 
which  consists  of  two  very  heavy  and  powerful 
rollers.  These  rollers  will  weigh  from  five  to  six 
tons  each,  and  are  made  of  the  best  wrought-iron. 
From  100  lbs.  of  canes,  65  lbs.  to  75  lbs.  of  cane 
juice  will  be  expressed  or  squeezed  out.  This 
juice,  which  is  of  a  sweetish  taste  and  of  the  colour 
of  dirty  water,  passes  at  once  into  a  small  reser- 
voir, where  it  usually  receives  a  dose  of  quicklime, 

63 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

and  without  delay  runs  off  to  large  iron  or  copper 
vessels,  which  are  heated  by  steam  pipes.  As  the 
temperature  of  the  juice  rises,  a  thick  scum  forms 
on  the  top  ;  this  is  either  removed  by  skimming, 
or  the  juice  is  drawn  off  from  below.  It  then 
passes  into  other  pans,  which  are  heated  by  fires 
under  them,  and  as  it  is  made  to  boil  and  bubble 
the  impurities  rise  to  the  surface  and  are  removed. 
After  it  has  been  clarified  and  reduced  to  a  certain 
consistency  by  heat,  it  is  drawn  off  into  what  is 
called  the  'vacuum  pan.'  This  is  a  large  cylin- 
drical copper  pan,  from  nine  feet  to  twelve  feet  in 
diameter,  heated  to  about  1500F.  Inside  this  the 
juice  is  whirled  round,  and  as  it  proceeds,  crystals 
begin  to  form.  When  it  is  sufficiently  thick  it  is 
run  out  into  coolers,  and  the  liquid  that  comes 
from  this  is  called  molasses  or  treacle.  The  sugar 
is  then  packed  off  into  bags  or  hogsheads.  After 
that  it  is  taken  to  the  wharf  and  shipped  to  those 
countries  where  it  is  needed.  So,  you  see,  that 
sugar  with  which  you  sweeten  your  tea  was  once 
the  juice  or  the  sap  running  up  the  little  pipes  or 
ducts  of  the  sugarcane ;  and  black  men  and  women 
from  Africa,  and  red  men  and  women  from  India, 
and  yellow  men  and  women  from  China,  and 
Portuguese  and  English  have  all  been  employed 
to  get  you  that  sugar  with  which  you  sweeten 
your  delightful  cup  of  tea." 

64 


IN   A  TROPICAL   HOUSE 

ONE  of  the  first  things  that  strikes  you  on 
going  ashore,  and  especially  if  it  be  night 
and  the  rainy  season,  is  the  hissing,  whistling, 
and  croaking  sounds  that  fill  the  air.  You  could 
fancy  yourself  in  some  factory  with  the  machinery 
running  at  full  speed.  This  is  caused  by  the  insects 
that  creep  out  in  the  darkness,  like  one  of  old 
"  seeking  whom  they  may  devour."  Their  name 
is  Legion.  In  addition  to  the  mosquitoes,  which, 
like  the  poor,  "  ye  have  always  with  you,"  we  have 
the  black  beetles,  known  by  the  name  of  cockles 
and  hardbacks  ;  also  cockroaches,  and  grasshoppers, 
and  locusts,  the  sawyer  beetle,  the  scissors-grinder, 
the  great  borer,  the  stag-horn  beetle,  the  candle  fly, 
the  maribuntas,  and  a  whole  host  beside  which  set 
up  their  nightly  music.  In  addition  to  these  there 
65  E 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
are  the  swarms  of  frogs  that  infest  the  wayside,  the 
roads,  and  the  trenches. 

"  Frogs  to  the  right  of  you, 
Frogs  to  the  left  of  you. 
Frogs  in  front  of  you 
Whistle  and  croak." 

Big  frogs  with  big  bass  voices  that  can  be  heard 
one  or  two  miles  away,  and  little  ones  that  whistle 
and  wheeze,  all  in  a  chorus  of  their  own.  As  my 
wife  said,  "This  is  the  very  paradise  of  insects." 
The  insect  concert  commences  at  dusk.  At  that 
time  the  performers  begin  to  tune  their  instruments. 
There  is  a  beetle  called  here  "  the  six  o'clock  beetle" 
that  leads  off  the  entertainment.  He  might  be 
called  the  conductor.  With  a  shrill  whistle  he 
sounds  the  keynote ;  the  others  take  it  up,  and 
soon  the  music  is  in  full  fling. 

Having  piloted  our  way  through  these  hordes  of 
insects,  but  not  without  many  a  sting  and  blister, 
we  arrive  at  a  tropical  house.  These  houses  are 
very  different  from  what  we  are  accustomed  to  at 
home.     They  are  built  entirely  of  wood. 

As  you  will  notice  from  the  picture,  they  stand 
on  brick  or  wooden  pillars  about  eight  feet  from 
the  ground.  This  at  once  secures  them  from  the 
damp,  which  at  certain  seasons  of  the  year  is  very 
considerable ;  also  from  the  crawling  reptiles  and 

66 


IN  A  TROPICAL  HOUSE 

the  buzzing  insects.  It  also  lifts  them  from  the 
miasma  which,  in  the  night  season,  rises  to  a 
height  of  about  six  feet.  To  get  into  these 
houses  you  have  to  ascend  a  flight  of  steps  from 
the  outside,  so  that  you  are  literally  always  living 
upstairs.  Running  along  the  front  of  the  house  is 
the  verandah,  or  gallery.  This  is  sometimes  open, 
but  more  frequently  closed  in  with  three  or  four 
windows  and  jalousies.  These  jalousies  are  an 
arrangement  of  wood  made  on  the  principle  of 
a  Venetian  blind,  which  you  can  open  or  shut 
at  pleasure.  When  open  they  let  in  the  breeze, 
at  the  same  time  excluding  the  sun.  When 
closed  they  exclude  both  rain  and  light.  The 
gallery,  or  verandah,  is  the  coolest  part  of  the 
house.  There  we  sit  and  meet  our  friends,  the 
pleasant  cool  breeze  fanning  our  cheeks  and 
modifying  the  otherwise  oppressive  heat  of  the 
sun.  A  tropical  house  has,  of  necessity,  many 
windows.  The  one  I  am  now  writing  in  has 
thirty ;  some  have  twice  that  number.  These 
windows  are,  for  the  most  part,  wide  open  during 
the  day,  letting  a  current  of  cool  air  blow  freely 
through  every  room.  In  England  we  are  accustomed 
to  see  chimneys  on  the  top  of  every  house.  Who 
would  think  of  building  a  house  without  a  chimney  ? 
But  here  the  houses  are  without  chimneys.    We  do 

67 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
not  need  them,  for  we  have  no  fireplaces  in  any 
of  our  rooms.  At  home,  when  you  go  into  the 
breakfast-room  or  the  drawing-room  you  sit 
by  the  fire.  But  when  you  come  out  here,  you 
do  not  know  which  way  to  sit  at  first ;  you  may 
turn  any  way  you  like,  but  after  a  while  you 
naturally  sit  with  your  face  to  the  breeze. 

"If  you  have  no  fires,"  you  say,  "  how  do  you  cook 
your  food  ?  "  Well,  that  is  an  important  question, 
for  we  cannot,  as  Carlyle  says  the  Tartars  do,  make 
our  steak  ready  by  riding  on  it.  The  kitchen  or 
cooking-place  is  a  little  room  adjoining  the  house. 
There  the  sable  cook  prepares  all  our  food,  some- 
times in  an  American  or  English  stove,  and  if  you 
be  poor  and  cannot  afford  one  of  these,  in  what  is 
called  a  "  coal-pot."  The  fuel  used  is  wood,  which 
can  be  got  in  large  quantities  from  the  forest. 
When  you  enter  a  house  in  England  after  a 
long  journey,  one  of  the  first  things  that  a 
hospitable  hostess  asks  you  to  do  is  to  "come 
upstairs  and  wash  yourself"  There  you  go  into 
the  bathroom,  and  you  have  only  to  turn  the  tap 
and  either  hot  or  cold  water  comes  at  your  call. 
But  here  we  have  no  water  in  our  houses.  Taps 
are  an  unknown  thing,  unless  it  be  the  tap  at  the 
rum-shop.  And  yet  a  good  wash  in  clean,  cool 
water  is  even  more  necessary  and  more  refreshing 

68 


IN  A  TROPICAL  HOUSE 
in  a  hot  country  than  a  cold  one.  If  you  have  been 
out  you  come  home  heated,  perspiration  oozing  out 
at  every  pore,  your  hands,  your  face,  your  neck, 
your  whole  body  wet  and  sticky ;  a  bath  after  this 
is  quite  a  luxury.  But  where  must  we  get  the 
water?  We  have  no  reservoirs,  no  river- water 
that  is  fit,  no  mountain  lakes.  But  we  have  the 
fountain  that  supplies  all  these,  namely,  the  clouds 
and  the  rain.  The  water  that  falls  in  showers  upon 
our  houses  is  conducted,  by  means  of  pipes,  into 
large  vats.  Every  good  house  and  every  large 
building  has  its  vat.  In  these  vats  the  best  of 
water,  that  which  comes  down  direct  from  heaven, 
is  stored,  and  from  these  we  draw  our  supplies. 

On  going  into  the  bedroom  you  will  be  surprised 
to  see  the  bed  enclosed  by  a  thin  white  netting ; 
this  is  to  keep  out  the  mosquitoes.  It  is  securely 
fastened  at  the  top,  and  tucked  in  under  the  mattress 
at  the  bottom.  When  you  want  to  get  into  bed, 
you  look  round  to  see  that  there  are  no  "misskitties" 
near  ;  then  pulling  out  the  curtain,  you  jump  in  and 
tuck  it  under  again  quick  ;  then  sitting  up  and 
looking  round,  you  feel  very  much  like  a  bird 
in  a  cage.  These  mosquito  curtains  are  very 
necessary  and  a  great  comfort — not  only  as 
preservatives  against  these  stinging  insects,  but 
for   keeping   out   rats,  and    bats,  and   centipedes, 

69  % 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
and  tarantuli,  &c.  One  night  I  woke  up  to  find 
that  a  bat  had  in  some  way  got  under  my  netting 
and  into  my  bed.  Now  bats  I  do  not  like  ;  they 
are  too  much  like  a  mouse  and  too  little  like  a  bird. 
And  of  all  places  I  certainly  do  not  like  one  in  bed. 
I  went  for  the  creature,  but  as  the  Scotchman  would 
say,  "it  gaed  oot  o  sicht."  We  have  many  bats 
here,  and  some  of  a  very  large  kind.  The  vampyre 
bat  sometimes  measures  two  or  more  feet  across 
the  wings.  These  bats  are  called  blood-suckers, 
for  they  approach  a  sleeping  person  and,  without 
waking  him,  puncture  some  vein  and  drink  the 
blood.  Some  children  living  in  the  interior  have 
been  known  to  be  quite  pale,  weak,  and  emaciated 
from  loss  of  blood  in  this  way.  I  myself  once 
woke  up  to  find  my  leg  covered  with  blood  from 
this  same  cause.  Another  creature  to  be  dreaded 
is  the  centipede.  These  creatures  have  forty-two 
legs  and  eight  eyes  ;  but  what  is  more  important 
still,  they  have  a  venomous  bite.  The  natives  here 
are  much  afraid  of  them,  and  they  say  "If  centipede 
bite  you,  you  must  get  fever."  These  creatures 
hide  in  the  corners  and  crevices  of  the  houses, 
and  especially  in  old  houses.  I  have  seen  them 
crawling  up  the  mosquito  curtains,  and  more 
than  once  they  have  dropped  out  of  my  pants 
as  I  took  them  up  to  put   them  on.      In  fact  it 

70 


IN  A  TROPICAL  HOUSE 
is  necessary  here  to  give  all  your  clothes  a  good 
shake  before  putting  them  on.  A  lady  will  find 
one  in  the  folds  of  her  skirt,  and  inside  the  slipper 
seems  a  favourite  resort  for  them.  One  lady  that 
I  knew,  whilst  busy  at  her  toilet,  felt  something 
crawling  on  her  shoulder  ;  she  screamed  and  called 
her  husband,  and  he  had  just  time  to  knock  the 
centipede  off  before  biting  her  in  the  neck.  One 
day  whilst  I  sat  at  dinner  in  a  friend's  house,  I  felt 
something  crawling  up  my  leg.  Gripping  it  through 
my  trousers.  I  said  "  Excuse  me,"  and  walked  off, 
holding  it  tightly,  into  a  private  room  ;  there  pulling 
up  my  trousers  slop,  I  found  a  large  centipede,  but 
my  firm  grip  had  effectually  prevented  its  bite  and 
its  sting. 

Another  very  troublesome  insect  is  the  "  chigor," 
or  "  jigger  "  as  it  is  called  here — Pulex  penetrans, 
the  "  penetrating  flea."  You  do  not  see  them,  they 
are  so  small,  but  you  feel  them.  They  chiefly 
attack  the  feet,  and  seem  to  be  very  fond  of  the 
fleshy  part  of  the  toes.  My  first  experience  of 
them  was  as  follows.  One  night  I  felt  a  peculiar 
itching  sensation  under  one  of  my  toes.  And,  as 
Burton  says  in  his  "  Anatomy  of  Melancholy,"  "  a 
man  must  needs  scratch  where  it  itches."  So  to 
work  I  went.  Next  day  it  was  pretty  much  the 
same ;  then  I  found  a  kind  of  white  spot,  and  th^ 

71 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
symptoms  got  worse.  On  asking  the  old  black 
nurse  about  it,  she  said,  "  Oh,  parson,  dat  am  de 
jigger,"  and  she  began  to  explain.  I  said,  "  Well, 
I'm  jiggered  !  But  it  must  come  out."  So  a 
stocking-needle  was  produced  and  they  began 
to  poke  away  at  this  poor  toe  till  they  had  got 
a  hole  in  about  the  size  of  a  pea,  and  out  of 
that  they  pulled  a  bag-like  nest  which  the  chigoe 
had  formed  and  in  which  it  had  laid  its  eggs. 
Rubbing  some  tobacco-dust  in  the  wound,  which 
made  me  dance  for  a  few  moments,  it  soon  got  all 
right.  You  will  now  understand  the  native  proverb, 
"  Me  bin  a  good  dance  man,  but  chiggah  'pile  me 
foot."  But  I  must  not  weary  you  with  these  stories. 
If  you  are  at  home  in  England,  go  to  your  bed  and, 
as  you  lie  there,  thank  God  that  you  do  not  see 
the  rats  "  playing  hide-and-seek  "  and  "  leap-frog  " 
around  your  bed,  and  that  there  are  no  cock- 
roaches in  the  folds  of  your  pillow,  waiting  for 
a  favourable  opportunity  to  get  near  you  and 
pick  your  teeth. 

Life  in  the  tropics  is  very  different  from  life  in 
the  temperate  zone.  Our  days  and  nights  are  about 
equal  all  the  year  round.  It  comes  light  about  a 
quarter  before  six,  and  at  that  time  we  are  astir. 
The  little  black  butler  brings  you  upstairs  a  cup  of 
Berbice  coffee.     As  soon  as  it  is  brought  into  the 

72 


IN  A  TROPICAL  HOUSE 
room  you  smell  it.    It  is  just  like  a  posy  ;  its  aroma 
fills  the  house.     We  could  not  get  on  without  our 
"  cawfee  in  de  marnin',"  as  you  will  see  from  the 
song  of  poor  old  Jane. 

"Some  people  likes  de  choklet,  some  people  likes  de  tea, 
Some  drinks  de  sugar-watah,  and  some  de  lemonade  ; 
But  I  ca'e  fo'  none  o'  dose,  de  only  t'ing  fo'  me, 
Is  me  bowl  o'  bilin'  ca\vfee  in  de  marnin'. 

I'se  an  ole  woman  now  and  does  often  punis'  haad, 
But  I'se  had  me  good  days,  and  I  mus'  satisfy ; 
I  can  still  hoi'  togedder  and  still  praise  de  Laad, 
If  I  only  gets  me  ca\vfee  in  de  marnin'. 

Sometimes  I  has  it  grand  wid  me  sal'fish  and  me  fat. 
And  de  yellow-plantain  biled,  and  green  peppa  and  some 

rice; 
But  what  me  mind  does  gi'e  me  fo',  mo'  better  dan  all  dat. 
Is  me  cawfee  wid  a  gill-bread  in  de  marnin'. 

Wid  de  gun-fire  I  gets  up  ebery  marnin',  dry  or  wet. 
So  as  neber  to  be  lated  fo'  de  work  I  has  to  do  ; 
And  I  gen'lly  says  me  praye's — unless  I  does  fo'get. 
But  I  always  drinks  me  cawfee  in  de  marnin'." 

(From  the  Arg^osy.) 

Along  with  the  coffee  is  a  little  bread  and  butter 
or  a  little  toasted  cassava  cake,  which  is  an 
excellent  repast.  After  this  we  have  our  bath, 
pouring  the  water  over  the  body  with  the 
"calabash,"  which  makes  a  splendid  substitute 
for  an  earthenware  pot.     Our  toilet  being  finished, 

73 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
we  get  downstairs  to  our  work.  By  seven  o'clock 
the  streets  of  the  town  are  quite  busy,  and  from 
that  time  on,  the  "  stores  "  are  in  full  fling.  This 
being  the  cool  part  of  the  day,  the  Europeans  often 
avail  themselves  of  it  to  walk  abroad,  and  it  is  not 
unusual  for  calls  to  be  made  even  at  that  early 
hour.  Breakfast  is  taken  from  ten  to  eleven, 
and  in  some  respects  is  a  more  substantial  meal 
than  the  one  taken  in  England.  Fish  is  plentiful, 
and  we  have  some  excellent  kinds.  The  queriman, 
sometimes  called  the  "  Guianese  salmon,"  is  a  fish 
not  unworthy  of  that  name.  Fried  queriman 
steaks,  or  gillbacher,  or  snapper,  we  can  get  five 
mornings  out  of  seven,  and  at  a  very  reasonable 
price.  To  fish  we  have,  as  a  rule,  "  rice  "  and  yam, 
and  cassava,  and  sweet  potato,  and  plantain. 
About  two,  we  take  a  little  fruit  for  lunch.  And 
of  this  we  have  a  great  variety  and  plentiful  supply. 
Our  houses,  as  a  rule,  are  surrounded  by  fruit  trees. 
Just  under  one  of  my  windows  is  an  orange  tree 
loaded  with  Seville  oranges,  and  a  few  yards  from 
it,  under  another  window,  is  a  lemon  tree,  its 
branches  bending  under  the  weight  of  the  large 
green  lemons.  Right  opposite  where  I  write  is 
a  pomegranate  tree,  also  full  of  fruit.  Then  we 
have  mango  trees,  and  guava  trees,  and  star-apples, 
and  cocoanut  trees,  and  bananas,  and  sappodillas, 

74 


IN  A  TROPICAL  HOUSE 
and  granodilloes,  and  pines,  besides  many  others ; 
so  that  we  are  never  at  a  loss  for  fruit.  Spiced 
mangoes  are  a  special  favourite  just  now,  and 
bananas,  so  soft  and  juicy,  are  always  nice.  A 
lady'^s  finger  of  the  ruddy-skinned  banana,  when 
offered  by  a  lady,  who  could  refuse?  Pine- 
apples fresh  cut  we  can  often  get ;  "  half  a 
bitt "  will  sometimes  purchase  one  in  the  country, 
and  a  "  bitt "  in  the  town.  The  other  day  we  had 
a  fine  water-melon  sent  to  us  by  a  lady ;  it  must 
have  been  twelve  or  fourteen  inches  long,  and 
weighed  as  many  pounds. 

Dinner  hour  is  about  seven.  By  that  time  the 
heat  of  the  day  is  over  and  you  feel  more  inclined 
to  eat.  The  usual  course  is  soup — and  they  are 
excellent  soup  makers  in  this  country.  A  good 
cook  will  give  you  a  fresh  kind  of  soup  for  every 
day  in  the  week.  "  Foo-foo "  soup  is  a  great 
favourite  amongst  the  people.  It  is  a  soup  into 
which  they  put  pounded  plantains  made  into 
little  balls.  After  soup  comes  fish,  then  fowl,  or 
a  roast,  then  pudding,  and  a  cup  of  tea  to  "  loose 
the  talking  ganglions  and  aid  digestion."  Of  course 
I  have  described  an  ordinary  dinner  for  the  middle 
class.  There  are  those  who  add  to  this,  and  those 
who  have  to  subtract.  Some  never  begin  either 
breakfast   or   dinner   without   their   swizzle,   their 

75 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
cocktail  or  their  "  Morning  Glory  " ;  whilst  others, 
again,  have  to  be  satisfied  with  a  good  dish  of 
foo-foo  and   vegetables.      It   is   here   as  in  other 
places — 

"  Some  ha'  meat  that  canna  eat, 
And  some  can  eat  that  want  it  ; 
But  we  ha'  meat,  and  we  can  eat, 
And  so  the  Lord  be  thankit." 


VI 

IN   A  TROPICAL  CITY 

HAVING  given  you  some  account  of  the 
house  and  the  way  we  Hve,  let  us  now 
go  outside  and  look  around  us.  This  is  the  city 
of  Georgetown,  the  finest  city  in  the  whole  of 
the  West  Indies.  It  stands  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river  Demerara.  This  river  is  called  by  the 
Spaniards  "  Rio-de-Mirara  " — the  wonderful  river, 
and  by  the  Dutch  "  Demerary,"  from  Demirar — the 
wonderful.  The  source  of  this  river  has  not  yet 
been  explored.  Away  in  the  interior,  not  far  from 
the  equatorial  line,  it  is  supposed  to  have  its  origin 
in  two  small  streams.  Its  course  is  from  south- 
east to  north-west.  At  its  mouth  it  is  about  two 
miles  broad,  and  sheltered  from  every  wind. 
Bell,  in  his  "  Geography,"  says  :  "  It  is  never 
visited  by  those  tremendous  hurricanes  so  frequent 
in   tropical   countries,  and   so   destructive   in  the 

77 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
West  Indian  Islands ;  it  forms  one  of  the  finest 
harbours  in  the  world,  and  could  with  ease  contain 
the  whole  navy  of  Great  Britain."  Unfortunately, 
however,  a  bar  of  sand  stretches  across  its  mouth, 
over  which  no  vessel  drawing  more  than  nine  feet 
of  water  can  pass  until  half-flood.  At  high  water 
in  spring  tides,  when  the  bar  is  covered  to  the 
depth  of  eighteen  feet,  larger  vessels  can  pass,  but 
they  still  require  very  cautious  navigation.  The 
water  of  this  river  is  very  muddy,  being  about  the 
colour  of  pea-soup,  and  the  sea  for  many  miles 
round  is  tinged  with  the  same  hue.  Up  above  the 
falls,  however,  the  water  is  fresh,  and  its  colour 
very  clear.  Good-sized  vessels  can  run  up  a 
distance  of  about  seventy-five  miles,  and  smaller 
ones  a  little  further.  Then  their  progress  is 
stopped  by  the  cataracts.  Some  of  these  are 
very  large  and  difficult  to  overcome.  It  is  a 
river  that  in  many  respects  is  to  be  dreaded.  On 
account  of  the  number  of  sharks,  it  is  dangerous 
for  any  one  to  venture  into  it.  Its  current  is 
ery  rapid  and  powerful,  and  the  under-currents 
are  equally  strong.  Sailors  or  boatmen  who 
happen  to  fall  into  it  are  seldom  seen  again. 
The  strong  under-current  carries  them  down  and 
away,  and  the  voracious  monsters  soon  make  them 
an  easy  prey. 

78 


y 


IN  A  tROPICAL  CITY 
The  harbour,  which  is  the  mouth  of  the  river 
itself,  is  a  spacious  one,  and  it  is  a  beautiful  sight 
to  see  the   ships  of  all   kinds   riding   at  anchor. 
Schooners  and  brigs  ready  to  start  out,  some  to 
the  rivers  that  flow  through  the  interior,  to  the 
gold  diggings,  and  the  wood-cutting  grants,  and 
the  distant   sugar   plantations,  and  others  to  the 
nearest   of    the    West    Indian    islands — Trinidad, 
Grenada,  Barbadoes,  &c.,  whilst  others  are  off  to 
New  Amsterdam  and  Surinam.   The  larger  steam- 
ships that  ply  between  America  and  Canada  and 
Great  Britain  give  an  appearance  of  activity  and 
commercial    prosperity   to    the    scene.      Once    a 
fortnight    the   West    Indian    royal   mail    arrives, 
bringing  its  freight  of  letters  and  passengers  from 
the  homeland.      And   every  now  and  then  large 
sailing  vessels  enter  the  port  from  India,  with  their 
living  freight  of  coolies  for  the  sugar  plantations ; 
and  large  ice  ships  from  America  with  a  plentiful 
supply  of  that  cool  and  delicious  commodity,  which 
can  be  bought  all  the  year  round  at  one  cent  per 
pound.     Indeed,  ice  is  almost  as  common  here  as 
at  the  North  Pole.     In  addition  to  the  ice,  these 
ships  bring  a  plentiful  supply  of  fresh  vegetables 
and  fruit  and  fresh  meat,  kept  cool  and  nice  by 
the  refrigerators  and  in  the  ice  chambers. 

The  city  of  Georgetown  to-day  is  a  very  dif- 
79 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
ferent  place  from  what  it  used  to  be.     Like  most 
places,   it   has   had   its  day  of  small  beginnings. 
Rome  was  not  built  in  a  day.     As  every  oak  tree 
was  once  an  acorn,  so  Georgetown   was   once   a 
single  street.    About  the  beginning  of  this  century, 
two  rows  of  isolated  buildings,  with  a  grass  plot 
between   them    for   a   road,   ran    in    an    easterly 
direction  towards  the  bush.     These  rows  of  houses 
were  called  Stabroek,  and  they  were  the  nucleus 
from  which   this   large  and  magnificent  city  has 
sprung.    Any  one  walking  up  "Brick  Dam"  to-day 
would    hardly    identify    it    as    the    Stabroek    of 
a  hundred   years  ago ;   yet  so   it   is.      The  Rev. 
J.  V.  P.  Bronkhurst,  writing  in  1883,  says :  "  Those 
who  knew  Georgetown  as  it  was  twenty  years  ago 
would  hardly  know  it  for  the  same  place."      So 
great  has  been   the  improvement,  and  so  radical 
the  changes. 

Any  one  stepping  ashore  from  the  old  world 
at  once  notices  how  different  everything  is  around 
him.  He  is  no  longer  in  a  city  belted  by  the 
temperate  zone,  where  the  houses  are  built  of 
stone,  and  people  walk  about  heavily  clad  and 
muffled  up.  A  top-coat  out  here  is  a  rarity. 
Indeed,  one  would  sometimes  be  glad  to  dispense 
with  a  coat  altogether.  A  man  soon  finds  out 
that  he  is  in  an  atmosphere  where  clothes  are  not 
80 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CITY 
needed,  save  for  decency's  sake,  and  are  sometimes 
a  positive  inconvenience.  When  a  European  comes 
out  here,  at  first,  especially  if  he  be  an  Englishman 
or  a  Scotchman,  you  will  see  him  walking  down 
the  street  at  a  good  brisk  pace,  as  much  as  to  say 
to  the  natives  who  are  loitering  along,  "  Wake  up 
there  and  look  alive;  are  you  all  going  to  a 
funeral  ?  "  But  after  a  few  months  he  tones  down. 
He  finds  that  the  home  pace  won't  do  out  here. 
A  man  has  to  learn  to  take  things  "  cool." 

As  soon  as  we  have  walked  down  the  stelling, 
where  the  ship  lands  us,  we  find  ourselves  in  Water 
Street.  This  street  runs  parallel  to  the  river.  It 
is  a  business  thoroughfare.  Here  the  "  merchants 
most  do  congregate."  A  view  of  it  presented  helps 
to  give  some  idea  of  its  buildings  and  extent.  At 
one  end  stands  the  market  with  its  prominent 
tower.  It  was  built  about  fifty  years  ago  and  cost 
57,000  dollars.  It  is  a  fine  building,  replete  with 
stalls,  offices,  shops,  and  enclosed  with  handsome 
iron  railings.  A  walk  through  the  market  in  the 
early  morning  is  interesting,  comic,  and  instructive. 
There  you  see  all  kinds  of  people  and  all  kinds  of 
things.  Men  and  women  of  different  colours  and 
different  nationalities  are  walking  about — Indians 
from  Madras,  Calcutta,  or  Bombay ;  they  have  not 
yet  cast  off  their  native  dress,  in  their  eastern 
81  F 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
costume  they  jostle  against  you  ;  Chinese  with 
their  peculiar  round  faces,  their  long  pigtails,  and 
their  "  baggy  breeks  "  are  fresh  from  the  Celestial 
Empire  ;  negroes  of  all  shades  of  black,  some  from 
Africa,  but  most  of  them  born  in  the  colony,  are 
looking  and  laughing  and  grimacing ;  Portuguese 
from  Madeira  and  the  Azores  ;  and  occasionally 
an  Englishman  and  a  "braw  laddie,"  from  "beyont 
the  Tweed."  Sometimes  the  interest  is  heightened 
by  a  group  of  almost  naked  Indians  from  the 
interior.  These  have  a  few  curiosities  to  barter, 
and  perhaps  a  parrot  or  two  and  a  monkey,  the 
latter  being  only  a  little  less  bewildered  than  they. 
As  to  the  language  that  is  being  spoken,  you  would 
think  yourself  in  the  tower  of  Babel  itself.  It  is 
a  confusion  of  tongues,  out  of  which  comes  a  kind 
of  broken  English,  and  business  is  done.  There 
is  one  peculiarity  out  here  in  the  marketing,  and 
that  is,  it  has  to  be  done  in  the  early  morning. 
Soon  after  six  o'clock  all  the  black  cooks  of  the 
city  and  the  poorer  people  have  to  go  to  the 
market.  The  meat  and  provisions  must  be  bought 
for  the  day.  They  are  then  fresh,  but  if  not  got 
and  cooked  they  will  be  bad  in  a  few  hours.  Every 
day  has  to  have  its  own  supply  ;  so  every  morning 
cook  meets  with  cook,  and  they  have  a  nice  little 
gossip  in  their  own  innocent  way. 

82 


li'o  jacep.  82. 
COOKIE    HAVING    A    GOSSIl'   ON   THE    WAY. 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CITY 
It  would  take  too  long  to  tell  of  all  the  interest- 
ing things  to  be  seen  in  that  market.  Chief 
among  them  all  are  the  vegetables,  fruits,  and 
flowers.  Tropical  vegetables  are  very  numerous, 
and  very  different  from  those  which  we  find  at 
home.  Amongst  them  standing  pre-eminent  as 
an  article  of  food  are  the  plantains.  These,  when 
full-grown  but  unripe,  supply  the  place  of  bread, 
being  roasted  or  boiled.  When  ripe  they  are  a 
soft,  sweet,  yellow  pulp,  and  are  eaten  by  way  of 
dessert  either  boiled,  fried,  or  roasted  in  the  husk. 
These  plantains  form  the  staple  diet  of  the  poorer  ] 
people  out  here.  Pounded  and  put  in  soup,  they 
make  an  excellent  dish  called  "  foo-foo."  Large 
bunches  of  plantains  weighing  from  fifty  to  a 
hundred  pounds  are  seen  upon  the  stalls.  Then 
there  are  white  yams  and  buck  yams,  bitter  and 
sweet  cassava,  tannias,  and  eddoes,  sweet  potatoes, 
pumpkins,  squashes,  breadfruits,  ochroes,  papaws, 
egg-plants,  &c.  Among  the  fruits  are  to  be  seen 
bananas,  pineapples,  mangoes,  limes,  sappodillas, 
star  apples,  mamee  apples,  sugar  apples,  custard 
apples,  soursops,  granadillas,  simitoes,  guavas, 
avocado  pears,  water  melons,  grapes,  sweet 
oranges,  Seville  oranges,  citrons,  shaddocks,  the 
forbidden  fruit,  &c.,  &c.  Of  flowers  there  are  an 
immense  variety — roses,   ferns,  begonias,  orchids, 

83 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

jessamines,  crotons,  lilies,  Victoria  regias,  &c.  A 
fuller  description  of  all  these  must  be  reserved  for 
another  chapter. 

Leaving  the  market  and  passing  along  Water 
Street,  we  find  ourselves  in  the  midst  of  the  stores. 
These  stores  are  like  large  warehouses.  There  is 
not  much  display  outside,  but  a  wonderful  variety 
of  wealth  within.  Each  store  is,  not  a  single  shop, 
but  a  nest  of  shops.  It  is  a  combination  of 
different  departments.  The  hardware  and  the 
smallware,  and  the  drapery,  and  the  grocery,  and 
the  tailoring,  and  the  furnishing,  and  the  boot  and 
shoe  departments — all  under  one  roof  You  walk 
from  one  department  to  another,  and  whatever 
you  need  can  as  a  rule  be  supplied.  There  are 
goods  from  Britain,  from  America,  from  Canada, 
from  China,  from  India,  and  from  nearly  every 
part  of  the  world.  Stock  to  the  value  of  ten  or 
even  twenty  thousand  pounds  is  sometimes  found 
in  one  of  these  stores.  One  peculiarity  about  our 
currency  here  is  that  whilst  we  use  for  the  most 
part  English  money,  chiefly  silver,  we  reckon 
everything  in  dollars  and  cents.  The  price  of  an 
article  is  one  dollar  and  twenty  cents,  say  ;  you 
have  to  translate  that  into  its  English  equivalent, 
viz.,  five  shillings.  To  a  foreigner  this  is  sometimes 
a  little  perplexing,  but  one  soon  gets  into  it,  and 

84 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CITY 

reckoning  then  becomes  easy.  The  poorer  people 
have  different  names  for  some  of  the  coins.  For 
example,  a  penny  they  call  a  "  gill,"  and  a  four- 
penny  piece  a  "  bitt,"  and  a  halfpenny  a  cent. 
You  ask  a  hawker  the  price  of  a  thing  and  he 
says,  "Five  gills  and  a  bitt  and  a  cent,"  that  is 
ninepence-halfpenny.  For  a  fowl  he  wants  "  five 
bitts  and  three  gills,"  that  is  one  shilling  and 
elevenpence.  Some  of  them  make  a  difference 
between  what  they  call  a  dollar  and  a  "  round 
dollar,"  the  round  dollar  being  four  shillings  and 
the  dollar  four  shillings  and  twopence.  The  notes 
issued  by  the  banks  are  five-dollar  notes,  equal 
to  one  pound  and  tenpence,  and  ten,  twenty,  fifty, 
or  a  hundred- dollar  notes. 

Open  trams  drawn  by  mules  run  on  different 
routes  through  the  city.  These  are  driven  by 
black  men  and  coloured  men.  Black  policemen 
in  white  coats  parade  the  streets  ;  black  women, 
black  babies,  black  boys  and  girls,  all  tend  to  give 
a  strange  aspect  to  the  scene.  The  large  building 
at  this  end  of  the  picture  with  the  tower  is  the 
post-office,  and  in  the  same  building  on  the  upper 
story  is  the  library  connected  with  the  "  Royal 
Agricultural  and  Commercial  Society,"  and  in 
another  room  adjoining  is  the  museum.  These 
places  are  full  of  interest  and  well  repay  a  visit. 
8s 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
Following  this  street  out  with  a  little  curve  to  the 
right,  we  enter  the  district  called  Kingstown. 
There  we  see  the  lighthouse,  a  very  useful,  if  not 
imposing,  structure.  It  is  built  of  brick,  and  has 
an  iron  roof  and  gallery.  Its  height  is  about  a 
hundred  feet.  At  night  a  powerful  fixed  light  is 
burned,  which  may  be  seen  many  miles  off.  This 
lighthouse  is  in  communication  with  the  light- 
ship, which  is  anchored  at  the  "  bar  "  of  the  river, 
and  from  which  vessels  coming  to  Georgetown 
procure  a  pilot.  The  arrival  of  a  steamship  is 
signalled  by  the  firing  of  a  gun. 

Kingstown  is  one  of  the  nicest  and  healthiest 
parts  of  the  city.  A  grand  sea-wall  has  been 
built  at  an  enormous  cost,  and  on  the  top  of  it 
is  a  splendid  promenade.  Civilians  find  recreation 
and  renewed  health  by  taking  a  constitutional  on 
this  delightful  promenade.  The  grand  outlook 
over  the  sea,  with  the  soft,  cool  breeze  farming 
your  cheeks,  the  beautiful  palm  trees  behind,  and 
the  strains  of  music  from  the  band  which  plays  at 
certain  hours  nearly  every  day,  help  to  quiet  the 
restive  mind  and  drive  dull  care  away.  Many  a 
white  face  have  I  seen  lost  in  pensive  thought ; 
the  young  soul  dreaming  of  the  loved  ones  in  the 
homeland  far  away. 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CITY 

"  Some  have  gone  to  lands  far  distant, 
And  with  strangers  made  their  home  ; 
Some  upon  the  world  of  waters 
All  their  lives  are  forced  to  roam. 
Some  have  gone  from  us  for  ever. 
Longer  here  they  might  not  stay  ; 
They  have  reached  a  fairer  region 
Far  away,  far  away.'' 

Leaving  that  delightful  spot,  we  return  by  way 
of  Main  Street.  This  street  runs  parallel  to 
Water  Street — indeed,  all  the  streets  run  at  right 
angles  to  each  other,  i.e.^  north  and  south,  east  and 
west.  In  this  street  are  to  be  found  some  of  the 
finest  tropical  residences.  Indeed,  you  can  hardly 
call  it  a  street  in  the  sense  in  which  that  word  is 
used  at  home.  It  is  more  like  the  entrance  to  a 
park.  Grand  villa  residences  of  various  styles  of 
architecture,  some  with  a  tower  and  others  with  a 
cupola  three  or  four  stories  high,  and  all  of  them 
surrounded  with  a  garden,  line  the  street  on  both 
sides.  A  great,  broad,  fresh-water  trench  runs  up 
the  centre ;  its  banks  lined  with  trees,  give  a  shade 
and  an  appearance  of  coolness  that  is  refreshing. 
The  water  is  covered  with  the  magnificent  Victoria 
regia,  the  leaf  of  which  is  shaped  like  a  "  frying- 
pan,"  and  is  sometimes  two  and  three  feet  in 
diameter.  The  flower  is  as  large  as  a  man's  head. 
The  houses  are  built  for  coolness  as  well  as  com- 

87 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
fort,  and  the  wide,  shady  verandahs  are  the 
favourite  resorts  of  the  family.  Many  of  the 
gardens  are  brilliant  masses  of  colour,  and  the  rich 
perfume  of  these  tropical  plants  scents  the  sur- 
rounding air. 

Running  parallel  with  Main  Street  is  Camp 
Street,  a  picture  of  which  is  here  presented.  It 
gives  a  fine  view  of  the  fresh-water  trench  filled 
with  the  Victoria  regia.  On  each  side,  as  in 
Main  Street,  are  fine  tropical  residences ;  the 
large  cabbage-palms,  with  a  profusion  of  other 
tropical  trees,  making  a  scene  which  delights  the 
eye  of  the  observant.  At  the  far  end  is  the  Roman 
Catholic  Cathedral,  the  finest  religious  edifice  to 
be  found  in  the  city. 

Following  this  street  out  in  the  direction  of  the 
cathedral,  we  come  to  Brick  Dam.  This,  whilst 
the  most  ancient,  is  also  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
streets  in  the  city.  Carriages  run  along  it,  hardly 
making  any  noise,  for  you  have  no  stone  pavement 
here,  but  a  hardened  kind  of  gravel.  On  a  base  of 
broken  granite  is  placed  a  layer  of  burnt  earth, 
what  the  natives  call  "  burnt  dirtie  "  ;  this  forms 
a  substance  like  broken  bricks.  On  the  top  of  that 
is  spread  a  layer  of  "  caddy,"  or  small  shells,  got 
from  the  seaside.  This,  pressed  down  by  a  steam- 
roller, makes  a  good  solid  road  of  a  reddish  tint. 

88 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CITY 

The  road  is  wide  enough  for  three  or  four  carriages 
to  run  abreast,  and  on  each  side  is  a  little  grass 
plot  and  beautiful  tropical  trees.  These  afford  a 
cool  and  pleasant  shade  to  the  heated  pedestrian. 
In  certain  months  of  the  year,  when  some  of  the 
trees  are  in  bloom,  it  presents  the  appearance  of 
a  perfect  Arcadia.  Here  and  there,  on  either  side, 
is  to  be  seen  the  Flambeaux,  or  "  Burning  Bush," 
as  it  is  sometimes  called — and  the  name  is  not 
inappropriate  ;  for  its  flaming  red  leaves,  with 
the  hot  sun  shining  upon  them,  give  it  a  brilliance 
that  few  other  trees  possess.  Its  botanical  name 
is  Poinsettia  pulcherrima.  Then  there  is  another 
— the  "  Acalypha,"  the  peculiarity  of  which  is  that 
one  part  of  the  leaf  is  green  and  the  other  blood- 
red.  "  The  leaf  is  large  and  almost  round,  with  a 
point,  measuring  about  twelve  inches  by  nine; 
colour,  dark  metallic  green,  blotched  with  intense 
red." 

Passing  on  beyond  these  we  come  to  the 
"  Avenue  of  Palms."  These  palm  trees,  tall  and 
straight,  with  their  feathery  plumes,  stand  like  sen- 
tinels on  each  side  of  the  road,  making  a  picture 
that  is  only  to  be  seen  to  be  admired. 

As  we  are  now  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Botanical 
Gardens,  we  might  as  well  extend  our  walk  and 
luxuriate  there  for  a  short  time.     These  gardens, 

89 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
which  are  quite  of  recent  formation,  cover  an  area 
of  about  212  acres.  As  you  enter  the  large  and 
magnificent  bronzed  gate,  the  soft  breeze  fans 
your  cheek  and  the  sweet  breath  of  flowers  fills 
the  air,  and  a  sacred  silence  reigns  around. 
Beautiful  flower-beds  on  each  side,  made  still  more 
beautiful  by  the  neatly-trimmed  lawn  which 
surrounds  them,  and  a  profusion  of  strange  plants 
and  trees  and  flowers,  at  once  arrest  the  eye.  It 
would  need  a  botanist  and  a  florist  to  describe 
them,  and  even  he  could  only  do  for  the  plants 
what  the  anatomist  does  for  the  human  body.  He 
could  describe  the  different  parts  and  their  relation- 
ship to  the  whole,  but  you  must  see  these  parts 
together,  and  animated  by  a  living  soul,  to  know 
the  majesty  and  grandeur  of  man.  So  with  these 
plants  and  flowers. 

Standing  there,  drinking  in  the  perfume,  and 
soothed  by  the  soft  and  silent  breeze,  your  eye 
gazing  upon  flowers  and  plants  and  lawns  trimmed 
neat  and  in  order,  you  begin  to  realise  that  the 
"luxuriance"  of  tropical  life  has  been  brought 
within  the  bounds  of  law  and  order.  Nature  here 
is  no  longer  wild  and  wanton,  but  civilised  and 
chaste.  Her  long  tresses  have  been  cut  and 
trimmed,  her  exuberance  directed  into  right 
channels  and  kept  within  proper  bounds — in  short, 

90 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CITY 
Nature  has  been  beautified  by  Art.  As  we  walked 
along,  my  friend,  who  himself  belongs  to  the 
tropics,  pointed  out  to  me  the  different  kinds  of 
palm  trees  that  are  to  be  seen.  "  These  two  short, 
round  trees,"  said  he,  "  with  the  large,  fan-shaped 
leaves,  are  what  we  call  '  fan-palms  '  (Latania). 
They  are  fine  specimens  and  of  rare  beauty. 
Yonder  is  another  (Ravenalia),  somewhat  different. 
Of  these  there  are  only  two  kinds  in  the  world.  A 
peculiarity  of  one  of  these  fan-palms — the  'Corypha,' 
I  think — is  that  it  only  once  flowers  and  then  dies." 
How  many  plants  there  are  that  shed  their  blos- 
soms and  unfold  their  flowers  year  by  year — but 
this  one  for  years  drinks  in  its  nourishment,  ener- 
gises, and  grows,  gradually  coming  to  maturity  and 
ultimate  perfection  in  its  flower,  then  its  work  is 
done,  the  purpose  of  its  existence  is  fulfilled — its 
leaves  wither,  the  whole  tree  droops  and  dies.  We, 
too,  have  an  ultimate  perfection  to  attain  to — we 
may  blossom  here,  but  the  full  flowering  of  the 
genus  homo  lies  beyond. 

"  These  tall,  straight  trees,  rising  to  a  height 
of  fifty  or  seventy  feet,  as  you  know,"  said  my 
friend,  "  are  the  '  cabbage-palms.'  Their  trunk 
stands  like  a  huge  pillar,  without  a  single  branch 
till  within  a  few  feet  of  the  top,  where  a  kind 
of  huge  feathery  plume  sways  to  the  breeze. 

91 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

"  Now  those  on  the  other  side,  though  very 
similar,  are  what  are  called  the  'royal-palm.' 
There  is  a  difference,  you  will  notice,  in  the 
trunk.  The  trunk  of  the  royal-palm  is  shaped 
like  a  bottle — bulges  out  in  the  middle ;  whilst 
the  cabbage-palm  is  straight  and  almost  of  equal 
thickness,  tapering  a  little  towards  the  top. 

"  There,  with  that  prickly  stem,  is  the  palm 
'  Coquirita.'  This  produces  a  nut  that  is  not 
unpleasant  eating,  if  you  are  hungry  and  lost 
in  the  bush. 

"  Then  there  is  the  *  Ita '  palm,  as  useful  as  it 
is  beautiful. 

"  But  we  shall  not  get  through  these  gardens 
to-day,  if  I  am  to  explain  all  these  peculiar 
plants  to  you.  There  are  three,  however,  that 
I  must  not  omit.  One  is  the  'snow  plant,' 
which  looks  as  if  snow  had  fallen  upon  its 
leaves.  It  is  a  low,  bushy  plant,  but  all  its 
green  leaves  are  dotted  with  white.  Then  there 
is  the  *  Quisqualis,'  or  '  Character  d'homme,'  as 
it  is  sometimes  called.  Its  flowers  are  noted 
for  changing  from  red  to  white,  and  on  account 
of  this  changeableness  it  is  supposed  to  resemble 
the  character  of  men.  This,  of  course,  must  have 
come  from  the  ladies  ! 

"  There  is  another  peculiar  plant,  called  *  The 
92 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CITY 

Lady  of  the  Night.'  It  bears  long,  large 
tubular  pendent  scented  white  flowers  in  great 
abundance.  These  flowers  are  shut  up  during 
the  day,  it  is  said,  and  open  as  soon  as  night 
sets  in,  sending  forth  a  rare  fragrance  and  per- 
fume to  enrich  the  dewy  eve ;  hence  its  name 
'  The  Lady  of  the  Night'  "  We  strolled  on  down 
the  long  avenue  of  trees,  towards  the  "  Lamaha  " 
canal,  admiring  the  massive  silk  cotton  trees,  and 
the  sand-box  trees,  with  their  large  spreading 
branches  in  some  places  forming  a  perfect  cover- 
ing of  leaves  over  our  head ;  then  we  entered 
and  sat  down  in  one  of  the  rustic  and  picturesque 
Benaabs  which  are  to  be  found  on  the  way,  and 
having  partaken  of  a  little  refreshment,  brought 
up  by  our  black  boy,  we  entered  our  carriage 
and  drove  away,  carrying  with  us  some  fragments 
of  that  "  soul  of  beauty "  that  dwells  for  ever  in 
plant  and  flower  and  tree. 

Of  the  public  buildings  of  the  city  little  need 
be  said.  They  are  not  ancient  like  those  of 
Athens  or  of  Rome  ;  but  they  are  beautiful,  and 
some  of  them  even  magnificent.  They  serve  a 
double  purpose.  They  are  like  what  we  wish 
the  ladies  to  be — not  only  ornamental,  but 
ornamental  and  useful. 

The  Town  Hall  is  a  fine  structure,  and  would 
93 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
do  credit  to  any  city,  either  ancient  or  modern. 
The  Law  Courts  remind  you  of  the  same  build- 
ings in  London,  and  in  Strangeways,  Manchester. 
They  represent  the  spirit  of  fair  play  and  justice 
which  is  inherent  in  the  British  race.  Then  we 
have  the  "  Court  of  Policy,"  surrounded  by  all  the 
Government  offices,  forming  a  solid  quadrangle 
of  architectural  beauty  as  well  as  gubernatorial 
power.  Of  churches  and  chapels  we  have  a  fair 
share,  representing  at  least  outwardly  our  respect 
for  the  religious  spirit  and  religious  ideas.  And 
as  Dr.  Johnson  said  his  friend  Mr.  Cammell 
(Campbell)  was  not  a  religious  man,  yet  he 
never  passed  a  church  without  taking  off  his 
hat,  so  we,  at  least,  are  not  deficient  in  that  outer 
respect  which  sacred  things  have  a  right  to 
demand. 

In  this  magnificent  tropical  city  are  to  be 
found,  as  in  all  cities,  the  best  and  the  worst, 
the  highest  and  the  lowest.  There  are  warm 
hearts  and  hospitable  roofs — places  for  the  re- 
freshment of  the  body,  the  culture  of  the  mind, 
the  enrichment  and  ennobling  of  the  soul.  You 
may  have  happy  fellowship  with  man,  or  you 
may  be  charmed  with  the  beauty  and  excellence 
of  woman  ;  or  you  may  wander  into  the  gardens 
and  get  back  to  Nature — she  will  soothe  you  with 
94 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CITY 
the  music  of  her  winds,  and  enchant  you  with 
the  perfumed  breath  of  her  flowers  ;  or  you  may 
go  back  to  "  Nature's  God,"  to  the  spirit  that 
animates  all  organisms,  that  breathes  through  all 
entities — the  soul  of  beauty,  the  heart  of  love. 

"  There  is  a  lesson  in  each  flower, 
A  story  in  each  stream  and  bower  ; 
On  every  herb  on  which  you  tread 
Are  written  words  which,  rightly  read. 
Will  lead  you  from  earth's  fragrant  sod, 
To  hope  and  holiness  and  God.'' — ^Anon. 


95 


VII 

UP  TO   BERBICE 

IT  is  eight  o'clock  in  the  morning.  The  sun 
has  been  up  some  hours,  and  the  heat  is 
already  very  considerable,  but  as  we  have  taken 
our  ticket  for  Berbice  and  are  already  seated 
on  the  deck  of  a  little  coasting  steamer  called 
Guiana^  we  do  not  find  it  too  hot. 

The  breeze  from  the  sea  makes  it  pleasant, 
if  not  cool.  This  steamship  runs  to  Berbice 
every  other  day,  keeping  the  coast  line  in  sight 
all  the  way.  The  journey  is  performed  in  about 
seven  hours.  There  are  usually  a  fair  number 
of  deck  passengers  of  different  colours  and  races. 
The  coolies,  with  their  picturesque  dresses,  and 
the  blacks  and  the  mulattoes  and  the  Chinese  and 
the  Portuguese,  all  sitting  and  chatting,  make  a 
picture  in  itself  unique.  Sometimes,  if  it  happens 
to  be  a  little  rough,  the  ship  rolls  a  great  deal, 

96 


VP  TO  BERBICE 
and  the  big  waves  come  tumbling  over  the  ship's 
side,  giving  you  a  sea-bath  whether  you  will  or  no. 
On  the  upper  deck  you  are  free  from  the  waves, 
but  your  bones  get  a  good  shaking,  and  you  are 
generally  glad  when  you  get  to  your  journey's 
end. 

On  entering  the  mouth  of  the  river  Berbice, 
which  is  about  two  miles  and  a  quarter  broad, 
we  find  there  are  two  channels,  one  to  the 
right  and  the  other  to  the  left.  These  channels 
are  separated  from  each  other  by  a  small  island 
that  has  been  formed  by  the  silting  up  of  the 
sand  or  mud. 

Crab   Island — for  that    is   its    name — is   about 
a  mile  in  circumference.     It  is  covered  with  bush 
and   small   trees.     It    takes    its    name    from    the 
number  and  excellence  of  the  crabs  that  are  to        \ 
be    found    there.     During    the    crab    season    the 
Indians  of  the  upper  part  of  the  river   used    to 
come  a  distance   of  from    forty  to   two  hundred        / 
miles  to  enjoy  a  feast  on  crabs ;    for  the  Indian        ' 
is  said  to  be  passionately  fond  of  them,  and  they 
are  not  to  be  had  in  such  perfection  in  his  own 
locality.     As   we   sail   up   the   eastern    channel — 
for   that   is   the   deepest,   having   from   seventeen 
to  twenty  feet  of  water  at   high  tide — we  notice 
the  ruins  of  an  old  fort  formerly  known  as  Fort 

97  G 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
St.  Andries.  This  fort  was  built  by  the  Dutch, 
having  a  brick  paling  four  feet  high,  with  a  moat 
on  the  outside,  and  mounted  with  eighteen  twelve- 
pounders.  In  those  days  it  must  have  been  a 
source  of  dread  to  the  enemies'  ships  as  they 
sought  to  enter  the  mouth  of  the  river.  Happily 
in  these  days  we  have  no  need  for  it.  Briton's 
forts  are  floating  forts ;  our  ships  of  war  can 
be  concentrated  on  any  given  point  for  our  pro- 
tection, at  a  comparatively  short  notice.  Our 
brave  sea-dogs  are  our  defence,  and  our  own 
stout  hearts  and  strong  arms. 

Having  passed  Crab  Island,  there  is  a  pretty 
view  of  the  river  Canje,  or  "  Canje  Creek,"  as  it 
is  called,  emptying  itself  into  the  Berbice  river. 
This  is  a  very  considerable  stream,  and  along  its 
banks  are  to  be  found  some  thriving  villages  and 
not  a  few  large  and  flourishing  sugar  plantations. 
A  new  iron  swing  bridge  has  just  been  completed 
at  a  cost  of  $125,000.  It  is  336  feet  long,  and 
has  a  clear  roadway  for  traffic  of  17  feet.  The 
swing  span  in  the  centre,  which  turns  on  a  single 
pivot,  weighs  about  a  hundred  tons,  and  by  a 
simple  mechanical  arrangement  one  man  can 
lift  and  turn  this  massive  iron  gateway.  The 
whole  weight  of  the  bridge,  exclusive  of  the 
piling  and  concrete  abutments,  is  about  2,600  tons. 

98 


UP  TO  BERBICE 

It  is  a  triumph  of  engineering  skill,  and  is  a 
credit  to  the  engineer  who  was  the  presiding  genius 
during  its  four  years  of  building.  It  is  the  largest 
bridge  in  the  colony. 

We  now  come  to  the  town  of  New  Amsterdam. 
The  view  of  it  from  the  river  is  quite  a  picture. 
The  tall  palm  trees,  standing  like  sentinels,  and 
the  waving  plumes  of  the  cocoanut  trees,  make  it 
look  like  a  city  of  palms.  Here  and  there  a  tower 
or  a  church  steeple  rises  above  the  tops  of  the 
houses ;  and  the  little  piers  or  jetties  where  the 
ships  land,  and  the  long  row  of  merchants' 
stores,  all  in  turn  present  themselves  to  the  eye. 
There  is  an  air  of  repose  about  the  town  that 
strikes  a  stranger  fresh  from  the  busy  thorough- 
fares of  an  English  city.  And  well  there  may  be, 
for  we  may  call  it  the  Ne  plus  ultra  of  civilisation. 
Beyond  !  What  is  there  ?  No  town,  no  city.  A 
few  villages  are  to  be  found  along  the  banks  of  the 
river  for  ten  or  twelve  miles  further  on,  and  then 
you  plunge  into  forest  and  bush  and  savannah, 
extending  for  hundreds  of  miles  in  all  directions. 
No  roads,  no  paths,  save  the  track  of  the  Indian, 
to  lead  you  anywhere.  You  are  in  the  "Wild 
Country,"  amongst  the  wild  beasts  and  sometimes 
even  wilder  men. 

As  our  little  ship  drew  up  to  the  stelling,  we 
99 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
found  it  packed  with  people  ;  and  as  soon  as  the 
gangway  was  secured  a  great  crowd  of  black  natives 
rushed  on  board.  A  good  old  African,  named 
John  Marks,  for  nearly  fifty  years  a  deacon  of 
Mission  Chapel,  came  up  to  me,  and  taking  my 
hand  he  said,  "  We  welcome  you  to  Berbice  in  de 
name  ob  de  Lord  "  ;  then  one  and  another  grasped 
my  hand — but  one  hand  was  not  enough,  they  took 
both,  and  if  there  had  been  fifty,  there  would  still 
have  been  some  short.  Then  we  were  led  down 
the  pier,  lined  on  each  side  with  happy,  beaming 
faces.  Amid  hurrahs  and  "  Tank  God,"  and  "  A 
we  parson  come,"  and  "  Bless  de  Lord,"  we  got  to 
the  street.  There  we  saw  the  roadway  lined  with 
black  children  and  grown-up  people,  waving  their 
banners  and  shouting.  Putting  us  into  the  parson's 
waggon,  we  were  driven  off  to  Mission  Chapel 
and  the  Mission  House.  There  the  big  bell  was 
ringing  out  its  welcome ;  the  chapel  and  the  yard 
and  the  house  were  all  filled  ;  they  danced,  they 
shouted,  they  sang — old  and  young  alike  were 
carried  away  with  the  glad  enthusiasm. 

Reader,  do  you  wonder  why  this  was  ?  Let  me 
tell  you.  About  eight  months  before,  their  young 
minister,  the  Rev.  S.  H.  France,  who  had  only  been 
with  them  a  little  over  a  year,  died  of  malarial 
fever.     Mr.  France  was  a  talented  young  man,  and 

ICXD 


UP  TO  BERBICE 
greatly  beloved  by  his  people.  He  was  a  com- 
panion of  mine  in  our  early  days  and  a  fellow- 
student,  with  others  such  as  Dr.  C.  A.  Berry,  whose 
name  and  fame  is  already  in  two  worlds.  He 
afterwards  became  my  brother-in-law.  The  people 
knew  what  a  reputation  British  Guiana  had  in 
England  for  unhealthiness — a  reputation  I  may 
say  that,  in  these  days,  is  not  deserved  ;  and  they 
were  told  no  minister  would  risk  his  life  to  come 
out  to  them  from  England.  Hence  their  enthusiasm 
and  their  joy. 

That  night  we  had  a  grand  reception  meeting. 
Long  before  seven  o'clock  the  large  edifice  was 
packed.  There  would  be  close  upon  two  thousand 
people  present.  The  Rev.  W.  H.  Downer  and 
other  native  ministers  were  there.  Never  shall  I 
forget  how  they  sang  that  beautiful  hymn : 

"  We  bid  thee  welcome  in  the  name 
Of  Jesus  our  exalted  Head  : 
Come  as  a  Servant  ;  so  He  came, 
And  we  receive  thee  in  His  stead. 

Come  as  a  Shepherd  :  guard  and  keep 
This  fold  from  hell  and  earth  and  sin  ; 

Nourish  the  lambs  and  feed  the  sheep  ; 
The  wounded  heal,  the  lost  bring"  in. 

Come  as  a  Watchman  ;  take  thy  stand 

Upon  thy  tower  amidst  the  sky  ; 
And  when  the  sword  comes  on  the  land 

Call  us  to  fight,  or  warn  to  fly. 

lOI 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

Come  as  an  Angel,  hence  to  guide 

A  band  of  pilgrims  on  their  way  ; 
That,  safely  walking  at  thy  side. 

We  fail  not,  faint  not,  turn,  nor  stray. 

Come  as  a  Teacher,  sent  from  God, 
Charged  His  whole  counsel  to  declare  ; 

Lift  in  our  ranks  the  prophet's  rod 
While  we  uphold  thy  hands  with  prayer. 

Come  as  a  Messenger  of  peace 
Filled  with  the  Spirit,  fired  with  love  ; 

Live  to  behold  our  large  increase. 
And  die  to  meet  us  all  above." 

As  we  have  to  stay  in  New  Amsterdam  some 
time,  we  will  walk  through  the  quaint  little  town 
and  look  about  us. 

And  first  of  all  we  will  go  into  the  business  part 
of  the  town,  which  is  Water  Street.  If  you  expect 
to  see  rows  of  shops,  the  same  as  you  see  in 
England,  you  will  be  very  much  disappointed. 
There  are  no  "  shops  "  here.  They  are  all  stores. 
They  are  low  one-storied  buildings — save  where 
a  second  story  is  used  as  a  dwelling-place — and 
have  no  architectural  beauty  :  they  look  like  some 
place  for  warehousing  goods.  From  the  outside 
you  never  dream  of  the  wealth  and  variety  within. 
Inside,  the  store  is  divided  into  different  depart- 
ments. There  is  the  dry  goods  department,  the 
hardware,   the   boot   and    shoe,   the  grocery,   the 

1 02 


UP  TO  BERBICE 
tailoring,  the  hosiery,  the  perfume,  the  furniture,  the 
saddlery  and  harness  departments,  the  book  depart- 
ment, the  salt  fish  and  lime,  the  rope  and  twine 
the  oil  and  lamp,  the  spirits  and  wine  departments. 
In  fact,  you  have  here  inultus  in  uno,  many  things 
in  one.  To  fit  up  one  of  these  stores  as  it  ought  to 
be  fitted  up,  would  cost  fifteen  or  twenty  thousand 
pounds.  Sometimes  they  will  have  in  the  store 
goods  to  the  value  of  ;^  10,000.  Now  it  is  clear 
from  this  that  none  but  large  capitalists  can  "  run  a 
store  "  of  that  first-class  order.  And  this  in  itself 
is  an  evil.  Our  English  system  of  keeping  each 
department  separate  enables  twenty  persons,  with 
small  capital,  to  set  up  their  own  little  business. 
And  twenty  persons,  each  earning  ;^200  a  year,  is 
better  for  the  community  than  one  person  earning 
the  whole  ;^4,ooo  a  year. 

But  you  say,  "  Can't  a  big  store  be  worked  more 
economically,  and  therefore  the  goods  be  sold 
much  cheaper  ? "  If  we  are  to  judge  from  the 
prices  you  have  to  pay  in  the  stores,  I  should 
say  not.  The  stranger  coming  from  England 
is  simply  astounded  at  the  price  he  has  to 
pay  for  his  commodities  out  here.  When 
butter  is  is.  id.  per  lb.  at  home  he  has  to  pay 
2s.  2d.  here ;  for  his  cheese  he  must  always  pay 
IS.   4d.   per    lb.,   the   same   kind   he   can    buy   in 

103 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
England  at  4d.  and  6d.  per  lb. ;  even  sugar,  which  is 
made  here  and  shipped,  can  be  bought  at  a  penny 
a  pound  less  in  England  than  here.  This  arises 
from  the  heavy  duty  put  upon  all  imported  sugar, 
making  it,  in  fact,  prohibitive.  Nearly  everything, 
except  purely  native  products,  is  double,  and  in 
some  cases  treble,  the  price  you  pay  at  home. 
Great  fortunes  have  been  made,  and  out  of  nothing. 
But  as  the  Creole  proverb  says,  "  Dis  time  no  like 
befo'  time."  Competition  is  bringing  down  prices, 
and  store-keepers,  even  out  here,  are  beginning  to 
find  that  they  must  bring  themselves  into  line  with 
the  times. 

Passing  out  of  Water  Street  into  Main  Street, 
we  find  another  busy  thoroughfare,  though  the 
stores  are  of  a  somewhat  smaller  kind,  and  in  and 
among  them  are  dwelling-houses,  some  of  them 
looking  very  neat  and  nice.  And  of  course  we 
have  one  or  two  rum  shops. 

What  strikes  a  stranger  is  the  peculiarity  of 
some  of  the  names.  "  Ho  A  Hing,"  and  "  Che  A 
Wai,"  and  "  Edward  Foo,"  and  "  Lou  A  Hing,"  and 
"John  Feng  A  Fook,"  and  "J.  Lou  Shee,"  and 
"  Woa-Sam  " — these  are  all  Chinese  store-keepers. 
"  Ho  A.  Hing  "  is  one  of  our  most  successful  mer- 
chants ;  he  came,  it  is  said,  as  an  indentured  immi- 
grant when  a  boy,  and  from  the  humblest  begin- 

104 


UP  TO  BERBICE 
ning   he   has   worked   his   way    to   a   position   of 
eminence  and  opulence. 

The  Chinese  make  good  shopkeepers,  and  as 
business  men  I  have  always  found  them  easy  to 
get  on  with.  They  have  their  peculiarities,  but,  as 
a  rule,  they  make  good  colonists  and  law-abiding 
citizens. 

New  Amsterdam  has  three  principal  streets,  each 
one  being  about  a  mile  long  and   running  right 
through   the   town   in  parallel   lines.      These   are 
crossed   at   right   angles   by   a   large   number    of 
smaller  streets.     On  each  side  of  every  street  is  a 
trench,  so   that   there   are  no   footpaths   or  side-     ) 
walks.       Two  -  footed    animals    and    four  -  footed     \ 
animals   alike  have   to  take  to  the  road.      Over      \ 
these  trenches  are  little  wooden  bridges,  like  those      ' 
you  find  in  Holland.     In  fact,  the  whole  system  of 
streets  and  of  drainage  was  originally  carried  out 
by  Dutchmen,  and  is  on  the  same  plan  as  that 
which  obtains  in  their  own  country. 

Here  is  a  view  of  Water  Street.  It  is  from  a 
photo  taken  by  Sheriff  Hewick.  The  buildings 
on  the  right  are  stores.  The  tall  trees  are 
cabbage-palms,  waving  their  feathery  plumes 
above  the  tops  of  the  buildings.  The  tower 
which  we  see  before  us  is  the  Market  Tower ; 
it   is   used   as  a  signal    to  incoming   ships.     The 

105 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
telegraph-poles  tell  us  that  we  are  not  much 
behind  in  our  use  of  electric  power.  Most  of 
the  well-to-do  citizens  a.nd  business  men  have 
the  telephone  in  their  houses.  The  charge  is 
$12.00  or  £2  los.  per  annum.  In  Georgetown 
they  have  the  electric  light,  and  already  negotia- 
tions are  going  on  for  the  purpose  of  bringing  it 
here.  The  patient  donkey  is  plodding  on  with  its 
load;  two  little  black  girls  are  going  to  or  returning 
from  school,  and  others  near  the  market  are  bent 
on  their  own  particular  business  or  pleasure.  On  the 
left  hand  are  the  little  bridges  that  span  the  trenches 
and  lead  to  the  different  cross  streets.  Behind  the 
palings,  all  the  way  down,  are  fine  tropical  resi- 
dences, each  enclosed  by  a  garden,  and  surrounded 
by  bright,  many-coloured,  ever  verdant  trees  and 
shrubs. 

The  fKDpulation  of  New  Amsterdam  is  about 
ten  thousand,  but  is  greatly  augmented  by  the 
influx  of  people  from  the  surrounding  villages. 
It  is  composed  of  Europeans,  English,  Scotch, 
Irish,  and  of  Chinese,  of  Portuguese,  chiefly  from 
the  island  of  Madeira,  of  Coolies  from  India,  of 
coloured,  and  of  native  black  people.  With  such 
a  variety  of  races  we  find  a  variety  of  manners, 
dress,  language,  and  customs.  Of  these  I  will 
speak  after. 

J06 


UP  TO  BERBICE 

But  what  do  the  people  do?  is  the  question 
often  asked  at  home.  What  is  the  staple  industry  ? 
Well,  being  a  shipping  port,  there  are  a  large 
number  of  men  who  find  employment  about 
the  wharfs,  in  loading  and  unloading  ships. 
Then  the  stores  employ  a  number  as  clerks  and 
porters.  The  houses  being  all  built  of  wood 
we  have  a  large  number  of  carpenters  ;  then  we 
have  boat-builders  and  painters,  tailors  and  shoe- 
makers. Those  who  have  no  trade  take  to 
gardening,  i.e.,  they  hire  a  piece  of  land  and 
grow  plantains,  cassava,  yams,  sweet  potatoes, 
rice,  &c.  These  are  called  "  farmers."  Many  of 
the  women  work  in  the  field,  and  all  around  us 
are  the  sugar  estates,  which  employ  a  consider- 
able number  of  people ;  but  the  planters  now 
rely  chiefly  upon  their  indentured  coolies,  as  they 
do  the  work  at  a  considerably  lower  rate. 

New  Amsterdam  is  governed  by  a  town  council, 
but  the  franchise  is  so  exclusive  that  the  election  is 
almost  an  absurdity  and  a  farce.  We  have  a  few 
public  buildings  that  are  worthy  of  note.  The  town 
hall,  the  courthouse  with  its  Government  ofifices,  the 
various  churches  and  chapels,  a  public  almshouse, 
and  a  hospital.  The  latter  is  far  away  the  finest 
building  in  the  town.  It  is  a  beautiful  design,  and 
does  credit  to  both  the  architect  and  the  builder. 

107 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

It  is  large,  airy,  spacious,  and  is  surrounded  with 
a  fine  variety  of  tropical  plants  and  flowers.  Its 
garden  is  well  kept,  and  is  a  credit  to  the  doctor 
who  presides  over  it,  and  to  the  whole  town. 

Of  the  churches  and  chapels,  there  is  a  fine 
Anglican  church  which  seats  about  900,  and  a 
bonny  little  Scotch  kirk  which  for  picturesqueness 
takes  the  shine  out  of  them  all.  Then  there  is  a 
Roman  church,  a  Wesleyan  church,  a  Lutheran 
church,  and  a  Congregational.  The  latter  is  known 
as  "  Mission  Chapel "  :  it  was  established  by  the 
London  Missionary  Society,  and  is  the  largest 
chapel  in  the  colony.  It  seats  1 500  people,  and  is 
an  exact  model  of  Dr.  Raffles'  church  at  Liverpool. 
To  see  it  filled  with  an  eager,  interested  congre- 
gation of  black  people  is  a  sight  to  gladden  a 
Christian  minister's  heart.  And  this  is  a  sight  I 
have  often  witnessed. 

But  we  must  now  pass  on,  and  if  you  will  jump 
into  my  waggon  (a  kind  of  four-wheeled  buggy) 
we  will  drive  round  to  the  different  places  of 
interest  on  the  outside. 

Taking  the  riverside  way  first,  along  which  we 
have  a  road  as  far  as  plantation  Highbury,  i.e.^ 
twelve  miles,  we  come  first  of  all  to  "  Providence  " 
estate,  with  its  village  of  Islington  ;  and  just  behind 
it,  almost  hidden  by  the  sugarcanes  and  the  trees, 

108 


UP  TO  BERBICE 
is  the  village  of  "  Overwinning."  A  small  tribe  of 
"  Congo  Africans "  occupy  it,  and  their  little 
thatched  and  wooden  houses,  surrounded  by  the 
large-leaved  banana  and  plantain  trees,  must 
remind  them  very  much  of  their  home  in  Africa, 
from  which  many  of  them  in  their  childhood  were 
torn  away.  Standing  amongst  the  plantain  trees 
there  is  a  black  man  and  his  wife  ;  he  is  over  sixty 
years  of  age,  and  has  for  many  years  been  a  deacon 
of  the  London  Missionary  church.  It  is  very 
interesting  to  hear  him  tell  the  story  of  his  early 
life.  He  says  :  "  I  'member  fader  and  mudder  too 
well,  do  (though)  I  was  a  wee  picknie  when  de 
Portuguese  catch  me  and  take  me  'way.  De  place 
where  I  libed  in  Africa  was  called  Bomah.  My 
fader  and  mudder  had  twenty-one  picknies.  I  was 
de  twenty-first.  And  you  must  know  in  Africa  if 
any  one  in  debt  to  anoder  you  must  pay  dat  debt. 
No  matter  how  long,  years  and  years  and  years,  you 
still  got  to  pay.  And  if  you  can't  pay,  de  man 
come  and  take  one  ob  de  picknies  for  to  pay  de 
debt.  My  fader  and  mudder  owe  debt  to  an 
•African  man.  Dey  no  able  fo'  pay,  so  he  come 
and  ketch  me,  and  carry  me  away  and  sell  me  to 
some  Portuguese  *  man  stealers.'  Dey  put  me  in 
chains  wid  a  lot  oders  ;  chain  long,  long,  long — it 
fasten  round  a'  we  neck.     Fifty  or  hundred  men 

109 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
and  boys  all  fasten  wid  dat  chain.  Ef  one  man 
lie  down  all  mus'  lie  down.  Ef  one  sick  and 
no  able  fo'  go,  dey  loose  he,  let  he  lie  on  de 
groun*,  den  shoot  he.  De  women  be  all  fasten 
wid  rope.  We  all  march  on,  long,  long  way ;  all 
throo  de  night  we  walk,  den  we  come  to  de  ship. 
Dey  put  a'  wee  in  de  hold  ob  de  ship,  one  pon 
anoder.  Dey  fasten  down  de  hatch.  We  lie  dere 
like  bags  ob  rice,  no  able  hardly  fo'  breave,  so  hot, 
hot,  hot.  Me  cry  and  cry  and  cry.  But  de  oders 
say,  '  No  good  crying,  picknie  !  Let  we  pray  dat 
de  English  come  and  caught  we,  den  we  be  all  free 
men.'  When  we  been  sailing  some  time,  one 
week,  de  English  ship  come  and  catch  a'  wee. 
De  cap'n  ob  de  English  ship,  wid  his  men,  take  de 
Portuguese  cap'n  and  put  him  in  irons,  and  de  oder 
men  he  put  in  long  boat ;  he  loose  a'  wee  and  let  we 
come  up  on  deck,  and  he  take  wee  to  Serra  Lone 
(Sierra  Leone).  Dere  de  Gubna'  say,  '  We  be  all 
free.'  Dey  send  me  to  school ;  dere  I  learn  fo'  say 
ABC.  After  dat  one  English  man  come  and  say 
dey  want  nigger  for  to  go  to  Demerara,  and  ef  we 
go  dey  will  gif  us  work  to  do  in  de  field,  and  dey 
will  gif  us  plenty  money.  One  week  and  we  sal 
hab  a'  wee  beaver  \v^\.  full,  full.  '  Well,'  we  say,  *  dat 
is  good.'  Gubnah  say  it  is  true,  but  he  no  want  us 
for  go.     We  mus'  go  ef  we  like.     So  I  went  to  de 


UP  TO  BERBICE 
ship  and  came  to  dis  colony  ;  and  on  dis  estate 
me  hab  libed  all  de  time." 

One  of  the  finest  roads  that  we  have  from  New 
Amsterdam  is  that  up  the  east  coast.     It  runs  in 
an  opposite  direction  to  the  river  road  and  keeps 
close  by  the  sea.     It  runs  right  up  to  the  Coren- 
tyne  river,  a  distance  of  seventy  or  eighty  miles. 
It   is   quite  a  pleasure  to  drive  up  this  road  on 
account  of  the  openness  of  the  country  and  the 
coolness  of  the  breeze.     On  one  side  we  have  a 
vast  savannah  stretching  inland  for   miles   upon 
miles.      Few,  if  any,  have  ever  crossed  it  to  its 
westward  limit.     Parts  of  this  savannah  are  used 
for  cattle  farming  and  the  rearing  of  stock.     Other 
parts  are  planted  with  rice.     Then  on  the  other 
side  we  have  the  sea,  it  is  kept  back  by  the  Cou- 
rida  bush,  and  hidden  from  view  by  a  coast  line 
of  trees,  but  the  music  of  its  distant  murmur  soothes 
the   nerves   and   gives   quietude   to   the   troubled 
mind.     This  east  coast  road  is  a  favourite  driving- 
place  for  the  elite  of  the  town,  on  account  of  its 
coolness  and  strong  breeze.     One  point  about  two 
miles  away,  where  the  ladies  often  stop  in  their 
carriages  to  enjoy  the  breeze  and  have  a  little  chat, 
is  known  by  the  very  appropriate  name  of  "  Scandal 
Point,"  thus  showing  that  our  sisters  in  all  parts 
of  the  world  are  noted  for  liking  a  little  gossip. 


\ 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

As  we  drive  up  this  way  we  pass  through  what 
is  known  as  Queenstown,  a  kind  of  suburb  of 
New  Amsterdam,  and  then  we  come  to  the  public 
lunatic  asylum.  This  is  a  large  building,  sur- 
rounded by  beautiful  grounds.  The  tropical  trees 
and  flowers  are  lovely,  and  the  provision  grounds 
adjoining,  which  are  worked  and  kept  in  order  by 
the  inmates,  are  a  credit  to  the  president.  Dr.  G. 
Snell,  and  officers  of  the  institution.  About  six 
hundred  patients  are  resident  in  this  asylum. 
To  clothe  them  and  feed  them  and  house  them 
and  attend  to  their  peculiar  maladies  is  no  light 
task.  This  is  done  by  a  staff  of  medical  men  and 
other  officers  appointed  and  paid  by  the  govern- 
ment. 

The  place  where  the  asylum  stands  was  the  site 
of  the  old  barracks,  and  close  by,  on  the  other 
side  of  the  road,  is  the  old  burial  ground.  In  that 
quiet  place,  surrounded  by  a  clump  of  palm  trees, 
many  a  poor  fellow  who  left  his  home  in  the 
Queen's  service  lies  sleeping.  Life's  battle  with 
him  is  over.  He  has  gone  on  his  long  furlough, 
and  there  he  will  rest  till  heaven's  bugle  sounds 
to  call  him  once  more  into  line,  and  to  receive 
his  reward  whether  it  be  good  or  whether  it  be 
evil. 

Close  by   the   asylum  is  the  Canje  bridge,  over 

112 


[I'ofaa-p.  113. 


AN    KAST    IXiJlAX    liKAUTY. 


UP  TO  BERBICE 
which  we  cross,  and  then  we  come  to  a  long  line  of 
coolie  huts  and  wooden  houses,  known  by  the 
name  of  Sheet  Anchor.  Here  we  see  the  coolies 
in  their  native  attire,  the  men  often  having  nothing 
on  but  a  girdle  of  cotton  around  their  loins.  Of 
course  this  is  their  working  attire.  And  the  women 
are  almost  as  scantily  clad,  many  of  them 
having  but  a  short  thin  skirt  and  a  "joola,"  or 
tight-fitting  bodice,  which  covers  the  bust  but  does 
not  conceal  it,  and  over  the  head  a  kind  of  hand- 
kerchief tied. 

Away  on  the  savannah  to  the  left  we  observe  a 
number  of  coolies,  such  as  may  be  seen  any  day. 
They  are  all  in  their  working  or  every-day  attire. 
One  of  the  females  has  her  silvery  ornaments  on 
the  wrists  and  arms,  similar  to  the  coolie  lady  in 
the  picture.  The  men  have  put  on  their  tunics,  on 
seeing  us  approach,  because,  as  they  said,  "  Buckra 
mus'  see  a'  wee  good."  The  children  have  nothing 
on  but  their  shirts,  and  sometimes  not  even  these. 
Further  up  the  coast  we  come  to  a  row  of  coolie 
huts  ;  and  behind  them  are  their  ricefields.  It 
is  a  beautiful  sight  to  see  them  preparing  their 
fields  and  sowing  their  seed ;  but  it  is  a  grander 
sight  when  the  reaping  time  comes.  These  poor 
people  live  almost  entirely  on  rice.  They  have  no 
tables,  no  chairs — no  furniture,  indeed,  of  any  kind. 

113  H 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

A  little  four-posted  settee,  with  a  rope  or  wicker- 
work  bottom,  is  all  that  they  have.  And  this  they 
use  to  sit  on  sometimes  in  the  day  and  sleep  on  at 
night.  They  have  no  "  crockery "  of  any  kind. 
A  calabash  or  a  tin  saucer  is  all  that  they  need. 
They  put  their  bit  of  boiled  rice  in  this,  and  then, 
after  the  true  eastern  fashion,  they  dip  their 
fingers  in  the  dish  and  eat.  As  the  black  people 
say — "  Story  done." 

Here  is  a  picture  of  one  of  these  coolie  huts  or 
houses.  It  is  situated  on  the  coast.  The  land  on 
which  it  stands  is  a  part  of  the  east  coast  savannah. 
Gilall  has  built  his  little  house  for  himself,  his 
wife  lending  a  helping  hand.  The  walls  are  of 
"  wattles,"  covered  on  both  sides  with  clay.  The 
floors  are  of  clay,  well  smoothed  over  with  a  com- 
position of  clay  and  fine  sand  and  besmeared  with 
a  solution  of  cow-dung,  which  gives  to  it  a  smooth 
appearance.  The  walls  within  and  without  are 
plastered  with  the  same  stuff.  The  roof  is 
thatched  with  rice  straw  and  long  savannah  grass. 
A  little  projection  is  made  in  front  to  form  a  kind 
of  shade  ;  under  this  awning  they  often  sit,  in 
coolie  fashion,  during  the  heat  of  the  day. 
Windows  and  doors  they  have  none.  In  this  little 
family,  with  this  little  hut,  we  see  life  in  its  simplest 
and  most  elementary  form.     Their  wants  are  few 

114 


UP  TO  BERBICE 
and    soon    supplied.      With    love    and    content- 
ment they  may  be  happy.     Without   these   they 
would  not  be  happy,  even  if  they  possessed  all 
things. 


"5 


VIII 
IN  A  TROPICAL  CHURCH 

RELIGIOUS  life  out  here  is  very  different 
from  what  it  is  at  home.  The  underlying 
forces  may  be  the  same,  but  the  expression  is 
different.  When  the  early  Christians  were  filled 
with  the  Holy  Ghost  on  the  day  of  Pentecost 
they  spake  in  different  tongues.  Unity  of  spirit 
and  variety  of  expression  is  what  we  must  look 
for.  Some  of  the  old  negroes  in  the  Rev.  John 
Wray's  time  were  very  much  exercised  in  their 
minds  about  this  question  of  languages,  and  they 
waited  upon  him  with  their  difficulties.  One  of 
the  questions  which  they  asked  was,  "Can  God 
understand  the  Berbice  Creoles  when  they  pray? 
Or  shall  we  have  to  learn  English  ?  "  No ;  let 
every  man  speak  in  the  tongue  wherein  he  was 
born.     The  Creole  heart,  filled  with   the  love   of 

ii6 


*"  ^^^H^B^^^^^B  '  ^^^^B^^^^B 

1 

V 

r 

J 

ITo/aa-f.  117- 


I'AKSON    AND    DEACONS. 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CHURCH 
God,  will   express   itself  in   its   simple,  beautiful, 
Creole  way. 

The  Sabbaths  out  here  come  upon  us  with  a 
freshness  and  a  calm  that  speak  of  God  and  of 
heaven.  There  is  a  "  hush  "  in  the  soft  morning 
breeze  as  it  begins  to  blow.  The  stirring  in  the 
top  of  the  palm  trees  tells  us  that  God  is  near. 
There  is  not  that  rush  and  hurry  which  we  so 
often  find,  even  amongst  our  Christian  people  in 
England.  Softly,  softly,  softly,  the  day  dawns 
upon  us,  and  the  service  begins.  Eleven  o'clock 
is  the  hour  for  public  worship,  but  long  before 
that  time  the  people  meet  for  prayer.  In  the 
country  stations  they  have  their  little  gathering 
at  seven,  and  then  they  prepare  for  their  journey 
to  town.  Some  of  them  walk  two,  three,  and 
even  four  miles  to  the  house  of  God.  By  half- 
past  nine  these  country  members  begin  to  drop 
in.  They  generally  sit  under  the  house,  and  quietly 
converse  and  "  cool  out."  "  Well,  Buddie  !  How 
you  do  ?  "  "  Ou,  ma'am,  me  been  too  sick  ;  me 
belly  hurt  me  too  bad,  and  fever !  hot !  hot !  hot ! 
But  de  Lord  am  too  good  ;  one  more  time  He 
bring  me  to  His  house.  Bless  His  holy  name." 
And  so  "  sister  meets  with  sister,  and  brother 
meets  with  brother,  and  they  have  fellowship  one 
with  another."     At  half-past  ten  the  first  bell  for 

117 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
service  begins  to  ring.  That  tells  them  it  is  time 
to  start  out  from  their  homes.  At  a  quarter  to 
eleven  the  second  bell  begins  to  ring,  and  it  rings 
on  till  a  few  minutes  of  the  hour.  "  Come  !  come  ! 
come  !  "  it  seems  to  say.  "  For  you  God's  house  is 
open  !  Unto  you,  oh  men,  I  call.  Come !  come  ! 
come  !  Now  !  now !  now  !  "  And  they  dd  come. 
From  country  lane  and  city  streets  they  wend 
their  way,  and  by  eleven  o'clock  the  church  is 
well  filled.  Over  a  thousand  people  waiting  to 
hear  the  Word  of  God !  This  is  in  itself  an  in- 
spiration and  a  solemn  call.  And  this  is  what 
we  frequently  have  at  Mission  Chapel.  Our  con- 
gregations at  home  are  impressive ;  but  a  congre- 
gation out  here  is  both  impressive  and  picturesque. 
The  black  faces  and  the  dark  eyes,  and  rows  of 
pearly  white  teeth,  when  anything  humorous  is 
said,  at  once  strikes  the  observant  stranger.  And 
then  the  beautiful  bright  colours  of  the  ladies' 
dresses,  and  the  spotlessly  white  collars  and  cuffs 
and  large  shirt  fronts  of  the  black  gentlemen,  all 
tend  to  make  the  picture  before  you  a  "  thing  of 
beauty." 

Though  many  of  the  people  are  poor  they 
like  to  dress  well.  The  old  missionaries  taught 
them  to  come  to  God's  house  in  their  best 
clothes.       "  Put    on    thy    beautiful    garments,    O 

ii8 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CHURCH 
Jerusalem,"  means  to  them  that  they  must  go  to 
church  in  beautiful  garments.  And  our  black 
young  ladies,  our  "  sable  beauties,"  are  not  a  whit 
behind  their  pale  sisters  at  home.  They  have 
their  light  muslin  dresses  of  white  and  pink  and 
sky  blue,  and  pale  green  and  red  and  yellow  ; 
their  dark  hair  often  adorned  with  a  sweet-smelling 
jessamine  or  a  pink  rose.  In  their  hands  they 
carry  their  fan  and  their  book,  whilst  their  feet 
are  compressed  into  little  high-heeled,  patent- 
leather  shoes,  which  contrast  with  the  shapely 
white  stockings.  But  there  is  a  funny  side  also 
in  this  matter  of  dress.  Sometimes  you  will  see 
an  old  negress  sitting  boldly  up  in  front  of  you 
with  three  hats  on.  First  a  "  kerchief"  round  the 
head,  worn  like  a  turban,  which  they  call  a  "  tie 
head,"  then  an  old  bonnet  on  the  top  of  that,  and 
crowning  the  whole  some  dinged  and  cast-off 
billycock,  or  "  chimney  pot."  Occasionally  a 
"  Celestial "  will  come  in ;  his  long  pig-tail 
hanging  down  behind  him.  The  Chinese  ladies 
wear  what  might  be  called  the  "divided  skirt," 
i,e.^  very  wide  trousers  coming  a  little  lower  down 
than  the  calf  of  the  leg,  and  over  this  a  silk 
tunic.  It  is  often  very  difficult  to  tell  at  first 
whether  the  Chinese  before  you  is  a  man  or  a 
woman.     I  remember  going  into  a  shop  in  Trini- 

119 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
dad  kept  by  Woo-Shang-Hi,  and  I  could  not  for 
the  life  of  me  tell  whether  the  person  behind  the 
counter  was  a  "  he "  or  a  "  sher  The  face  was 
smooth,  the  hair  long  and  plaited,  the  tunic 
covered  the  breast,  the  voice  was  soft,  the  hands 
small.  I  said  to  an  English  boy  in  the  shop  : 
"Is  it  2i  he  ox  2,  she  ?  "  "  That  is  a  man,"  he  said  ; 
"  but  the  lady  of  the  shop  is  very  much  like  him." 
In  a  tropical  church  doors  and  windows  are  all 
kept  wide  open,  so  that  a  current  of  cool  air  is 
ever  blowing  through.  In  the  rainy  season  we 
have  sometimes  to  shut  down  the  windows  to 
keep  the  rain  out ;  then  the  place  becomes  almost 
unbearable ;  the  steam  begins  to  rise  from  the  body, 
and  the  perspiration  runs  down  your  face  and 
neck  in  miniature  streamlets.  One  of  the  results 
of  these  open  windows  is,  that  the  preacher  can 
be  heard  a  long  way  off.  Sick  ones  in  their  houses 
near  by  have  thus  been  able  to  share  in  the  bless- 
ings of  the  sanctuary.  But  whilst  those  outside 
can  hear  the  preacher,  the  preacher  can  also  hear 
those  outside.  The  loud  braying  of  a  donkey 
close  by  will  sometimes  contest  the  claim  of  the 
preacher  for  the  attention  of  his  hearers.  And 
it  reminds  one  of  the  not-over-reverent  wit,  who 
said,  "  Brethren !  let  us  bray."  The  negro  cha- 
racter has  not  in  it  that  modesty  or  shamefaced- 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CHURCH 
ness  which  so  often  characterises  their  pale-faced 
brethren.  A  person  at  home  would  feel  a  "  shame  " 
mantling  his  cheek  if  he  had  to  walk  down  the 
aisle  of  a  church  during  service.  But  here  the 
black  man,  or  woman  either,  will  sail  down  the 
aisle  with  all  the  dignity  imaginable — head  thrown 
back,  hands  spread  out,  measured  step,  conscious 
that  all  are  looking  at  them,  and,  for  this  reason, 
rather  liking  it.  Sometimes  they  will  look  round 
and  smile,  as  much  as  to  say,  "Ain't  I  nice? 
Don't  you  admire  me,  Buddie  ? "  I  have  seen 
them  get  up  many  a  time  during  the  sermon  and 
coolly  walk  down  the  aisle  to  an  open  window  to 
"  spit,"  and  then  come  back  and  take  their  seat 
again.  But  this  is  chiefly  in  our  country  stations. 
Another  thing  I  must  mention,  and  that  is  the 
difficulty  under  which  a  preacher  labours  on  ac- 
count of  the  innumerable  insects.  At  night, 
when  the  lamps  are  lit,  these  insects  come  in 
swarms.  The  mosquitoes  we  have  always  with 
us ;  but  the  moths,  the  bats,  the  marabunturs, 
and  the  hard-backs  only  come  occasionally.  These 
latter,  in  the  rainy  season,  are  sometimes  intoler- 
able. They  come  upon  us  in  thousands  and  tens 
of  thousands.  The  air  is  darkened  with  them. 
They  fall  on  you  like  a  shower  of  black  hailstones, 
they  creep  through  your  hair,  they   crawl   down 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
your  neck  and  your  back,  they  strike  you  on  the 
nose  and  in  the  eye,  they  crawl  over  your  book, 
they  get  on  the  floor  and  creep  up  your  legs,  they 
break  the  lamp-glasses  and  put  out  the  lights — it 
is  like  one  of  the  plagues  of  Egypt.  One  Sunday 
night,  for  instance.  May  loth,  these  "cockles,"  or 
hard-backs,  as  they  are  called,  came  upon  us  like 
an  army.  They  are  a  little  black  beetle  about  an 
inch  long,  with  two  pairs  of  wings,  or,  more  strictly, 
one  pair  of  wings  and  a  hard,  horny  pair  of  wing 
sheaths  over  them ;  they  have  six  legs  and  pretty 
strong  claws,  that  enables  them  to  cling  firmly  to 
whatever  they  alight  on.  They  are  very  similar 
to  the  "  blackjack  "  found  in  some  of  the  poorer 
houses  at  home.  As  I  enter  the  pulpit  they 
come.  Around  the  lamps  they  are  flying  in 
hundreds  ;  they  drop  on  my  hymn-book  as  I  read 
out  the  hymn ;  my  pulpit-cushion  is  covered  with 
them.  I  sweep  them  all  ofl*,  and  open  the  Bible  ; 
they  are  crawling  over  its  pages  ;  I  pull  half  a 
dozen  out  of  my  hair ;  I  shake  them  off*  my  gown. 
I  say,  "  Brethren,  let  us  pray."  I  close  my  eyes  ; 
one  is  sticking  its  claws  into  my  neck.  I  feel 
as  if  I  could  scream.  I  open  my  mouth — "Oh 
Lord ! "  they  have  got  in  between  my  teeth ! 
Perseverando  vinces.  And  thus  the  service  goes 
on.     Half  the  lights  are  put   out ;   a  number   of 

122 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CHURCH 
lamp-glasses  are  broken  ;  and  on  the  floors,  and  on 
the  seats,  on  the  cushions  and  on  the  people, 
thousands  upon  thousands  of  hard-backs  are  lying 
and  crawling.  As  soon  as  you  get  into  the 
house  you  find  them  there ;  it  is  only  when  you 
get  into  your  bedroom,  where  doors  and  windows 
have  been  closed  and  no  lights  burning,  that  you 
can  get  free  from  them.     And  what  a  relief  it  is ! 

The  remarkable  thing  is,  that  though  millions 
of  these  creatures  must  be  left  in  the  houses  and 
on  the  floors  at  night,  when  the  morning  comes 
not  one  of  them  is  to  be  seen — save,  of  course, 
those  that  you  killed.     The  rest — 

"  Did  fold  their  tents  like  the  Arabs, 
And  as  silently  steal  away." 

One  of  the  pleasing  things  about  our  worship 
here  is  the  singing.  It  strikes  the  keynote.  It 
is  grand  congregational  singing.  Every  one  takes 
his  part.  There  is  the  soprano,  the  tenor,  the  alto, 
the  bass.  In  addition  to  an  organ  we  have  a 
precentor,  who  leads  with  the  cornet.  And  at 
our  special  musical  services  it  is  not  uncommon 
to  have  several  violins,  a  bass  fiddle,  and  a  number 
of  brass  instruments.  You  cannot  be  amongst 
this  people  long  without  finding  it  out  that  they 
are  essentially  a  musical  people.     They  play  well 

123 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
on  the  piano,  the  violin,  the  cornet,  the  organ,  and 
even  the  accordion  and  the  tin  whistle.  The  old 
banjo  has  its  place  at  their  social  gatherings,  and 
it  is  quite  amusing  to  see  them  march  round  in  a 
large  schoolroom  to  the  strains  of — 

"  Roll,  Jordan,  roll ; 
Roll,  Jordan,  roll  ; 
I  wants  to  go  to  heaven  when  I  die 
To  hear  old  Jordan  roll." 

Religion  has  put  music  into  the  soul  of  the 
benighted  African.  It  is  the  love  of  God  that 
makes  people  sing.  The  coolies  from  India,  who 
are  mostly  Mohammedans  and  Hindoos,  cannot 
sing.  I  have  heard  them  humming  in  a  low, 
melancholy  monotone,  that  ends  with  a  tremulous 
drawn-out  note  like  the  bleating  of  a  sheep.  And 
that  seems  the  only  music  that  their  faith  inspires. 

But  the  Christian  religion  awakens  harmonies 
that  are  infinite,  and  akin  to  the  music  of  the 
spheres.  The  old  slave-masters  were  often  struck 
with  the  fact  that  as  soon  as  the  negro  was  con- 
verted he  began  to  sing.  He  sang  as  he  went  to 
his  work  in  the  field,  he  sang  in  his  night  of  sorrow 
and  pain,  just  as  the  apostles  did  before  him. 
"  And  at  midnight  Paul  and  Silas  prayed  and  sang 
praises  unto  God,  and  the  prisoners  heard  them." 
Would  that  the  prisoners  of  to-day,  those  held  in 

124 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CHURCH 
the  bondage  of  superstition  and  error,  might  hear 
us  sing,  and  be  led  to  the  knowledge  of  God ! 

But  how  about  the  knowledge  of  the  Bible  and 
religious  truth  ?     Are  they  not  far  behind  in  these 
things  ?     In  some  respects,  yes  ;  and  in  others,  no. 
The  black  people  as  yet  have  only  had  one  book, 
and  that  book  has  been  the  Bible.     To  them  it  is 
full  of  marvellous  history,  incident,  and  story.     It 
has  spoken  to  them  as  no  other  book  could.     To 
them  it  is  indeed  a  revelation  from  God.     Before 
the  missionaries  came  all  was  dark.      They  had 
never  heard    of  a   life   beyond.     As   slaves,  their 
hopes  were  earthbound.     The  grave  was  the  limit 
of  their  horizon.     What  was   there   to   live   for  ? 
They  were  only  valued  as  cattle  upon  the  estate. 
"  Nigger  ain't  got  any  soul,"  was  the  postulate  laid 
down  by  their  masters.     They  must  eat  and  work 
and  sleep  to  the  sound  of  the  task-masters'  whips. 
But   when   the  Bible  was  opened   to   them    they 
heard  of  "  One  whose  ear  is  ever  open  to  the  cry  of 
the  oppressed,"  and  a  new  life  began  to  pulsate 
through   their   being.     The  deliverance  of    Israel 
from  Egypt's  dark  bondage,  the  overthrow  of  the 
mighty  oppressor  in  the  Red  Sea,  struck  a  chord 
in  their   hearts    that  brought  tears  to  their  eyes. 
Look  at  that  old  African  poring  over  the  letters 
of  the  alphabet  that  he  might  be  able  to  read  "  de 

125 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
raal  Word  ob  de  Lord  "  for  himself.  This  was  an 
evidence  of  the  intense  hunger  of  his  soul.  The 
people  here  say  "  Hunger  mak'  tigah  cross 
wattah  " — water.  So  the  hunger  of  these  negroes 
made  them  steal  away  from  their  huts  at  night, 
and  brave  the  threatened  lash,  to  hear  the  good 
stranger  tell  them  of  the  love  of  God  in  Christ 
Jesus. 

"  Steal  away  !  Steal  away ! 
Steal  away  home  to  Jesus. 
Steal  away  !  Steal  away  home, 
I  ain't  got  long  to  stay  here." 

So  far  the  Bible  has  been  the  one  book  of  the 
poor  people.  They  have  read  it,  and  still  read  it 
with  avidity.  A  change,  however,  is  coming  over 
the  younger  generation,  and  a  change  for  the 
worse.  Increase  of  knowledge  means  increase  of 
peril.  Inquiry  lets  in  doubt.  They  must  be  fitted 
to  meet  the  new  foes  that  will  come  upon  them. 

In  the  knowledge  of  the  letter  of  the  Bible  our 
people  here  will  compare  favourably  with  the 
people  at  home.  But  then  we  must  never  forget 
that  the  eye  only  sees  what  it  brings  with  it  the 
power  of  seeing.     To  Peter  Bell — 

"  A  primrose  on  the  river's  brim 
A  yellow  primrose  was  to  him, 
And  it  was  nothing  more." 
126 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CHURCH 
But  to  a  botanist  it  is  a  beautiful  specimen  of  a  cer- 
tain floral  order,  made  up  of  stem,  of  sepals,  of 
petals,  of  stamens  and  anthers.  And  to  a  poet  it  is 
a  beautiful  expression  of  a  Divine  feeling ;  it  is  the 
latest  embodiment  or  incarnation  of  the  soul  of  all 
beauty.     Wordsworth  says — 

"  To  me  the  meanest  flower  that  blooms  can  give 
Thoughts  that  do  often  lie  too  deep  for  tears." 

Our  reading  of  the  Bible  is  not  equal.  One  sees 
only  a  simple  story,  another  a  detached  truth, 
whilst  a  third  sees  in  the  same  sentence  a  whole 
philosophy  or  a  complete  system  of  ethics.  Only 
so  much  do  we  know  as  we  have  lived.     And — 

"  We  live  in  thoughts,  not  breaths  ; 
In  feelings,  not  in  figures  on  a  dial. 
He  lives  most,  who  thinks  most. 
Feels  the  noblest,  acts  the  best." 

In  the  knowledge  of  the  "  letter "  the  black 
people  here  are  well  on,  but  in  that  deeper  spiritual 
knowledge,  in  that  grasp  of  "  the  Faith^'  which  is 
the  name  for  the  beliefs  which  form  the  heart  of 
the  Christian  religion,  they  have  still  very  much 
to  learn. 

Another  thing  that  lends  interest  to  a  Church 
out  here  is  the  different  races  that  are  often  found 
worshipping  together.    At  home  your  congregation 

127 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

is  all  of  one  colour.  Here  we  have  men  and 
women  of  nearly  all  colours.  In  one  pew  you  will 
find  a  white  man  and  next  to  him  a  black  woman 
or  child.  Then  you  will  find  those  that  are  neither 
black  nor  white,  but  a  mixture  of  the  two.  And 
of  these  you  find  all  shades  from  cream  colour  to 
a  dark  brown.  Then  you  will  have  a  Chinaman 
and  an  East  Indian,  and  sometimes  a  pew  full  of 
Indians  from  the  upper  reaches  of  the  river. 
These  will  come  in  dressed  only  in  a  pair  of  blue 
cotton  pants  and  a  shirt.  Now  all  these  different 
races  are  the  children  of  the  great  Father  in  heaven, 
and  they  come  and  kneel  before  the  Lord  the 
Maker  of  us  all.  To  find  a  word  for  each  the 
preacher  must  be  both  simple  and  profound.  He 
must  have  sympathies  that  go  low  enough  to  take 
in  the  poorest  and  the  worst,  and  he  must  have  a 
heart  broad  and  comprehensive  as  the  glorious 
gospel  he  is  called  to  preach. 

A  tropical  church  is  not  so  strictly  limited  as 
the  churches  at  home  to  the  Sunday  services. 
During  the  week  days  it  is  often  brought  into 
requisition.  A  musical  service  on  the  Monday 
night  is  by  no  means  an  uncommon  thing.  Then 
with  comet  and  trumpet  and  organ  we  praise  the 
Lord.  A  conference  on  the  different  methods  of 
Christian   work  sometimes   takes  the  place   of  a 

128 


fN  A  TROPICAL  CHURCH 

Wednesday  evening  service.  Then  on  a  Tuesday 
afternoon  the  candidates  meet  together  in  the 
church.  Baptisms  during  the  day  are  sometimes 
taken  there.  And  the  names  chosen  are  occasion- 
ally very  amusing.  One  black  man  brought  his 
child,  and  when  the  minister  asked  its  name, 
he  said,  "  Seriatim  ad  Valorem."  On  another 
occasion  the  parson  said,  "What  is  the  name  of  the 
child  ?  "  the  man  said  "  Ax  parson."  The  minister 
looked  at  him  and  said,  "  I  don't  understand  you." 
"  Well,  parson,"  said  the  man,  "  my  mind  gie'  me 
to  go  troo'  de  New  Testament.  I  have  had  four 
boys ;  one  was  called  Matthew,  another  Mark, 
another  Luke,  and  another  John ;  and  this  is 
'  Acts,'  parson." 

"  Nannie  Bellona,"  and  "  Queen  Elizabeth,"  and 
"Prince  Albert," and  "John  Pantaloon," and  "Frank 
Locust"  are  names  that  grace  our  baptismal  register. 
Another  negro,  whose  child  I  christened,  was  called 
"  Whiskey  Emmanuel." 

But  one  of  the  most  interesting  services  is  a 
wedding.  It  is  not  uncommon  to  have  three  or 
four  hundred  people  present  at  this  important 
ceremony.  The  ladies'  dresses  are  superb.  Green 
and  yellow  and  pink  and  blue ;  all  the  bridesmaids, 
as  a  rule  (and  there  are  generally  seven  or  eight), 
are  dressed  alike.     The  bride,  with  a  floral  wreath 

129  I 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
round  her  head,  is  dressed  in  white,  with  a  train 
about  four  yards  long.  Not  being  able  to  sound 
the  "  />^,"  they  often  make  some  ludicrous  mistakes. 
Instead  of  saying,  "  Until  death  us  do  part,"  they 
say,  "  Until  '  debt '  us  do  part "  ;  and  "  hereby  I  give 
thee  my  *  trot ' "  for  troth. 

A  story  is  told  of  a  minister  whose  groom  was 
about  to  be  married.  Being  accustomed  to  touch 
his  hat  when  his  master  spoke  to  him,  he  did  the 
same  thing  as  he  stood  before  the  altar  repeating 
the  marriage  service.  At  last  the  minister,  bending 
down  to  him,  said,  "  Never  mind  touching  your 
hat,  but  say,  after  me."  Then,  he  said,  "  Wilt  thou 
have  this  woman  to  be  thy  lawful  wedded  wife  ?  " 
Up  went  his  hand  to  his  head,  and  he  exclaimed, 
"  After  you,  sir."  This  was  too  much  for  the 
minister's  gravity,  and  the  whole  assembly  laughed 
outright. 

Funerals,  which  are  sad  events  anywhere,  are 
especially  sad  out  here ;  for  no  sooner  does  a 
person  die  than  he  is  to  be  buried.  Decom- 
position sets  in  so  rapidly  that  it  is  necessary  to 
bury  the  dead  within  twenty-four  hours. 

A  man  will  sometimes  be  alive  at  seven  in  the 
morning  and  lying  in  his  grave  before  six  in  the  even- 
ing. To  us  Europeans  this  at  first  seems  a  shocking 
thing.     You    left   your    friend    last    night   appa- 

130 


IN  A  TROPICAL  CHURCH 
rently  well  ;  you  get  a  note  about  twelve  o'clock 
asking  you  to  his  funeral  at  five.  On  going  up  the 
river  once  we  got  to  Coomacka.  A  poor  black 
woman  was  getting  into  the  little  boat  to  take  her 
to  her  home.  She  asked,  "  How  is  John  ?  "  mean- 
ing her  husband.  The  reply  was,  "  We  buried  him 
yesterday."  She  threw  up  her  hands  with  a  scream 
and  fell  like  a  log  of  wood  into  the  bottom  of  the 
boat.  This  was  the  first  she  had  heard  of  it,  and 
she  had  only  been  away  four  days.  When  she  left 
for  town  he  was  hearty  and  well.  Ah !  friends,  you 
know  not  how  our  hearts  are  often  cut  and  bruised 
by  these  sad  and  sudden  events.  Out  here  more 
than  anywhere  do  we  need  to  remember  the 
Master's  words,  "  Watch  ye,  for  ye  know  not  in 
what  hour  your  Lord  doth  come." 


131 


IX 

PARSON   AND    GORGONZAMBE 

EARLY  one  day  an  old  African  came  to  my 
door,  and  he  said,  "  Morning,  my  massa. 
How  you  do,  Gorgonzambe  ? "  "I  am  well, 
thank  you,"  I  replied  ;  "  but  you  speak  to  me  in 
an  unknown  tongue.  What  do  you  mean  by 
calling  me  Gorgonzambe  ? "  "  My  massa,"  he 
said,  "  me  sal  tell  you.  In  Africa  de  medicine 
man  am  de  doctah  for  a'  we  body,  but  you  am  de 
doctah  for  a'  we  soul  ;  and  de  African  name  for 
de  minister  am  Gorgonzambe,  which  mean  God- 
doctor.  When  de  soul  am  sick  you  mus'  gib  us 
medicine.  My  soul  am  too  sick,  dis  heart  too 
bad."  I  need  not  say  that  I  pointed  him  to  the 
Great  Physician,  who  alone  can  heal  the  maladies 
of  the  soul. 

This  idea  of  God-doctor  is  evidently  a  very  old 
one,  and  the  Africans  of  to-day  have  most  likely 

132 


PARSON  AND  GORGONZAMBE 
had  it  handed  down  to  them  from  the  Africans  who 
dwelt  in  Egypt  a  long,  long  time  ago.  For  Diodorus 
tells  us  that  on  the  front  of  the  first  public  library 
in  Egypt  was  a  memorable  inscription  with  these 
words  :  "  The  Medicine  of  the  Mind." 

The  black  people  recognise,  perhaps  more  than 
our  people  at  home,  distinctly  psychological 
diseases.  For  instance,  a  woman  will  come  to  me 
and  complain  of  the  bad  treatment  she  suffers  from 
some  neighbour  or  friend  or  husband.  In  answer 
to  my  question,  "  What  have  you  done  to  provoke 
him  ?  "  she  replies  "  Me  neber  do  not'ing.  He  hab 
a  bad  mind  for  me."  "  Was  it  always  so  ?  "  I  ask. 
"  No,  parson.  One  time  he  so  nice  and  good — 
now  me  no  able  fo'  please  him."  We  have  a 
similar  thing  in  the  case  of  Saul.  He  had  a  bad 
mind  towards  David  and  sought  to  kill  him.  It 
is  spoken  of  in  the  Bible  as  an  "  evil  spirit,"  and 
what  is  an  evil  spirit  but  a  bad  mind  ?  A  wife 
here,  who  finds  that  her  husband's  mind  towards 
her  has  changed,  will  have  resort  to  an  "  Obeah- 
man,"  that  is,  a  kind  of  "  witch  doctor  "  who  pro- 
fesses by  means  of  herbs  and  other  mysterious  arts 
to  be  able  to  exert  a  charm  over  the  person  of  any 
one,  and  thus  change  their  heart  or  their  disposi- 
tion. I  need  hardly  say  that  this  superstition  is 
dying   out  as  the  light  of  Christianity  advances. 

133 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

Not  the  Obeah-man,  but  Gorgonzambe,  if  he  be 
real  and  true,  can  give  effectual  help  in  such  cases. 
We  read  in  the  Word  of  God  that  "  the  preparation 
[i.e.^  the  disposings)  of  the  heart  in  man,  and  the 
answer  of  the  tongue,  cometh  from  the  Lord " 
(Prov.  xvi.  i).  That  is,  the  disposings  of  men's 
hearts  towards  us  or  against  us,  towards  what  is 
good,  holy,  or  divine,  are  from  the  Lord,  When 
people  have  a  "  bad  mind  to  us  "  we  ought  first  of 
all  to  examine  ourselves,  and  see  if  by  our  ways  or 
.our  words  we  have  given  cause  for  it,  and  then, 
secondly,  we  ought  to  make  it  a  matter  of  prayer 
to  Almighty  God,  that  He  will  change  their  hearts 
and  make  them  well  disposed  towards  us.  "  When 
a  man's  ways  please  the  Lord,  He  maketh  even 
his  enemies  to  be  at  peace  with  him." 

Our  people  here  have  also  another  expression 
which  shows  how  much  they  are  influenced  by 
"  soul  dispositions."  "  Why  were  you  not  at  the 
social  gathering  last  night,  Susie?"  "Well,  par- 
son," is  the  reply,  "  mi  mind  no  gi'e  me."  Or  I 
say  to  another,  "  You  should  have  gone  to  George- 
town yesterday.  Why  did  you  not  go  ? "  The 
answer  is,  "  My  mind  gi'e  me  not  fo'  go."  And 
who  can  say  she  was  wrong?  At  some  time  or 
other  we  have  all  had  our  presentiment  of  coming 
good  or  evil.     Sensitive   souls,  like   a   barometer, 

134 


PARSON  AND  GORGONZAMBE 
can  often  foretell  the  approach  of  a  storm.  It  is 
wise  to  be  guided  by  the  voice  within.  The 
inmost  is  often  the  highest.  The  soul's  emphasis 
is  invariably  right,  and  especially  after  solemn, 
earnest  prayer. 

Gorgonzambe,  or  the  God-doctor,  out  here  has 
a  great  and  high  calling.  He  is  looked  up  to  as 
one  who  can  alone  help  in  the  most  solemn  crises 
of  life.  The  doctor  can  prescribe  for  the  body, 
but  he  cannot  prescribe  for  the  soul.  Now  we  do 
not  believe,  as  Carlyle  says  many  people  do,  that 
"  Soul  is  synonymous  with  stomach."  We  hold  as 
Sir  William  Hamilton  puts  it,  that  "  Man  is  not  an 
organism,  he  is  an  intelligence,  served  by  organs." 
Man  has  a  body,  but  he  is  a  soul.  The  most 
important  thing  about  any  man  is  this  same  soul. 
The  soul  does  not  live  for  the  body,  but  the  body 
for  the  soul.  The  house  exists  for  the  sake  of  the 
man  that  dwells  in  it,  and  not  the  man  for  the 
sake  of  the  house.  Though  this  earthly  house  of 
our  tabernacle  be  dissolved,  i.e.^  disunited  and 
resolved  into  its  original  elements,  we  have  a 
building  of  God,  i.e.^  another  house,  "not  made 
with  hands,  eternal  in  the  heavens."  One  day  I 
was  called  in  to  see  a  poor  black  girl  who  had 
been  taken  ill.  She  had  strayed  from  the  fold  and 
was  one  of  God's  lost  sheep.     There  she  lay  on  a 

135 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
little  bed  on  the  floor.  I  had  to  communicate  to 
her  the  sad  message  that  her  days  and  even  hours 
on  earth  were  numbered.  The  doctor  had  just 
been,  and  said  he  could  do  nothing  ;  the  case  was 
hopeless.  When  I  told  her  she  turned  her  eyes 
full  upon  me  for  a  moment,  and  then  throwing  up 
her  arms,  with  a  scream  she  cried,  "  Oh,  what  is  to 
become  of  my  poor  soul !  " 

Gorgonzambe  must  enter  softly  into  the  chamber 
of  sickness,  he  must  kneel  beside  the  bed  in  the 
solemn  hour  of  death ;  he  must  speak  words  that 
have  healing  in  them  ;  there  must  go  out  of  him 
virtue,  i.e.,  strength,  power,  that  by  it  weak  ones 
may  rise  up  and  stand  upon  their  own  feet,  and 
even  take  up  their  palliasse  and  walk. 

The  variety  and  extent  of  Gorgonzambe's  work 
is  such  that  many  of  our  ministers  at  home  have 
no  idea  of  They  (the  people)  come  to  him  for 
counsel  in  all  their  distresses,  and  they  come  from 
all  parts  of  the  country.  At  home  the  minister's 
house  is  usually  a  quiet  place ;  out  here  it  is  a 
place  of  activity  and  constant  callers.  In  order  to 
attend  to  the  many  cases  that  come  for  Gorgon- 
zambe's aid  I  had  to  put  on  the  door  outside  the 
following  notice :  "  Hours  of  consultation  9  to  ii 
and  3  to  4."  The  little  study  became  a  kind  of 
spiritual  surgery.     Sometimes  there  are  as  many 

136 


PARSON  AND  GORGONZAMBE 
as  twenty  people  under  the  house,  waiting  for  their 
turn  to  come  in.  To  enter  into  each  case  sympa- 
thetically and  give  the  counsel  and  help  needed  is 
a  drain  upon  both  brain  and  heart.  This  has  gone 
on  sometimes  till  twelve  o'clock — breakfast  cold 
upon  the  table,  still  they  come,  till  one  o'clock  and 
even  two.  Then  *'  tired  nature  "  would  hold  out 
no  longer,  and  orders  are  given  to  close  the  door — 
"  Gorgonzambe  can  not  see  any  more  to-day." 

But  you  say,  "  Where  do  they  come  from  ? " 
and  "  What  do  they  come  about  ?  "  One  or  two 
extracts  from  my  notebook  may  answer  these 
questions  best : 

December  6th.  A  poor  old  lady  came  with 
trembling  and  tears — she  had  not  eaten  food  that 
morning — begging  massa  to  get  her  a  little  help 
from  the  almshouse.  She  is  over  seventy  and 
nearly  blind.  The  desired  help  is  given,  and 
one  poor  soul  is  thus  lightened  of  its  burden. 

A  young  black  man  called  to  "  tell  me  goodbye." 
He  is  going  into  the  bush  to  bleed  ballata.  This 
needs  a  word  of  explanation.  Ballata  is  the  milk 
or  sap  of  the  bullet  tree  ;  when  the  bark  of  the  tree 
is  cut  it  runs  out.  This  they  catch  in  a  calabash. 
When  exposed  to  the  sun  it  hardens  into  a  kind  of 
gutta-percha,  and  is  used  for  many  things  at  home. 
Indeed,  it  is  a  valuable  article  of  export. 

137 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

Many  of  our  black  men  are  thus  engaged  in 
"ballata  bleeding."  They  go  away  into  the  in- 
terior of  the  forest,  carrying  their  provisions  with 
them,  and  are  often  away  for  four  or  six  or  eight 
months.  "  Well,  John,"  I  said,  "  where  are  you 
going  this  time?"  "Into  the  forest  beyond  the 
Corentyne,"  he  replied.  "  Have  you  been  there 
before  ?  "  "  Yes,  parson."  "  Had  you  any  adven- 
tures ?  "  Then  he  begins  to  tell  me  how  one  day 
they  were  all  startled  with  the  cry  of  the  bush 
hogs  ;  every  man  ran  up  a  tree,  quick  ;  on  the 
hogs  come,  there  are  over  a  hundred  of  them. 
They  shoot.  "  Bush  hog  no  able  fo'  climb  tree. 
For  the  next  week  we  have  plenty  good  food  to 
eat." 

"  How  do  you  live  ?  "  I  said.  "  We  first  of  all 
put  up  a  Benaab,  near  to  where  we  are  going  to 
work,  then  we  swing  our  hammocks  under  it,  four 
or  six  of  us  together.  When  we  knock  off,  just 
before  dark,  we  gather  sticks  and  light  a  fire.  Dog 
keeps  watch  for  us  through  the  night." 

"  You  are  going  away,"  said  Gorgonzambe.  "  You 
may  not  be  back  for  six  months,  you  may  never 
come  back  at  all,  for  there  are  many  dangers  in  this 
forest  life.  But  remember,  our  Father  in  heaven  is 
King  of  the  forest.  You  can  never  get  out  of  His 
sight.     As  the  first  man  heard  the  voice   of  the 

138 


PARSON  AND  GORGONZAMBE 
Lord  God  walking  in  the  garden  (Gen.  iii.  8),  so 
may  you.  Keep  the  Lord's  day  sacred  in  the 
forest.  You  can  get  together  and  sing ;  one  of 
you  can  read  a  portion  of  Scripture,  and  another 
lead  in  prayer.  And  remember  we  in  this  sanc- 
tuary always  pray  for  you.  Be  cheerful,  be  indus- 
trious, be  agreeable  one  with  another.  Fear  God, 
and  know  no  other  fear."  Then  giving  him  a  few 
little  tracts,  and  a  few  portions  of  Scripture,  Gorgon- 
zambe  commended  him  and  his  to  God  in  prayer. 
As  soon  as  he  has  gone,  in  step  three  Indians  from 
the  interior.  They  are  from  Arowyma.  Much 
sickness  just  now  among  the  Indians.  Two  or 
three  belonging  to  the  Mission  have  just  died. 
They  want  me  to  send  a  petition  for  them  to  the 
Governor  for  a  box  of  medicines — pills,  plasters, 
ointments,  tinctures,  &c.,  and  plenty  of  quinine  and 
oil, "  Ready  Relief,"  chlorodyne,  &c.  Gorgonzambe 
promises  to  attend  to  this  matter  at  once.  He  then 
counsels  them  to  meet  often  for  prayer,  to  be  good 
and  faithful  followers  of  Christ,  and  to  prepare  for 
the  minister's  next  visit.  Giving  them  a  little 
money  for  their  passage  back,  they  are  sent  on 
their  way  rejoicing. 

Another    now    enters.     "  Well    Mrs.    S ? " 

She  is  crying  bitterly.     Around  her  are  five  little 
children,  one  in  her  arms,  the  others   clinging  to 

139 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

her  dress.  "  What  is  the  matter  ?  "  Her  husband 
is  ill  at  Lichfield,  i.e.,  about  twenty  miles  away. 
He  had  fallen  from  a  building,  and  she  had  heard 
he  was  "  bad  nufif,"  that  is,  in  extremis.  How  could 
she  get  to  see  him  ?  There  was  only  one  way,  and 
that  was  to  cross  the  river  in  a  boat  and  then  go 
by  the  coach.  This  would  cost  two  dollars,  or  even 
more.  She  had  not  even  a  "  bitt."  Gorgonzambe 
gave  her  the  money,  planned  out  for  her  the 
journey,  arranged  for  the  wife  to  bring  her  husband 
back  and  get  him  into  the  town  hospital.  This 
was  done.  Alas !  the  poor  woman  died  a  few 
months  after.  The  struggle  for  her  children, 
together  with  her  anxiety,  was  too  much  for  her. 
The  husband  still  lives. 

Mr.  B.  comes  in,  and  asks  Gorgonzambe  to  give 
him  a  testimonial.  He  has  been  out  of  work  for 
months,  knows  not  what  to  do,  wife  and  children 
are  famishing.  He  believes  he  can  get  this  place 
if  Gorgonzambe  will  only  speak  for  him. 

Mr.  K.  is  summoned  to  appear  at  Court.  The 
Commissary  has  seized  his  boat.  He  accuses  him  of 
cutting  wood  on  the  Crown  lands.  Will  Gorgon- 
zambe come  and  help  him.  After  inquiring  tho- 
roughly into  the  whole  case,  Mr.  K.  is  defended  in 
Court,  and  the  man  is,  after  a  patient  hearing  and 
investigation,  dismissed. 

140 


PARSON  AND  GORGONZAMBE 

Three  men  now  come  from  away  up  beyond 
Brunswick.  They  want  Gorgonzambe  to  petition 
the  Government  for  a  grant  of  land  for  them. 
This  is  done.  They  ultimately  get  three  hundred 
acres  of  an  abandoned  estate,  paying  for  it  in  three 
annual  instalments. 

A  widow  next  comes  in,  young  and  blooming. 
She  wants  to  marry  again,  but  some  say  she  must 
go  to  the  Public  Buildings  and  get  an  "Act  of 
Verweezing."  This  will  cost  five  or  six  or  even 
ten  dollars,  according  to  the  knowledge  or  want  of 
knowledge  of  the  person  who  applies.  She  wants 
Gorgonzambe's  advice. 

And  thus  the  story  goes  on.  Each  new  day 
brings  its  fresh  batch  of  cases.  All  the  rivers  run 
into  the  sea,  yet  the  sea  is  not  full,  but  it  soon 
would  be  if  there  were  not  an  outlet  for  its 
waters,  by  way  of  evaporation  towards  heaven. 
So  Gorgonzambe's  heart  would  be  too  full,  but 
he  has  learned  to  carry  them  to  the  throne 
of  grace  and  lay  the  burdens  of  his  people 
there. 

The  minister  out  here  is  called  "  parson,"  and 
the  usual  address  is  "  Morning,  parson,"  "  How 
you  do,  parson  ? "  And  ofteh  when  some  of  the 
females  get  into  a  quarrel  and  lift  up  their  voices 
in   the   street,   obeying  the  prophetic   commands, 

141 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
"  Cry  aloud,  spare  not,  lift  up  thy  voice  with 
strength,"  there  has  been  heard  the  quiet  voice  of 
some  neighbour,  "  Hi !  parson's  coming !  "  Then 
the  combatants  have  retreated  for  a  time,  smother- 
ing their  wrath,  but  only  to  burst  out  again  as 
soon  as  the  parson  has  gone.  I  was  very  much 
struck  one  day  in  September  with  the  saying  of 
a  good  old  black  African  woman.  My  wife  hap- 
pened in  the  midst  of  conversation  about  the  dry 
weather  to  say  "  she  feared  the  vat  would  be  empty 
before  the  dry  season  was  over."  "  No,  no,  missie, 
never  fear,  for  parson's  vat  never  run  dry."  I 
thought  that  is  perfectly  true.  There  may  not  be 
much  in  it,  but  many  a  poor  woman  in  her  sorrow 
and  distress,  and  many  a  poor  parson  in  his  time 
of  need  has  found  that  the  barrel  of  meal  wasted 
not,  and  the  cruse  of  oil  did  not  fail. 

The  parson's  vat  of  kindliness  never  runs  dry. 
Hardly  a  day  passes  but  many  come  to  draw  upon 
it.  The  poor,  the  distressed,  the  helpless,  the 
crushed,  when  they  know  not  what  to  do  or  where 
to  turn,  are  sure  of  a  kindly  word  and  a  helpful 
hand  from  the  parson.  "  My  husband  is  sick  and 
dying,  parson ;  will  you  come  and  see  him  ? " 
Kindly  inquiries  are  made  and  sympathetic  words 
spoken,  and  soon  the  parson  stands  in  the  sick 
room,  between  the  living  and  the  dying,  to  speak 

14a 


PARSON  AND  GORGONZAMBE 
in  gentle  tones  of  Him  who  is  the  resurrection  and 
the  life. 

Hardly  has  the  footsteps  of  one  visitor  died 
away  ere  another  unfortunate  stands  almost 
speechless  pleading  for  pity  and  help.  It  is  twelve 
o'clock,  the  visitor  comes  from  the  country,  she  has 
walked  six  miles  in  the  broiling  sun.  "  Nothing 
to  eat,  massa,  for  a  me-self  and  picknies,  ain't 
broke  bread  dis  mornin'."  A  "  bitt "  put  into  the 
hand  and  directions  to  go  into  the  kitchen  to  the 
cook,  gives  new  life  to  the  poor  body,  and 
she  starts  out  hopefully  looking  for  better 
days. 

Another  wants  parson  to  make  some  villagers 
agree  to  dig  out  their  trenches,  and  to  help  them 
to  put  in  a  new  koker.  Then  comes  another 
with  a  wicked  boy  whom  the  police  have  sum- 
moned. Will  the  parson  please  go  and  intercede 
for  him.  And  thus  twenty,  thirty  and  forty  in  a 
day  come  to  draw  out  of  this  vat  of  kindliness 
possessed  by  the  parson.  Sometimes  there  is  not 
as  much  in  the  vat  as  at  other  times,  but  still  it  is 
mainly  true,  as  the  old  black  woman  said, "  Parson's 
vat  never  runs  dry'' 

Parson's  vat  from  which  he  gets  his  sermons 
never  runs  dry.  I  don't  say  that  he  is  never  dry, 
but  the  source  from  which  he  draws  his  sermons 

143 


BRITISH  GUfANA 
is  never  dry.  Sermons,  like  salt  fish,  are  some- 
times good  and  sometimes  bad.  Even  parsons 
cannot  always  give  you  the  best.  No  clock  can 
strike  twelve  every  time,  not  if  its  striking  parts 
are  right.  People  must  be  content  sometimes  to 
take  milk  instead  of  strong  meat.  When  we  con- 
sider what  the  parson  has  to  do,  how  he  has  to 
produce  his  three  sermons  every  week,  and  stand 
up  before  the  same  congregation  year  after  year, 
besides  his  candidates'  class,  his  Bible  class,  his 
lay  preachers'  class,  his  young  people's  classes,  and 
in  addition  conducting  services  two  or  three  times 
every  week  at  various  out  stations,  giving  addresses 
and  lectures,  and  doing  a  host  of  other  things 
besides,  it  is  a  wonder  how  he  gets  through  his 
work  at  all.  Don't  grumble  if  the  sermon  has  not 
quite  pleased  you.  Remember  as  father  Taylor 
used  to  say,  "  Poor  preachers  are  like  camels,  bear- 
ing precious  spices  and  often  feeding  on  bitter 
herbs."  One  of  Charles  II.'s  chaplains  was  not 
liked  as  a  preacher  by  the  king,  because  he  did 
not  spare  the  king's  vices.  When  told  of  it  he 
said,  ''If  the  King  HI  mend  Fll  mend."  That's 
the  bargain  parson  will  make  with  the  people.  "If 
you'll  mend  I'll  mend."  It's  bad  hearers  that 
make  bad  speakers. 

Monday  morning  is  a  restful  morning  to  parson. 
144 


PARSON  AND  GORGONZAMBE 

He  feels  so  much  lighter^  as  we  all  know  he  must 
do,  after  the  delivery  of  such  weighty  discourses 
the  day  before.  But  as  the  week  goes  on  he 
becomes  anxious.  When  it  gets  towards  the  end 
he  becomes  positively  uneasy.  See  him  walking 
about  in  the  study  there,  now  looking  up,  now 
down,  now  lost  in  a  maze  of  thought.  He  sits 
sometimes  for  hours,  like  a  fisherman  waiting  for  a 
nibble.  He  becomes  as  quiet  as  a  hen  that  wants 
to  lay.  If  a  visitor  comes  to  the  door,  Missie  says, 
"  I  would  not  disturb  him  for  anything,  the  results 
might  be  disastrous — an  o.^^  without  a  shell,  or  an 
untimely  birth,  or  for  that  day  no  intellectual  birth 
at  all."  Macaulay,  writing  to  a  friend,  said,  "  What- 
ever I  write,  I  must  at  present  spin,  like  a  spider, 
out  of  my  own  entrails."  It  is  so  with  the  true 
parson. 

His  sermons  must  come  out  of  himself,  they 
must  be  a  part  of  his  own  mind  and  heart,  and 
soul  experience.  Only  that  which  we  have  felt 
and  seen  can  we  with  confidence  tell.  Each 
Sabbath  he  must  have  his  story  ready,  and  this  for 
ten,  twenty,  and  thirty  years.  Surely  he  must 
feel  sometimes  that  he  has  said  all  that  he  can 
say,  that  he  has  exhausted  the  book,  having  gone 
from  Genesis  to  Revelation.  What  if  some 
Friday  or  Saturday  when  he  sits  down  to  write, 

145  K 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

he  should  find  that  the  vat  has  run  dry.  No  ;  he 
begins  to  pump,  as  usual,  and  sure  enough  water, 
bright,  fresh,  sparkling  as  of  yore,  begins  to  flow. 
You  are  right,  dark  skinned  prophetess,  " Parsons 
vat  never  run  dry!'  And  why  ?  Because  the 
heart  of  man  is  boundless,  the  soul  of  man  is 
infinite.     As  Longfellow  says  : 

"  The  land  of  song,  within  thee  lies^ 
Watered  by  living  springs, 

Look  then  into  thy  heart  and  write, 

Yea,  into  life's  deep  stream. 
All  forms  of  sorrow  and  delight, 
All  solemn  voices  of  the  night, 
That  can  soothe  thee  or  affright. 

Be  these  henceforth  thy  theme." 

Parson's  vat — namely  the  Bible,  never  runs  dry. 

That's  the  only  new  book  in  the  world.  It's 
the  one  book  that  is  always  fresh.  You  may  let 
down  your  pitcher  into  it  a  thousand  times,  it  is 
still  as  full  as  ever.  Yea,  the  more  you  take  from 
it  the  more  there  is  to  take.  As  an  Englishman 
said,  it  is  like  a  big  round  of  roast  beef,  "  you  may 
cut  and  come  again."  It  is  a  fountain  fed  from  an 
unseen  source,  a  river  that  springs  from  under  the 
throne  of  God.  To  its  living  streams,  the  thirsty 
from  all  lands  may  come.  Let  us  ever  be  thankful 
for  this  vaty  and  that  //  never  runs  dry.     To  it  the 

146 


PARSON  AND  GORGONZAMBE 
parson  comes  day  by  day  with  his  empty  pitcher, 
and  the  secret  of  his  own  vat  never  running  dry  is 
that  he  has  free  access  to  this.  Come  ye  thirsty, 
poor,  and  needy,  and  in  your  time  of  greatest 
distress  remember  what  the  poor  old  black  woman 
said — "  Parson's  vat  never  run  dry." 

A    PARSON'S    WORRIES 

A  parson  sat  in  his  study  alone. 

Vainly  striving  to  think. 
But  the  people  kept  coming,  one  by  one, 

Of  his  pity  and  counsel  to  drink. 

First  came  one  with  a  woe-begone  face, 

Looking  so  dismal  and  down. 
That  the  parson  could  hardly  suppress  a  smile 

As  his  face  relaxed  from  a  frown. 

"Well,  my  good  man,  and  what  is  it  for  you  ? " 

"  OV  pa'sson  me  wife  run  away. 
She  hab  lef  me  with  ten  little  picknies  to  keep. 

And  me  min'  no  gi'e  me  de  way." 

Well,  Gabriel,  man,  you  must  fetch  her  back, — 
Take  the  steamer  down,  in  the  morn. 
And  here  is  a  dollar  to  help  you  along," 
Said  he,  with  a  hand-shake  warm. 

Then  in  comes  a  sprightly  young  negress. 

With  face  beaming  over  with  joy  : 
**  Momin'  passon  !      Me  want  you  to  publish  me 
banns, 
Me  Quashee  too  bashful  a  boy." 
147 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

Then  in  comes  another — "  Me  wife  be  too  sick, 

De  fever  and  pains  be  too  bad, 
Please  passon  a  paper  to  doctor  fo'  her  ? 

To  look  at  she,  make  me  too  sad." 

Then  the  fourth  walks  in  with  his  black  feet  bare, 

And  a  bundle  of  deeds  in  his  arm, 
He  wants  to  lay  claim  to  some  acres  of  land 

On  which  to  establish  a  farm. 

"  You  see,  *  Sah,'  me  moder  hab  only  one  chile. 

And  dat  am  me  own  own  self 
Last  week  she  did  dead,  and  lef  me  alone. 

And  me  fader  lef  me  dis  wealth." 

And  so  after  questions  and  answers  enough, 

The  parson  asks  in  despair, 
"  How  long  has  you  father  been  dead,  my  good  man?'' 
^^  The  answer  comes,  "  Jus'  seventeen  year." 

After  patient  inquiry  and  search  had  been  made 

The  parson  discovered  it  all. 
The  land  had  been  sold  some  twelve  years  ago. 

And  this  man  had  no  claim  at  all. 

Such  are  some  of  the  troubles  that  come 
To  parsons  who  work  in  these  climes  : 

They  need  to  be  lawyers  and  doctors  as  well. 
Besides  making  their  sermons  betimes. 

The  people  regard  him  as  Fader  and  Frien', 

They  come  to  him  every  day. 
Each  with  his  story  and  trouble  and  grief, 

For  parson  to  help  drive  away. 

L.  E.  C. 


148 


X 

THE  OLD  AFRICANS  OF  GUIANA 

WE  must  now  turn  aside  a  little  in  order  to 
give  some  account  of  the  people  of  this 
land.  In  doing  so  we  have  to  remember  that  we 
are  not  dealing  with  one  race,  but  many.  Here 
we  have  black  men  from  Africa,  red  men  from 
India,  yellow  men  from  China,  and  white  men 
from  Europe.  These  all  have  their  peculiarities  of 
race  as  well  as  complexion.  Their  ways  of  think- 
ing and  looking  at  things,  their  manners  and 
customs,  their  habits,  their  dress  are  all  more  or 
less  tinged  by  their  historic  antecedents.  For  we 
are  all  what  the  past  has  made  us.  If  we  have  a 
picture  that  we  want  to  be  seen,  we  put  it  in  the 
best  light  that  we  can.  Shall  we  do  less  for  our 
fellow-men  ?      They  are  here,  suffering,  working, 

dying : 

"  Toiling,  rejoicing,  sorrowing. 
Onward  through  Hfe  we  go." 

149 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
Let  US  look  at  them  with  that  charity  which  covers 
a  multitude  of  sins. 

Most  of  the  people  of  this  colony  are  black.  If 
they  are  not  Africans,  they  are  the  descendants  of 
Africans.  It  is  fashionable  in  some  quarters  to 
decry  the  black  people.  "  They  are  lazy,  they  are 
improvident,  they  are  dishonest,  they  are  worth- 
less," I  have  often  heard  it  said.  But  those  who 
say  so,  forget  the  sins  which  lie  at  their  own  door, 
and  speak  from  a  prejudiced,  rather  than  a  large- 
hearted  philosophic  point  of  view. 

In  judging  the  poor  African  we  should  not  for- 
get his  origin  and  his  past  history,  and  the  conditions 
under  which  he  was  brought  to  this  country.  The 
origin  of  the  black  man,  like  that  of  the  white  man. 
is  sufficiently  far  back  to  admit  of  uncertainty  and 
reasonable  doubt.  What  colour  was  the  first  man? 
A  smart  negro  replied,  "  Black,  sir."  "  How,  then, 
do  you  account  for  the  white  man  ?  "  "  This  way,  sir. 
The  first  man  had  two  sons.  One  was  very  good, 
the  other  very  bad.  The  bad  one  being  *  bex ' 
rose  up,  and  with  a  club  felled  his  brother  to  the 
ground.  Then  the  Lord  came  and  said,  *  Cain, 
where  be  Abel,  thy  brother  ? '  Cain  trembled  when 
the  Lord  asked  him  this  question,  and  turned 
PALE.  The  pale  men  are  his  descendants."  We 
might  ask  the  same  question  of  a  coolie,  and  he 

150 


THE  OLD  AFRICANS  OF  GUIANA 
might  tell  us  that  the  first  man  was  "red,"  like 
himself.  For  does  not  the  Bible  say  he  was  called 
"  Adam,"  which  means  red  or  ruddy.  My  friend, 
the  physiologist,  explains  the  blackness  of  the  sons 
of  Africa  by  saying,  "  It  is  all  owing  to  a  little 
black  pigment  under  the  skin."  But  who  put  the 
black  pigment  there,  and  whence  came  it  ?  Is  it 
not  reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  colour  of  the 
skin,  like  many  other  differences,  is  simply  the 
effect  of  country  and  climate.  These  acting 
through  generations  and  for  thousands  of  years 
have  produced  that  "  black  pigment,"  and  coloured 
the  skin.  In  all  other  respects  the  African  is  a 
type  of  the  genus  homo.  We  might  take  up  the 
language  of  Shylock  and  say,  "  Hath  not  an 
African  eyes?  Hath  not  an  African  hands, 
organs,  dimensions,  senses,  affections,  passions  ? 
Is  he  not  fed  with  the  same  food,  hurt  with  the 
same  weapons,  subject  to  the  same  diseases,  healed 
by  the  same  means,  warmed  and  cooled  by 
the  same  winter  and  summer  ?  If  you  prick 
them  do  they  not  bleed?  If  you  tickle  them  do 
they  not  laugh?  If  you  poison  them  do  they  not 
die  ?  And  if  you  wrong  them  will  they  not  be 
revenged?"  And  a  writer  in  the  inspired  volume, 
who  lived  in  days  when  men  were  held  in  bond- 
age, taking  a  wide  and  philosophic  view  of  men. 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
says,  "  God  hath  made  of  one  blood  all  nations  of 
men  for  to  dwell  on  all  the  face  of  the  earth,  and 
hath  determined  the  times  before  appointed,  and 
the  bounds  of  their  habitation  '  (Acts  xvii.  26).  The 
introduction  of  the  negro  into  this  country  was 
not  of  a  kind  fitted  to  give  him  a  fair  start  in  the 
race  of  life.  He  was  torn  from  his  homeland, 
loaded  with  heavy  chains  and  placed  in  the  hold 
of  the  ship.  During  his  passage  he  was  treated 
with  a  coarse  brutality  that  would  not  be  allowed 
now  even  in  the  transport  of  cattle.  Landed  on 
these  shores  he  was  regarded  only  as  a  beast  of 
burden.  Companies  were  formed  to  buy  and  use 
him  as  a  species  of  cattle.  Among  the  nations  of 
the  earth  he  was  regarded  as  the  child  of  ignominy 
and  scorn.  He  was  a  helpless  victim  in  the  hands 
of  hardened  and  cruel  task-masters.  A  man  more 
sinned  against  than  sinning.  The  cruelties  of 
the  slave  life,  and  the  hardships  endured,  we  all 
know  something  of,  but  the  full  sufferings  of  these 
poor  wronged  negroes  will  never  be  known  till  the 
great  Books  are  opened.  The  Rev.  John  Wray,  in 
his  diary  penned  in  this  Berbice  of  ours  in  18 17, 
says,  "  On  Easter  Tuesday  morning  we  saw  two 
white  men  with  the  manager  and  a  strange  boat 
at  the  wharf;  afterwards,  while  teaching  some 
children,  a  white  man  in  a  blue  jacket,  and  with  a 

152 


THE  OLD  AFRICANS  OF  GUIANA 
stick  in  his  hand,  driving  a  negro,  passed  the  win- 
dow, but  they  were  too  far  off  to  hear  what  was 
said.  Soon  drivers  came,  fixed  some  stakes  in  the 
ground,  then  brought  the  negro,  stretched  him  all 
naked  on  the  ground,  and  tied  his  hands  and 
feet  to  the  stakes.  Standing  one  on  each  side  they 
began  to  flog  him  with  their  cart  whips.  About 
seventy  lashes  had  been  given,  when  Mrs.  Wray, 
who  had  been  looking  out  of  another  wind'ow, 
called  to  the  white  men  for  God's  sake  to  have 
mercy  on  the  sufferer  ;  they,  however,  went  on  till 
the  poor  fellow  had  received  one  hundred." 

Anxious  to  know  what  the  man  had  done  to 
deserve  all  this,  Mr.  Wray  was  told  it  was  for 
impertinence  to  a  magistrate,  himself  a  slave- 
holder, who  had  come  to  visit  the  provision 
grounds.  It  seems  that  one  of  this  visitor's  slaves 
had  stolen  5s.  6d.  from  this  negro  on  the  Sand- 
voort  Estate,  who  hearing  that  the  thiefs  master 
was  in  the  manager's  house,  came  and  pressed  his 
request  that  the  money  should  be  refunded. 
The  magistrate  was  angry  and  told  him  to  go. 

The  negro  said  :  "  Massa,  so  long  as  me  poor 
negro,  massa  no  want  for  give  me  right ;  massa  no 
tell  me  if  the  negro  shall  pay  me  or  no." 

Magistrate.     If  you  do  not  go  I  will  flog  you. 

Negro.     If  we  had  come  on  massa's  plantation 
153 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
and  tieved,  massa  would  come  and  flog  all  we,  and 
our  massa  would  make  us  pay  the  negro  what  we 
tieved  from  him. 

Magistrate  strikes  him  on  the  head  with  a  stick. 

Negro.  Me  come  to  beg  massa  for  me  right, 
and  massa  beat  me  upon  the  top  of  my  right. 

Magistrate  drives  him  forth,  and  becoming 
judge,  jury,  and  virtual  executioner  in  his  own 
cause,  inflicts  the  punishment  narrated.  ("  Wray's 
Life,"  p.  141). 

One  hundred  lashes  for  demanding  his  right, 
and  that  by  a  man  who  was  supposed  to  be  a 
pillar  of  justice  !  The  same  year — September  3rd 
— he,  Mr.  Smith,  writes  :  "  Saw  some  niggers  work- 
ing in  irons,  and  one  whose  skin  was  entirely  cut 
ofl*  his  back  with  the  whip.  Oh,  slavery !  thou 
offspring  of  the  devil,  when  wilt  thou  cease  to 
exist?  Never,  I  think,  was  my  sense  of  vision 
more  disgusted  with  the  degradations  of  the 
human  species  or  my  feelings  more  keenly 
touched.  Hark  !  I  pause  in  the  midst  of  this 
— a  terrible  thunderstorm — to  count  the  lashes  on 
the  naked  slave.  This  is  the  first  thing  on  the 
Monday  morning  (August  8,  1818).  When  the 
flogging  was  over,  Mrs.  S.  called  out  to  me, 
*  Did  you  count  those  lashes  ? '  *  Yes.'  *  How 
many   did    you    reckon?'     I    said    141.     I    then 

154 


THE  OLD  AFRICANS  OF  GUIANA 
asked  her  if  she   had   counted   them.     She  said, 
'Yes;  I  counted  140'"  (p.  355). 

This  cruelty  was  inflicted  upon  women  as  well 
as  upon  men.  And  one  case  we  know  of  where 
a  negress  who  was  enceinte^  was  stripped  and  laid 
upon  the  ground,  and  most  barbarously  flogged. 
There  are  some  writers  who  try  to  minimise  the 
evils  and  horrors  of  slavery.  But  when  they  have 
whitewashed  it  over  with  all  the  fine  phrases  that 
they  are  capable  of,  its  lurid  blackness  still  re- 
mains. But  flogging  alone  was  not  the  only  degra- 
dation. There  was  the  slave  market  and  the 
auction  sale.  There  might  be  seen  the  lordly 
planter,  the  usurious  speculator,  the  insatiate 
sensualist,  and  even  the  timid  female  and  the 
pampered  child.  They  are  gathered  in  groups 
around  the  dark  children  of  Africa,  who,  with 
anxious  hearts  and  downcast  eyes,  await  the  re- 
sults. A  purchaser  would  approach  and  examine 
the  qualities  of  the  negro  he  was  about  to  buy. 
The  scanty  covering  of  the  slave  threw  but  a 
sleight  veil  over  the  figure  and  form.  The  limb 
was  carefully  examined  and  tested,  the  surface 
of  the  body  scrutinised  for  the  detection  of  any 
morbid  condition  of  the  skin,  the  mouth  was  in- 
spected, the  functions  of  walking,  running,  and 
lifting  were  practised  at  the  desire  of  the  party 

155 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

about  to  make  an  offer.  Delicacy,  pity,  generosity, 
never  interfered  with  the  mercenary  considerations 
which   regulated  these   proceedings   ("  Dalton,"  i. 

i6s). 

"  Pincard  "  gives  an  account  of  one  of  these  sales 
in  1796.  "  Just  a  hundred  years  ago,"  he  says, 
"  I  saw  what  is  here  termed  a  prime  cargo  of  three 
hundred  men  and  women  from  the  Gold  Coast  of 
Africa.  The  crowd  was  as  great  as  at  Coventry 
Fair,  and  amid  the  throng  I  observed  many 
females,  as  well  white  as  of  colour,  who,  decked 
out  in  tinsel  finery,  had  come  to  the  mart  to  buy 
slaves  for  themselves,  their  masters,  or  keepers. 
Infants,  too,  were  brought  to  point  the  lucky 
finger  to  a  sable  drudge  for  little  self.  The  poor 
blacks  were  divided  into  three  great  lots,  according 
to  their  value.  Boys  from  eleven  to  fourteen  were 
sold  for  six  hundred  or  seven  hundred  florins. 
Women  were  sold  for  seven  hundred  or  eight 
hundred  florins,  and  men  seven  hundred  to  nine 
hundred  florins.  Amid  this  scene  so  repugnant  to 
humanity  a  general  sympathy  was  excited  towards 
one  particular  family,  whose  appeals  to  the  com- 
passion of  the  multitude  were  not  less  powerful 
than  their  claims.  This  family  consisted  of  a 
mother,  three  daughters,  and  a  son.  The  mother, 
although  the  days  of  youth  were  past,  was  still  a 

156 


,i.  Jd.cp.  15'J- 


SLAVES   LANDING    FROM   THE   SHI  I'. 


THE  OLD  AFRICANS  OF  GUIANA 
good-looking  woman.     The  children  appeared  to 
be  from  fourteen  to  twenty  years  of  age.     They 
were  very  like  the  mother,  and  still  more  resembled 
each   other,  being   all   of  distinguished   face   and 
figure,  and  quite  the  handsomest  negroes  of  the 
whole  cargo.     Their  distress   lest  they  should  be 
separated    and   sold   to   different  masters  was  so 
strongly  depicted   upon   their   countenances,   and 
expressed  in  such  lively  and  impressive  appeals, 
that  the  whole  crowd  were  led  impulsively  to  com- 
miserate their  sufferings,  and  by  general  consent  they 
were  removed  from  the  three  great  lots  and  placed 
in  a  corner  separate  by  themselves.    Observing  their 
extreme  agitation  I  was  led  particularly  to  notice 
their  conduct,  as  influenced  by  the  terror  of  being 
torn  from  each  other.     When  any  one  approached 
their  little  group,  or  chanced  to  look  toward  them 
with  the  attentive  eye  of  a  purchaser,  the  children, 
in  broken  sobs,  crouched  to  their  tearful  mother, 
who,   in   agonising   impulse,   instantly   fell    down 
before  the  spectator,  bowed  herself  to  the  earth, 
and  kissed  his  foot ;  then  alternately  clinging  to 
his  legs  and  pressing  her  children  to  her  bosom, 
she   fixed    herself    upon    her  knees,    clasped    her 
hands   together,   and   in   anguish   cast  up  a  look 
of  humble  petition  which  might  have  found  its 
way  even  to  the  heart  of  a  Caligula." 

157 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
What  became  of  them  history  knows  not.  Some 
of  their  descendants  may  be  here  amongst  us 
to-day.  But  that  families  were  torn  from  each 
other  we  know — wives  torn  from  husbands,  never 
to  look  upon  each  other's  face  again  ;  children 
torn  from  parents,  only  to  meet  when  the  last 
trumpet  sounds. 


THE   SLAVE-MOTHER'S   FAREWELL 

Gone,  gone, — sold  and  gone 
To  the  rice-swamp  dank  and  lone. 
Where  the  slave-whip  ceaseless  swings, 
Where  the  noisome  insect  stings, 
Where  the  fever  demon  strews 
Poison  with  the  falling  dews, 
Where  the  sickly  sunbeams  glare 
Through  the  hot  and  misty  air, — 
Gone,  gone, — sold  and  gone, 
To  the  rice-swamp  dank  and  lone, 
From  Virginia's  hills  and  waters, — 
Woe  is  me,  my  stolen  daughters  ! 


Gone,  gone, — sold  and  gone, 
To  the  rice-swamp  dank  and  lone. 
There  no  mother's  eye  is  near  them, 
There  no  mother's  ear  can  hear  them  ; 
Never,  when  the  torturing  lash 
Seams  their  back  with  many  a  gash, 
Shall  a  mother's  kindness  bless  them, 
Or  a  mother's  arms  caress  them. 
158 


THE  OLD  AFRICANS  OF  GUIANA 

Gone,  gone,— sold  and  gone, 
To  the  rice-swamp  dank  and  lone, 
From  Virginia's  hills  and  waters, — 
Woe  is  me,  my  stolen  daughters  ! 

Gone,  gone, — sold  and  gone, 

To  the  rice-swamp  dank  and  lone, — 

Toiling  through  the  weary  day, 

And  at  night  the  spoiler's  prey. 

Oh  that  they  had  earlier  died, 

Sleeping  calmly,  side  by  side. 

Where  the  tyrant's  power  is  o'er. 

And  the  fetter  galls  no  more  ! 
Gone,  gone, — sold  and  gone 
To  the  rice-swamp  dank  and  lone, 
From  Virginia's  hills  and  waters, — 
Woe  is  me,  my  stolen  daughters ! 

Whittier. 

About  one  hundred  thousand  slaves  were  in 
this  colony  at  the  beginning  of  this  century. 
Their  condition  can  be  better  imagined  than 
described.  Degraded  to  the  condition  of  animals, 
they  were  driven  out  almost  naked  to  the  fields  to 
work.  The  sound  of  the  task-master's  whip  was 
ever  in  their  ears.  At  night  they  were  sent  to 
their  stables,  like  so  many  horses,  to  fit  them  for 
the  next  day's  work.  Morality  there  was  none. 
Marriage  was  unknown  amongst  them.  The  lordly 
planter,  having  them  at  his  own  disposal,  used 
them  for  the  basest  purposes.  One  and  another 
he    selected,    as    inclination    prompted,    for    the 

159 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
his  mother  tongue.  As  he  spoke  he  begged  us  to 
excuse  him,  for,  said  he,  "  I  have  to  think  first  in 
the  Bechuana  language  and  then  translate  it  into 
English."  Speaking  of  his  life  there,  and  the  love 
that  still  burnt  in  his  breast  for  God's  image  in 
ebony,  he  said,  "  Oh,  Africa !  Africa !  Would  I 
were  young  again,  how  gladly  would  I  give  my 
life  for  thee,  oh  Africa." 

Of  David  Livingstone  and  his  travels  through 
that  land,  of  his  heroic  patience  and  endurance,  of 
the  influence  which,  like  a  track  of  light,  has 
followed  behind  him,  let  his  biographers  speak. 
Africa  has  been  opened  out,  its  darkness  is  vanish- 
ing, and  the  down-trodden  sons  of  Ham  are  being 
lifted  up.  Now  contrast  this  with  the  other 
picture.  A  number  of  men  have  gone  forth  ;  they 
have  formed  themselves  into  companies.  What 
for?  To  buy,  to  enslave,  to  use  as  a  beast  of 
burden,  to  crush  every  spark  of  manhood  out  of 
this  same  poor  African.  The  one  set  of  men  seek 
to  lift  up  the  negro,  to  break  his  chains,  to  arrest 
his  deteriorations,  and  place  him  among  the 
nations  of  the  earth  as  a  man,  a  brother,  and  a  son 
of  God.  The  other  by  their  methods  and  designs 
rivet  afresh  his  chains,  degrade  him  to  the  level  of 
a  beast,  crush  and  blight  his  Godward  instincts, 
degrade  and  destroy  his  manhood  and  his  soul. 

162 


THE  OLD  AFRICANS  OF  GUIANA 
To  which  band,  reader,  would  you  rather  belong  ? 
There  are  some  who  try  to  excuse  the  planters  on 
the  ground  of  the  darkness  of  those  days.  But 
the  light  which  Moffat  and  Wray  had  was  as 
accessible  to  them.  Then  again,  it  is  said  they 
wanted  labourers.  What  for?  To  enrich  them- 
selves and  fill  their  own  coffers.  Exactly,  the 
demon  of  avarice,  the  devil  of  selfishness  was  at 
the  bottom  of  it  all.  To  gratify  that^  they  were 
prepared  to  trample  on  God's  image,  and  violate 
every  principle  of  justice  and  humanity.  "  Advo- 
catus  Diaboli "  is  the  name  of  that  man,  whoever 
he  may  be,  who  seeks  to  justify  the  slave-holder 
or  extenuate  slavery.  To  the  hundred  thousand 
slaves  in  this  colony  "John  Wray"  came  in  1807. 
He  was  the  shepherd  sent  out  to  seek  and  save 
these  lost  sheep.  He  was  a  brave-hearted  York- 
shireman,  and  nobly  he  toiled  and  suffered  for  the 
sake  of  the  oppressed.  The  plantocracy  and  the 
plutocracy  did  all  that  they  could  for  a  time  to 
hinder  him  in  his  work.  But  when  God  says, 
"  Let  there  be  light,"  no  power  in  the  world  can 
keep  it  back.  You  might  as  well  try  to  keep  back 
the  Atlantic  tide  with  a  broom.  The  day  had 
dawned.  The  Christian  missionary  was  the 
advance  guard.  The  slaves  heard  of  God,  of 
Christ,  of  the  soul,  of  salvation,  of  heaven.     A  new 

163 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

world  opened  to  his  view,  a  new  life  throbbed 
in  his  veins.  He  was  still  a  slave,  but  he  was  free. 
The  master  might  chain  his  body,  but  he  could 
not  chain  his  soul.  For  the  first  time  these  slaves 
were  heard  singing.  Singing  in  the  early  morning, 
singing  through  the  night. 

"  Singing  for  Jesus  glad  hymns  of  devotion. 
Lifting  the  soul  on  her  pinions  of  love, 
Dropping  a  word  or  a  thought  by  the  wayside, 
Telling  of  rest  in  the  mansions  above." 

'  John  Wray  was  the  first  Christian  minister  in 
British  Guiana  who  opened  his  lips  to  show  the 
way  of  salvation  to  the  people  then  in  slavery. 
Think  of  that,  ye  black  people,  and  let  his  name 
be  dear  to  you  and  your  children.  There  were 
one  or  two  other  ministers — an  Anglican,  who  was 
chaplain  to  the  soldiers,  and  a  Dutch,  who  ministered 
to  the  Dutch  planters — but  their  churches  and  their 
gospel  were  for  the  whites  only.  The  doors  were 
barred  against  the  negroes.  For  the  planters  held, 
as  \}i\^  Royal  Gazette  oi  that  period  (1808)  said  :  "  It 
is  dangerous  to  make  slaves  Christians."  Yes  ;  and 
so  it  is.  Dangerous  to  the  usurper  of  another's 
rights ;  dangerous  to  the  oppressor  in  his  wrong 
doings  ;  dangerous  to  those  who  would  traffic  in 
flesh  and  blood  and  keep  men's  souls  in  darkness 
and  in  chains.     We  are  not  surprised,  then,  to  find 

164 


THE  OLD  AFRICANS  OF  GUIANA 
"  an  oflficer  of  the  law  "  at  the  door  of  the  church 
to  keep  the  slaves  away.  In  New  Amsterdam 
there  was  an  old  Dutch  church.  It  stands  here 
still,  but  beautified  and  renovated,  outside  and 
inside,  in  its  creed  as  well  as  in  its  conduct. 
Over  its  portals  is  a  beautiful  Latin  inscription, 
"  Solus  Deo  gloria  " — which  the  people  can't  quite 
understand.  One  person  translated  it  and  called 
it  "the  solid  glory"  church.  In  front  of  that 
"  solid  glory  "  church  in  the  old  days  a  signboard 
was  to  be  seen  with  the  words  :  "  Negroes  and  dogs 
are  not  permitted  to  enter  here ! "  Dogs  and 
negroes  !  Aye,  and  some  of  the  clogs  were  better 
housed  and  fed  than  many  of  these  poor  people. 
But,  thank  God,  even  the  "  dogs  eat  of  the  crumbs 
which  fall  from  the  Master's  table" — crumbs  of 
mercy,  crumbs  of  truth,  crumbs  of  hope,  crumbs  of 
that  "  Bread  of  Life,"  which  came  down  from 
heaven.  They  are  eating  of  it  to-day.  And  the 
old  Dutch  church  throws  its  doors  wide  open  to 
them,  and  atones  for  its  past  wrong  by  giving  to 
all  a  hearty  welcome. 

But  things  have  changed  since  then.  And  it  is 
largely  owing  to  the  patient,  consecrated  toil  of 
men  like  Wray,  Davies,  Elliot  Smith,  Ketley, 
Henderson,  &c.,  &c.,  all  of  whom  were  sent  out  by 
the  London  Missionary  Society. 

165 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
The  minister   of  this   Lutheran  Church  to-day 
was  trained  by  the  London  Missionary  body,  and 
is  a  descendant  of  that  once  hated  race. 

The  gospel  to  the  negro  was  a  real  message 
from  heaven.  It  was  a  lighted  candle  in  the  dark 
chamber  of  his  soul.  He  saw  things  which  he 
had  never  seen  before.  The  world  became  a 
different  place  to  him.  He  had  now  something 
to  live  for.  No  threats  and  no  scourging  could 
make  him  give  up  his  faith.  He  believed  in  his 
Bible,  and  he  believed  in  prayer.  A  certain  slave 
named  "  Gingo,"  who  used  to  set  the  tunes  in 
Bethel  Chapel,  was  frequently  employed  by  his 
master  in  what  is  called  task-work,  and  on  these 
occasions  he  was  usually  told,  "  Now,  Gingo,  when 
you  have  completed  this  you  may  go  to  pray." 
One  day  the  planter  said,  "  Gingo,  I  find  the  best 
way  to  get  anything  done  quickly  is  to  tell  the 
negroes  that  they  shall  go  to  pray."  The  poor 
fellow  replied,  "  Me  glad  Massa  know  dat  pray  do 
all  tings!' 

Mr.  Wray,  in  his  diary,  1812,  says,  "Mr.  De  la 
Court  told  me  of  a  negro  who,  a  few  weeks  before, 
had  been  severely  flogged  for  preaching.  The 
negroes  had  been  teaching  the  catechism  and 
praying,  and  some  of  the  masters  called  this 
preaching.      I  had  occasion  to  speak  to  some  of 

166 


THE  OLD  AFRICANS  OF  GUIANA 

the  negroes   on   this   matter.     They  replied   that 

*  Buckra  no  know  preach  from  pray ;  and  when 
we  pray,  Buckra  call  it  preaching.'      Buckra  means 

*  white  man.'  And  so  poor  '  Sambo  '  got  flogged 
for  preaching  when  he  was  only  praying.  But 
that  only  made  him  pray  the  more.  *  And  the 
Lord  said,  I  have  surely  seen  the  afflictions  of  my 
people  which  are  in  Egypt,  and  have  heard  their 
cry,  by  reason  of  their  task-masters ;  for  I  know 
their  sorrows  and  am  come  down  to  deliver  them ' 
(Exod.  iii.  7)."  The  fiat  had  gone  forth.  Slavery 
was  doomed.  Already  the  advance  guard  were  at 
work.  Wray  and  Davies  and  Smith  had  entered 
into  the  land,  and  they  were  crying,  "  Prepare  ye 
the  way  of  the  Lord,  make  His  paths  straight." 
They  were  teaching  the  slaves  to  read,  and  many 
an  old  negro  might  have  been  seen  at  night  by 
the  light  of  a  dim  candle  spelling  out  some  blessed 
text,  and  as  he  made  out  the  words  with  difficulty, 
"  God  so  loved  the  world,"  and  "  Come  unto  Me 
and  rest,"  he  would  cry  out  in  his  joy,  "Is  dis 
de  raal  word  ob  de  Lord  ?  Bless  de  Lord,  O  my 
soul !  "  And  many  a  "  flogging  "  has  been  received 
for  thus  "reading"  and  teaching  others  to  read 
and  to  pray.  One  poor  slave  woman  came  to 
parson  Smith  one  day  in  great  distress.  "  Oh  my 
massa,"  she  cried,  "  de  rats  eat  all  my  book  ;  it  all 

167 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
gone,  massa."  Then,  opening  her  kerchief,  she 
showed  the  bits  of  paper — all  that  remained  of  her 
precious  treasure.  "  Massa,"  she  said,  "  de  rats 
going  ruin  me  ;  dey  eat  my  kerchief,  dey  eat  my 
salt  fish,  dey  eat  my  plantain,  dey  take  de  cotton 
out  ob  my  lamp.  Me  no  mind  all  dis,  but  now  " 
— and  the  tears  rolled  down  her  face — "  dey  hab 
eat  my  book.  When  me  go  look  fo'  my  book  me 
find  it  sOy  den  me  cry,  and  me  go  show  massa 
what  de  rats  hab  done."  Poor  "  Minky "  !  She 
and  the  rats  and  the  massa  have  all  alike  gone. 
Worms  have  finished  them  all  up,  so  far  as  the 
"  bodies  "  are  concerned.  For  nature  and  Revela- 
tion have  said,  "  Then  shall  the  dust  return  to  the 
earth  as  it  was,  and  the  spirit  shall  return  unto 
God  who  gave  it "  (Eccles.  xii.  7).  We  are  follow- 
ing on.  The  same  trouble  comes  upon  us.  The 
rats  are  eating  our  Bibles.  There  is  the  rat  of 
"  indifference,"  the  rat  of  "  neglect,"  and  the  great 
cane  rat  of  "  unbelief."  These  and  many  others 
are  eating  away  our  best  "  Book  " — and  not  only 
so,  but  they  are  destroying  the  very  wick  of  our 
lamp — "  the  lamp  of  knowledge  and  of  the  fear  of 
the  Lord."  "  And  the  foolish  said  unto  the  wise, 
*  Give  us  of  your  oil,  for  OUR  lamps  are  gone  out.' 
The  rats  have  ruined  us." 


168 


XI 

EMANCIPATION   AND    ITS    RESULTS 

ONE  of  the  first  acts  of  the  Reform  Parliament 
of  1832  was  the  Act  of  Emancipation.  They 
who  had  just  entered  into  a  large  measure  of  poli- 
tical liberty  showed  "what  spirit  they  were  of"  by 
granting  liberty  to  the  slaves  of  the  West  Indies  at 
a  cost  to  the  English  people  of  twenty  million 
pounds  sterling.  Never  was  money  better  spent. 
And  yet  it  was  a  gross  injustice.  It  was  like  pay- 
ing a  man  for  property  to  which  he  had  no  intrinsic 
right,  and  for  which,  according  to  the  highest  law 
of  equity,  he  could  establish  no  claim.  To  the 
glory  of  the  English  people  let  it  be  said  that  they 
struck  off  the  chains  that  bound  in  perpetual 
slavery  the  poor  negro.  They  stretched  out  a 
hand  of  sympathy  to  him  in  language  which  said, 
"  Thou,  too,  art  a  man  and  a  brother."  The  African 
is   still   grateful.     He   will    never   forget   it.     His 

169 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
heart  still  bounds  with  kindly  thoughts  of  England. 
The  great  white  nation  is  to  him  the  "great  massa." 
England  they  call  home.  It  is  the  home  of  their 
freedom,  the  home  of  their  religion,  the  home  of  all 
that  is  noblest  and  best  in  their  life.  The  great 
Queen  they  call  mother,  and  some  of  the  old 
negresses  who  remember  slave  time  will  have  it 
that  the  Queen  is  a  black  woman  like  themselves. 
May  this  kindly  feeling  never  cease  to  exist,  but 
may  it  deepen  and  extend  until  the  black  people 
become  as  great  and  as  prosperous  as  the  white 
race  across  the  sea. 

To  understand  the  effect  of  the  Act  of  Emanci- 
pation, which  came  into  force  on  the  ist  of  August, 
1834,  we  must  look  at  the  condition  of  the  Africans 
here  and  some  of  the  important  events  that  pre- 
ceded it. 

In  this  colony  there  were  about  a  hundred  thou- 
sand slaves  :  the  actual  number  on  which  compen- 
sation was  claimed  was  82,824.  Besides  these 
there  were  the  whites,  chiefly  Europeans,  masters 
and  lords  of  all.  They  were  the  dominant  class — 
the  rulers,  the  judges,  the  soldiers,  the  landowners  : 
they  claimed  everything.  But  they  were  com- 
paratively few  in  number ;  in  some  parts  not  more 
than  one  in  forty,  and  on  many  of  the  plantations 
not  more  than  one  in  sixty.     Some  of  the  planta- 

170 


EMANCIPATION  AND  ITS  RESULTS 
tions  had  from  five  to  six  hundred  slaves,  all  of 
whom  were  under  the  management  of  one  white 
man,  assisted  by  five  or  six  white  overseers.  The 
responsibility  of  the  whites  was,  therefore,  very 
great.  "From  their  hands,"  says  a  writer  who  lived 
in  the  colony  about  that  time,  "the  hundreds  of 
slaves  under  them  must  receive  everything,  as  well 
their  food,  physic,  and  punishments,  as  their  orders 
to  work.  And  their  example  gives  a  powerful  bias 
to  the  principles  and  the  conduct  of  those  whom 
they  govern.  On  the  plantation  much  more  care 
and  attention  are  bestowed  upon  the  horses  and 
cattle  than  upon  the  negroes,  especially  where 
there  is  no  resident  proprietor.  Neither  do  the 
planters  seem  to  regard  the  effects  of  their  ex- 
ample upon  the  morals  of  the  slaves  ;  if  they  did, 
they  would  surely  abstain  from  those  barefaced 
indecencies  so  prevalent  among  them,  or  at  least 
endeavour  to  conceal  their  gross  immoralities  from 
the  vulgar  gaze." 

The  result  of  "  these  indecencies  "  so  prevalent 
among  them,  "  was  a  mixed  race,  more  or  less 
white  or  black.  Some  of  these  were  added  to  the 
slave  gangs,  and  others  were  more  privileged,  and 
enjoyed  a  kind  of  semi-freedom.  Then  there  were 
the  free  coloured  people  who  formed  a  class  by 
themselves.     With  the  whites  they  had  little  con- 

171 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
nection,  and  they  were  too  lofty  to  associate  with 
the  blacks." 

The  slaves  are  employed  mostly  in  the  cultivation 
of  the  ground.  The  plantation  is  their  place  of 
work.  "  At  about  six  in  the  morning,"  says  an  old 
writer,  "  the  ringing  of  a  bell  or  the  sound  of  a  horn 
is  the  signal  for  them  to  turn  out  to  work.  No 
sooner  is  this  signal  made  than  the  black  drivers, 
loudly  smacking  their  whips,  visit  the  negro  houses 
to  turn  out  the  reluctant  inmates,  much  in  the 
same  manner  as  you  would  turn  out  a  number  of 
horses  from  a  stable  yard,  now  and  then  giving  a 
lash  or  two  to  any  that  are  tardy  in  their  move- 
ments. Issuing  from  their  kennels  nearly  naked, 
with  their  implements  on  their  shoulders,  they  stay 
not  to  muster,  but  immediately  proceed  to  the 
field,  accompanied  by  the  drivers  and  a  white  over- 
seer. In  the  middle  of  the  day  they  are  allowed 
about  an  hour  and  a  half  for  rest  and  refreshment. 
Soon  after  sunset  (which  is  always  within  about 
fifteen  minutes  of  six)  they  leave  off  work  in  the 
field,  and  each  one  having  cut  a  bundle  of  grass  for 
the  master's  horses,  which  serves  instead  of  hay — an 
article  not  made  ia  the  West  Indies — they  bend 
their  course  homewards.  They  all  carry  the  grass 
to  a  certain  spot,  forming  a  general  muster,  and 
there  remain  in  the  open  air,  often  shivering  with 

172 


EMANCIPATION  AND  ITS  RESULTS 
cold,  till  the  cracking  of  the  whip  informs  them 
they  are  to  take  it  to  the  stable,  which  is  generally 
about  eight  o'clock.  If  there  be  no  other  work  to 
do,  they  may  then  go  to  their  houses.  I  say  *  If 
there  be  no  other  work,'  for  after  toiling  all  day 
many  of  the  slaves  are  frequently  compelled  to 
work  nearly  half  the  night,  especially  when  they 
are  making  sugar,  which  is  six  months  out  of  the 
twelve.  Some  are  employed  in  grinding,  some  in 
boiling  the  juice,  others  in  carrying  away  the  cane 
trash,  while  another  part  of  the  gang  is  employed 
in  carting  or  shipping  sugar,  rum,  &c.  Even  the 
Sunday  is  not  often  given  to  them  as  a  day  of  rest. 
*  Is  it  not  better,'  say  the  planters,  '  to  make  them 
finish  their  work  on  a  Sunday,  than  to  be  always 
punishing  them  ?  The  Fourth  Commandment  says : 
"  Six  days  shalt  thou  labour  and  do  ALL  thy  work." 
It  therefore  follows,  if  ALL  our  work  be  not  done 
in  six  days,  we  must  finish  it  on  the  seventh.' 
Such  reasoning  only  shows  how  easy  it  is  for  men 
to  wrest  the  Scriptures  to  their  own  destruction." 

In  1823  a  rumour  got  abroad  among  the  slaves 
that  something  good  had  come  out  for  them  from 
England.  •  What  it  was  they  did  not  know,  but 
some  said  the  king  and  Parliament  had  made 
them  free.  A  negro  slave  waiting  upon  the 
planters  heard  them  discussing  about  it  over  their 

173 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
wine.  The  news  spread  like  wildfire — "  Freedom 
had  come  out  from  home."  No  official  information 
had  been  given,  and  the  slaves  concluded  that  the 
Governor  and  their  masters  had  combined  to  keep 
their  freedom  from  them.  This  led  to  a  rising  of 
the  slaves  on  plantation  La  Resouvenir  on  the  east 
coast.  Their  design  was  to  seize  and  put  in 
the  stocks  all  the  white  people  on  the  estates,  and 
then  proceed  to  the  town  in  a  body  to  claim  the 
freedom  granted  to  them  by  the  king. 

It  was  in  connection  with  this  uprising  that  the 
Rev.  John  Smith  was  ruthlessly  seized  and  cast 
into  jail,  on  a  charge  of  promoting  discontent  and 
rebellion,  and  being  an  accessory  thereto.  Before 
a  court-martial  of  military  men,  whose  prejudices 
against  the  missionary  were  only  equalled  by  their 
incapacity  to  form  a  just  judgment  on  such  a  case, 
he  was,  to  their  everlasting  shame  and  disgrace, 
found  guilty.  Throughout  the  trial  every  effort 
was  made  by  his  unconstitutional  judges  to  place 
him  at  a  disadvantage  ;  and  had  there  not  been  in 
the  minds  of  these  judges  the  most  inveterate  pre- 
judices they  would  have  seen  that  the  evidence 
adduced  could  justify  no  other  conclusion  than  a 
full  and  honourable  acquittal. 

Dr.  Stephen  Lushington,  in  the  House  of  Com- 
mons, said :  "  No   honest    jury   ever   pronounced 

»74 


•'  DE  GREAT   MASSA   HAB   MADE   US   FREE." 


IToJcicc  p.  174. 


JEMANCIPATlON  AND  ITS  RESULTS 
such  a  sentence  as  that  which  the  court-martial 
at  Demerara  pronounced  upon  Mr.  Smith  ;  and  it 
could  have  emanated  from  nothing  but  a  virulent 
spirit  of  prejudice.  They  knowingly  and  wilfully 
gave  a  false  verdict" 

The  editor  of  the  New  Times  in  London  said : 
"  We  have  never  in  the  whole  course  of  our  legal 
reading  met  with  a  sentence  so  utterly  unsupported 
by  the  semblance  of  rational  proof.  Mr.  Smith  is 
found  guilty  of  aiding  and  assisting  in  rebellion 
because  a  man  whom  he  did  not  know  to  be  even 
a  reputed  rebel  came  one  day  to  his  house,  unex- 
pected by  him,  stayed  there  a  few  minutes,  and 
left  it,  without  proof  of  a  single  word  having 
passed  between  them." 

Mr.  Brougham,  afterwards  Lord  Brougham, 
whom  I  had  the  pleasure  of  seeing  once  when  I 
was  a  little  boy  at  school,  speaking  in  the  House 
of  Commons,  said  :  "  The  precise  offence  of  which 
Mr.  Smith  was  declared  to  be  guilty  was  termed 
*  misprision  of  treason'  But  the  evidence  given 
on  the  trial  does  not  sustain  this  mitigated  charge. 
And  if  it  did,  were  this  offence  proved  against 
him,  it  would  not  justify  the  sentence  awarded.  A 
man  convicted  of  misprision  cannot  by  law  be 
hanged.  The  utmost  vengeance  of  the  law,  accord- 
ing to  the  wildest  dreams  of  the  highest  prerogative 

175 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
lawyer,  could  not  amount  to  anything  like  a  sanc- 
tion of  this.  Such  I  assert  the  law  to  be  ;  I  defy 
any  man  to  contradict  my  assertion  that  up  to  the 
present  hour  no  English  lawyer  ever  heard  of  mis- 
prision of  treason  being  treated  as  a  capital  offence ; 
and  that  it  would  be  just  as  legal  to  hang  a  man 
for  a  common  assault.  But  if  it  be  said  that  the 
punishment  of  death  was  awarded  for  having  aided 
the  revolt,  I  say  the  court  did  not,  could  not, 
believe  this ;  and  I  produce  the  conduct  of  the 
judges  themselves  to  confirm  what  I  assert.  They 
were  bold  enough  in  trying  and  convicting  and 
condemning  the  victim  whom  they  had  lawlessly 
seized  upon^  but  they  trembled  to  execute  a  sen- 
tence so  prodigiously  illegal  and  unjust. 

"  And  this  recommendation  to  mercy  was  the 
most  remarkable  feature  in  the  conduct  of  this 
infamous  court ;  for  monstrous  as  the  whole  pro- 
ceedings were,  and  horrid  as  the  sentence  was 
that  closed  them,  there  is  nothing  in  the  trial, 
from  first  to  last,  so  astounding  as  this  recom- 
mendation to  mercy,  coming  from  persons  who 
affected  to  believe  him  guilty  of  such  enormous 
crimes.  If  he  was  proved  to  have  committed  the 
offence  of  exciting  the  slaves  to  acts  of  bloodshed, 
if  his  judges  believed  him  to  have  done  what  their 
sentence   alleged   against   him,   how  unspeakably 

176 


EMANCIPATION  AND  ITS  RESULTS 
aggravated  was  his  guilt  compared  with  that  of  the 
poor,  untutored  slaves  whom  he  had  misled  from 
their  duty,  under  the  pretext  of  teaching  them 
religion !  How  justly  might  all  the  blood  that 
was  shed  be  laid  upon  his  head !  How  fitly,  if 
mercy  was  to  prevail,  might  his  deluded  instru- 
ments be  pardoned,  and  himself  alone  be  singled 
out  for  vengeance,  as  the  author  of  their  crimes ! 
Yet  they  are  cut  off  in  hundreds  by  the  hands  of 
justice,  and  he  is  deemed  an  object  of  compassion ! 
Having  declared  that  in  their  conscience  and  on 
their  oaths  his  judges  deemed  him  guilty  of  the 
worst  of  crimes,  they  all  in  one  voice  add  that 
they  also  deem  him  deserving  of  mercy  in  respect 
of  his  guilt.  Is  it  possible  to  draw  any  other 
inference  from  this  marvellous  recommendation 
than  that  they  distrusted  the  sentence  to  which  it 
was  attached?  When  I  see  them,  frightened  by 
their  own  proceedings,  starting  back  at  the  sight 
of  what  they  had  not  scrupled  to  do,  can  I  give 
them  credit  for  any  fear  of  doing  injustice — they 
who  from  the  beginning  to  the  end  of  their  course 
had  done  nothing  else?  Can  I  believe  that  they 
paused  upon  the  consummation  of  their  work 
from  any  motive  but  a  dread  of  its  consequences 
to  themselves  ?  a  recollection  tardy  indeed,  but 
appalling,  that  *  Whoso  sheddeth  man's  blood,  by 

^n  M 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
man  shall  his  blood  be  shed.'  And  not  without 
reason,  not  without  irrefragable  reason,  did  they 
take  the  alarm ;  for,  verily,  if  they  had  perpe- 
trated the  last  act — if  they  had  dared  to  take 
this  INNOCENT  man's  life,  one  hair  of  whose  head 
they  durst  not  touch,  they  must  THEMSELVES  have 
died  the  death  of  MURDERERS." 

Sixty  years  have  passed  away  since  those 
days,  and  many  are  the  changes  that  have  taken 
place.  Nearly  all  the  old  Africans  have  gone  to 
the  place  where  the  wicked  cease  from  troubling 
and  the  weary  are  at  rest.  New  generations  have 
sprung  up.  Old  customs  have  given  place  to  new. 
.  There  has  been  growth  and  rapid  development. 
Larger  ideas  of  life  and  greater  intelligence  are 
gradually  bringing  the  native  black  people  and  the 
Creoles  abreast  of  the  times.  Our  educational 
system,  though  not  perfect,  is  at  least  teaching 
the  young  people  to  read  and  write ;  and  it  is 
an  interesting  sight  to  go  into  one  of  our  large 
schools  filled  with  black  and  coloured  children 
and  watch  them  at  their  lessons.  We  have  a 
large  staff  of  native  teachers,  who  on  the  whole 
are  a  credit  to  their  country,  and  they  work  hard 
for  the  small  salaries  that  are  usually  given.  The 
work  of  the  missionaries,  of  which  the  Rev.  John 
Wray  was  the  pioneer,  has  steadily  gone  on.  Other 

178 


EMANCIPATION  AND  ITS  RESULTS 
churches  have  been  established,  and  to-day  the 
field  is  well  occupied.  We  have  churches  and 
chapels  in  nearly  every  part  of  the  land.  In  a 
certain  superficial  sense  we  may  say  we  are 
nationally  religious,  for  have  we  not  a  National 
Church — yea,  churches — and  a  large  number  of 
official  ecclesiastics  ?  But  whilst  we  are  formally 
religious,  we  are  yet  far  from  it  in  reality.  It 
is  still  possible  for  a  nation  to  have  many  priests, 
and  at  the  same  time  much  paganism. 

Ecclesiasticism  and  religion  though  conjoined 
are  not  the  same  thing.  You  may  have  a  great 
deal  of  the  former  with  very  little  of  the  latter ; 
just  as  we  may  have  a  great  deal  of  law  and  very 
little  justice,  and  many  physicians  but  few  cures, 
so  we  may  have  many  churches  and  not  much 
religion.  Religious  people,  strictly  so,  are  good; 
ecclesiastics  are  often  bad.  Jesus  Christ  found  His 
best  friends  among  the  peasants  of  Galilee  and 
His  bitterest  foes  amongst  the  ecclesiastics  of 
Judaea.  Ecclesiasticism  crucified  Christ,  and  it 
needs  a  Christ  crucified  to  save  ecclesiastics.  The 
reason  for  all  this  is  that  religion  has  to  do  with 
the  soul ;  ecclesiasticism  has  to  do  with  the 
sacraments.  The  one  is  outward  and  formal,  the 
other  inward  and  spiritual.  To  give  a  history 
of   ecclesiasticism    is   not   to    give   a   history    of 

179 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
religion.  It  is  too  often  a  striking  example  of 
the  want  of  religion.  Churches  have  disgraced 
Christianity ;  Christianity  has  never  disgraced 
Churches.  The  popular  mind  has  failed  to  dis- 
tinguish between  these  two,  and  even  governments 
have  thought  that  by  establishing  Churches  they 
were  establishing  religion. 

When  Goethe  was  asked,  "  What  is  the  best 
government  ?  "  he  replied,  "  That  which  teaches  us 
to  govern  ourselves."  Yes,  that  is  the  lesson  we 
all  need  to  learn — to  stand  upon  our  own  feet, 
to  solve  our  own  life  problem,  to  work  out  our 
own  destiny  ;  this  is  the  duty  of  every  man.  "  Let 
your  government  commence  in  your  own  breast, 
and  lay  the  foundation  of  it  in  the  command  of  your 
own  passions."  But  governments  in  these  days  must 
do  nearly  everything  for  us.  Our  Government  in 
British  Guiana  is  very  paternal ;  it  brings  people 
into  the  colony  by  thousands  to  work  for  us, 
lest  by  sparsity  of  labourers  wages  should  get 
up,  and  it  is  well  known  they  are  not  by  any 
means  too  high ;  it  provides  a  fine  staff  of 
medical  men,  at  an  annual  cost  of  $300,000,  to 
to  keep  the  people,  or  a  portion  of  them,  in  health  ; 
and  it  pays  a  fine  class  of  ecclesiastics  to  look 
after  our  souls.  The  people,  therefore,  ought  to  be 
both  very  healthy  and  very  virtuous.     As  a  matter 

180 


EMANCIPATION  AND  ITS  RESULTS 
of  fact,  they  are  neither.  If  the  Government 
would  first  lighten  the  burden  of  taxation,  and 
give  material  help  in  bringing  labour  and  land 
together,  and  in  all  well  digested  schemes  for  the 
opening  up  of  the  country,  better  results  would 
soon  be  seen. 

Many  of  our  people  at  home  do  not  know 
that  in  this  country  we  have  not  only  an  established 
Church,  but  established  Churches.  With  a  sublime 
indifference  the  Government  makes  its  grant  to 
Protestant  and  Romanist  alike,  to  Scotch  Pres- 
byterians and  English  Episcopalians.  It  never 
asks  the  question,  Which  is  true?  or,  Which  is 
false?  We  might  almost  adopt  the  words  of 
Gibbon,  in  his  "  Decline  and  Fall  "  :  "  The  various 
modes  of  worship  which  prevailed  in  the  Roman 
world  were  all  considered  by  the  people  as  equally 
true,  by  the  philosopher  as  equally  false,  and  by 
the  magistrate  as  equally  useful." 

The  cost  of  our  ecclesiastical  establishments 
is  a  hundred  thousand  dollars  per  annum.  This 
is  divided  between  the  Anglican  Church,  the  Scotch 
Church,  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  and — tell 
it  not  in  Gath  ! — the  Wesleyan  Church.  The  only 
Church  that  takes  its  stand  on  the  voluntary 
principle  is  the  Congregational,  or,  as  the  native 
people  here  call  it,  the  London  Missionary.     These 

i8i 


British  guiana 
churches,  some  forty  in  number,  including  mission 
stations,  have  nobly  taken  their  stand  as  Free 
Churches  in  the  land,  and  they  have  steadfastly 
refused  all  State  aid.  Their  noble  example  and 
the  soundness  of  their  principles  are  like  leaven, 
gradually  leavening  the  whole  lump,  and  the  day 
is  now  within  measurable  distance  when  State 
Churchism  in  this  land  will  be  done  away  with — 
and  the  Free  Churches  will  be  able  to  do  their  work 
with  reconsecrated  energy  amongst  a  free  people. 


i8 


XII 

UP   THE   BERBICE  RIVER 

MONDAY,  the  i6th  of  March,  was  a  very 
busy  day  for  us.  We  had  many  callers 
that  morning,  and  in  addition  to  the  usual  work 
of  a  busy  minister  with  over  a  thousand  people  to 
look  after,  we  had  to  prepare  for  our  journey  of 
two  hundred  miles  into  the  interior.  Many  little 
things  will  be  necessary,  for  we  are  going  far  away 
from  the  haunts  of  civilisation.  It  is  a  return 
to  those  simple  and  primitive  conditions  of  exist- 
ence which  prevailed  in  the  Garden  of  Eden. 
The  Indian  aborigines  are  the  children  of  the 
forest.  Amid  its  majestic  trees — its  wallaba,  its 
mora,  its  green  heart,  its  purple  heart,  and  its 
bullet  tree,  &c. — they  wander  according  to  their 
own  sweet  will.  With  cutlass  and  arrow  and 
knife  they  hunt  for  their  food,  fetching  the  labba 
out  of  his  hole  and  tracking  the  bush-hog  and  the 

183 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
deer.  Such  a  life  knows  nothing  of  those  refine- 
ments that  give  ease  and  comfort  to  the  initiated. 
Its  wants  are  few,  and  if  a  man's  riches  consist, 
not  in  the  abundance  of  his  possessions  but  in 
the  fewness  of  his  wants,  then  these  aborigines 
are  rich.  Dispensing  with  all  unnecessary  com- 
modities, the  Indian  lives  a  kind  of  untamed  life 
amid  the  wilds  of  his  native  forest.  The  chirp 
of  the  insects,  the  croak  of  the  frogs,  the  plaintive 
whistle  of  the  monkeys,  the  shrill  cry  of  the  birds, 
is  music  enough  for  him.  For  his  pictures  he  has 
the  far-stretching,  undulating  savannah,  the  rich 
leafage  of  the  forest,  and  the  little  creeks  with 
their  overhanging  trees,  giving  such  wondrous 
beauty  of  form  and  light  and  shade.  He  dis- 
penses with  chairs  and  tables  and  sofas.  He 
needs  no  knives  or  forks  or  spoons ;  his  fingers 
do  duty  for  them.  For  cups  and  saucers  and 
glasses  he  has  a  good  substitute  in  the  calabash 
which  grows  wild  upon  the  trees.  In  fact  the 
Indian  has  only  two  things,  his  hammock  and 
his  cooking  pot.  With  these  he  can  be  as  happy 
as  a  king.  His  hammock  is  his  vade  mecuin.  He 
carries  that  with  him  wherever  he  goes.  The 
Indian's  hammock  is  his  chair,  his  table,  his  sofa,  his 
bed.  It  is  made,  like  most  of  the  things  he  uses,  out 
of  the  wood  of  the  forest.     When  up  amongst  the 

184 


UP  THE  BERBICE  RIVER 
Arawacks  we  saw  a  Buckeen,  or  Indian  woman, 
with  one  of  these  hammocks  in  process  of  con- 
struction. The  beautiful  palm  tree  called  the  Ita 
palm,  in  addition  to  many  other  useful  qualities, 
possesses  a  strong  fibre,  which  they  draw  out  and 
twist  into  a  thread  ;  these  threads  are  again  twisted 
into  a  string,  and  these,  by  a  simple  hand-loom 
process,  are  worked  into  a  strong,  durable,  net- 
work hammock.  These  hammocks  are  about  eight 
feet  long  and  seven  feet  wide,  with  a  loop  for  a 
handle  at  each  end.  They  will  bear  the  heaviest  of 
men,  and  last  a  long  time.  They  are  far  preferable 
in  these  regions  to  beds.  In  the  hammock  you  are 
suspended  in  mid-air,  and  so  you  escape  those 
numerous  insects  and  reptiles  that  crawl  upon 
the  floor.  In  the  Benaab,  where  we  stayed,  it 
would  have  been  simply  impossible  to  sleep  in 
a  bed.  The  big  red  ants,  called  "  cushi  ants,"  were 
so  numerous,  and  the  beetles  and  the  spiders  and 
the  lizards,  that  we  should  have  been  bitten  and 
blistered  from  head  to  foot  In  addition  to  this 
you  sometimes  find  yourself  in  a  place  where  trees 
must  be  your  bedposts  and  the  tropical  sky  your 
covering,  then  a  hammock  becomes  the  traveller's 
indispensable.  After  a  night's  rest  you  have  only 
to  fold  it  up  and  "  take  up  your  bed  and  walk." 
But  we  must  get  back  to  our  packing.     Our  boxes 

185 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
are  nearly  ready.  We  have  got  some  tea  and 
sugar  and  butter — the  latter  is  in  an  air-tight  tin, 
and  runs  like  oil ;  also  some  Swiss  milk,  for  there 
are  no  cows  up  there,  and  some  tinned  meats  and 
some  loaves  of  bread.  These,  after  about  ten 
days,  get  mouldy,  and  we  can  just  break  them 
with  an  axe,  but  put  them  in  boiling  water  and 
they  soon  get  soft.  "  Have  you  put  the  salt  in  ?  " 
I  ask ;  for  how  can  we  live  without  salt  ?  "  Yes, 
massa,  ebery  ting  dere,"  is  the  reply  of  the  little 
black  boy.  I  will  see  to  the  medicines  myself,  for 
I  always  like  to  have  with  me  a  few  simple 
remedies  in  case  of  accident  or  unexpected  attacks 
of  fever.  The  quinine  I  must  not  forget,  for  some 
parts  of  the  district — those  where  the  swamps  lie — 
are  said  to  be  very  malarial,  and  the  quinine  is 
a  splendid  antidote.  As  soon  as  daylight  dawns 
we  are  up,  and  by  half-past  six  we  are  making  our 
way  to  the  river  side.  The  boat  is  alongside,  and 
having  got  our  luggage  in,  we  take  our  places  and 
wait  for  the  whistle. 

The  Berbice  river  is  a  fine  stream.  It  is  navi- 
gable for  steamships  of  considerable  size  for  up- 
wards of  two  hundred  miles.  It  is  about  two  and 
a  quarter  miles  broad  at  its  mouth,  near  which  the 
town  of  New  Amsterdam  stands.  It  abounds  in 
sharks  and  alligators  and  other  monsters  of  the 

i86 


UP  THE  BERBICE  RIVER 
deep ;  and  when  sailing  up  the  river  it  is  wise  to 
keep  your  hands  well  out  of  the  water,  as  there  is 
a  fresh-water  shark  called  the  "homa"  which  has 
a  special  liking  for  fingers  and  toes.  The  windings 
of  the  river  present  to  the  careful  observer  a  new 
picture  at  every  turn.  Sometimes  you  could  fancy 
you  were  sailing  on  a  lake :  the  waters  are  so 
placid,  and  the  forest  trees  forming  the  embank- 
ment seem  to  close  it  in. 

When  you  have  passed  the  few  villages  and 
sugar  estates  which  are  at  this  end  of  the  stream 
you  find  the  banks  all  lined  with  massive  trees,  the 
rich  foliage  of  nearly  every  shade  dipping  down  to 
the  water's  edge.  The  trees  are  so  knit  together 
with  prolific  creepers,  or  "  lianos,"  which  entwine 
themselves  among  the  branches  and  around  the 
trunks,  that  they  form  an  impenetrable  thicket. 
This  forest  of  trees  extends  all  along  both 
banks  of  the  river.  Its  depth  for  the  most  part 
has  not  been  explored.  It  runs  "aback,"  as  they 
say,  far,  far,  far,  that  is  for  miles  upon  miles. 
But  here  and  there  as  you  sail  along  you  find  a 
little  opening.  The  bush  has  been  cut  down,  and 
a  little  hut  appears  ;  it  is  the  dwelling-place  of 
some  African  or  coolie  squatter.  Behind  the  few 
trees  stretches  away  as  far  as  the  eye  can  see  the 
vast,  untrodden  savannah. 

187 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

It  is  now  just  turned  six  o'clock.  "  The  shades 
of  night  are  falling  fast"  By  half-past  six  it  will 
be  quite  dark.  It  is  not  considered  safe  to  navigate 
the  river  in  the  dark,  on  account  of  stray  logs 
that  are  sometimes  floating  down  the  stream,  and 
then  there  is  the  danger  of  running  into  the  banks 
or  being  caught  by  some  branch  of  a  tree.  So 
having  placed  ourselves  in  the  middle  of  the  river, 
we  cast  anchor.  It  is  a  wise  precaution  to  keep 
well  clear  of  the  banks  of  the  river,  for  on  either 
side  are  mosquitoes  and  sandflies.  Snakes  lie 
hidden  in  the  long  grass,  and  the  mass  of  inter- 
twining undergrowth  is  full  of  all  kinds  of  stinging 
insects  and  creeping  reptiles.  Then  there  are 
ravenous  beasts — tigers  and  tiger-cats,  jaguars, 
crab-dogs,  bush-hogs,  and  the  bush-cow,  besides 
many  others  of  a  less  ravenous  kind,  but  equally 
to  be  avoided. 

One  of  the  first  things  to  be  done,  now  that  the 
boat  is  at  anchor,  is  to  find  a  place  to  hang  one's 
hammock,  for  no  sleeping  place  is  provided  here. 
You  must  just  do  as  well  as  you  can,  and  better,  if 
you  know  how.  We  had  an  awning  in  the  middle 
of  the  boat  on  what  is  called  the  upper  deck,  so 
I  managed  to  swing  my  grass  hammock  under 
that.  I  then  got  out  my  pipe,  and  sitting  down  in 
the  cool  of  the  evening,  under  that  tropical  sky, 


UP  THE  BERBICE  RIVER 
nearly  five  thousand  miles  away  from   the   dear 
ones  in  England,  I  thought  of  home. 

"  Home  !  home  !  sweet,  sweet  home, 
Wherever  I  wander,  there's  no  place  like  home." 

I  thought  of  friends  at  Egerton,  at  Belmont,  at 
Bolton,  at  Manchester,  at  Ashton,  in  London,  &c. 
As  a  panorama  they  passed  before  me  ;  I  saw 
the  busy  streets  of  the  great  cities  and  heard 
again  the  roar  and  rattle  of  the  daily  traffic,  and 
the  silence  of  these  forests  almost  appalled  me. 
And  yet  that  silence  is  every  now  and  again 
broken  in  upon  by  some  strange  cry.  There  is 
the  "  Hoogh !  hoogh !  hoogh  !  "  like  the  barking 
of  a  dog.  It  is  one  of  the  night  owls.  Then  there 
is  a  very  plaintive  cry  as  of  some  one  in  pain — it 
is  the  cry  of  the  weeping  monkey  ;  the  big  bull 
frog,  with  his  deep,  bass  croak,  now  sets  up  his 
music,  then  all  is  still  again.  Another  moment 
you  hear  a  big  splash  in  the  water  ;  you  wonder  if 
some  one  has  fallen  in.  No !  just  keep  quiet ;  it 
is  a  big  fish  leaping  after  its  prey.  Sometimes  you 
hear  a  low  growl  that  makes  you  set  your  teeth 
together ;  and  one  night,  away  in  the  distance,  but 
travelling  nearer  and  nearer,  I  heard  the  horrid, 
bloodthirsty  scream  of  a  horde  of  wild  hogs.  You 
know   the   noise '  that  a  pig   makes   when   being 

189 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
pursued?  Well,  suppose  there  were  a  hundred 
of  them,  all  making  that  noise  together  in  the  dead 
of  the  night,  with  a  rising  and  falling  inflection — 
that  will  give  you  some  idea  of  the  noise  they 
make.  It  is  simply  horrid.  It  gives  you  a  creepy 
feeling.  The  devil  is  still  in  the  swine.  If  you 
are  in  the  forest  and  meet  them,  woe  be  unto  you 
if  you  can't  get  up  a  tree.  An  Indian  told  me 
"  A  number  of  us  were  out  hunting  one  day,  and  we 
met  a  drove  of  about  fifty  bush-hogs ;  up  the  trees 
we  got  at  once,  and  '  bang '  went  one  of  our  rifles. 
Bush-hog  number  one  fell  over,  and  the  others  at 
once  turned  upon  it,  drank  its  blood  and  ate  it  up. 
When  they  were  satisfied  they  were  going  away, 
but  not  until  they  had  left  us  five  or  six  of  their 
carcases  for  our  meal  and  our  trouble." 

Having  finished  my  meditations  I  got  into  my 
hammock,  and  threw  a  light  rug — one  of  those  I  got 
at  John  Noble's,  in  Manchester,  some  seven  years 
ago — over  my  legs.  The  heavens  were  beautiful — 
a  canopy  of  black  set  with  diamonds.  Orion,  with 
his  arrows  and  belt,  was  bright  and  clear ;  right 
overhead  was  Jupiter  ;  his  brilliance  dazzled  you — 
we  could  just  discern  his  four  moons  with  the 
naked  eye  ;  then  Sirius,  with  his  own  beauteous 
light,  was  a  little  to  the  south ;  and  south-east  of 
him,  in  all  its  beauty,  brightness,  and  suggestive- 

190 


UP  THE  BERBICE  RIVER 
ness,  shone  forth  the  constellation  of  the  Southern 
Cross.  I  thought,  "  Yes,  we  have  the  cross  ever 
above  us.  It  is  a  cross  that  is  alight  with  heaven's 
glory.  It  is  not  one  truth,  not  one  star,  but  a  con- 
stellation of  truths.  It  shines  for  me  and  for  every 
man.  It  shines  in  the  darkest  night.  One  star  in 
it  points  to  the  north,  one  to  the  south,  one  to  the 
east,  one  to  the  west.  It  has  a  light  for  all  races 
and  all  climes.  Its  radiance  and  glory  are  uni- 
versal. Keep  that  cross  ever  before  you."  With 
these  thoughts  I  dozed  off,  and 

"  Sleep,  that  knits  up  the  ravell'd  sleave  of  care," 

closed  my  eyes.  I  must  have  dozed  for  some  time, 
when  I  awoke,  feeling  damp  and  chilled.  I 
listened,  and  there,  sure  enough,  was  the  patter  of 
rain.  My  rug  was  a  little  wet,  and  so  were  my 
feet.  I  got  up,  rubbed  myself,  and  took  to  a  chair. 
There  the  sandflies  found  me.  These  little 
creatures  sting  like  very  vicious  midges  on  a 
summer's  day  at  home,  only  they  come  upon  you 
in  swarms.  You  feel  as  you  can  imagine  Gulliver 
felt  when  a  thousand  Brobdignagian  arrows 
pierced  his  naked  body  all  at  once.  I  would 
almost  sooner  have  the  mosquitoes.  Both  are  bad, 
and  it  would  puzzle  a  lawyer  to  tell  which  is  the 
worst.      We   have   a   proverb    here    which    says, 

191 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

"  Patience,  man  ride  jackass."  Well,  "  patience 
man  had  to  bear"  not  "the  slings  and  arrows 
of  outrageous  fortune^"  but  the  stings  and  arrows 
of  voracious  sandflies  until  the  daylight  dawned. 
About  one  hour's  rest  was  all  I  got  that  night. 
Soon  after  five  we  are  again  on  our  way.  There 
is  a  freshness  in  the  morning  air  that  sharpens 
appetite,  and  as  soon  as  we  can  we  get  what  is 
called  our  "tea,"  though  it  is  far  oftener  coffee. 
"  Do  you  see  those  tall  cabbage-palms  ?  "  said  the 
captain.  "  Yes."  "  That  is  where  the  old  fort  used 
to  be."  Tall  and  stately  those  palm  trees  rise,  their 
heads  towering  above  the  topmost  branches  of  the 
other  trees.  They  are  all  that  remains  of  a  once 
noted  dwelling-place  and  seat  of  civilisation.  Fort 
Nassau  was  for  many  years  the  old  Dutch  capital. 
There  the  Governor  resided,  and  on  it  being 
reported  to  him  that  the  enemy's  ships  were 
advancing  up  the  river,  he,  with  his  people,  fled. 
It  is  supposed  by  some  that  their  treasure,  being 
put  into  an  iron  chest,  was  buried  somewhere  near. 
An  old  captain  told  me  he  once  anchored  just 
opposite  Fort  Nassau — it  is  very  rare  you  can  do 
that,  for  the  black  sailors  say  the  place  is  haunted 
with  "  jumbies  " — and  letting  his  anchor  go  it  fell 
upon  something  hard,  and  wouldn't  grip ;  he 
hauled  it  up  a  bit  and  shifted  it  a  couple  of  yards 

192 


UP  THE  BERBICE  RIVER 
or  SO  to  leeward,  and  down  it  went  into  the  sand. 
He  didn't  know  the  rumour  then  of  a  chest  of 
gold,  but  he  believes  now  there  is  a  sunken  ship 
there,  and  it  may  be  Dutch  treasure  for  any  one 
who  can  fetch  it  up. 

We  wanted  to  land  at  this  place,  just  to  see  the 
ruins  of  the  old  brick  houses,  the  rusty  cannon, 
and  the  graveyard  of  those  old,  brave  colonists. 
But  they  told  us  the  roads  were  all  blocked  up, 
and  the  place  was  infested  with  snakes  of  the 
worst  kind.  "  Too  much  snake,"  they  said,  "  in 
the  cemetery."  The  fact  is  they  were  afraid  of  the 
jumbies,  and  so  did  not  want  to  go. 

In  about  three  hours  we  landed  at  Zeelandia,  and 
as  we  are  about  to  stay  here  a  few  days  we  will 
reserve  our  description  for  the  next  chapter. 


193 


XIII 
AT  ZEELANDIA 

ZEELANDIA  was  one  of  the  old  Dutch  plan- 
tations when  Fort  Nassau  was  the  seat  of 
government.  Doubtless,  in  those  days,  its  cocoa 
plantations  and  its  coffee  plantations  were  a  source 
of  delight  to  their  owners.  But  it  has  long  since 
been  abandoned.  The  men  and  the  women,  with 
their  toils  and  their  cares,  have  passed  away,  but 
the  trees  and  the  forest  remain.  Of  the  five 
hundred  acres  comprising  the  estate  only  a  very 
small  portion  is  now  occupied.  Over  the  rest  the 
wild  beasts  roam  at  will,  and  the  Indian  makes  it 
his  hunting  ground.  Zeelandia  to-day  is  only  a 
small  settlement  on  the  Berbice  river.  It  is  far 
away  from  the  town,  and  the  last  flickering  ray 
of  civilisation  hardly  finds  its  way  up  there  and 
makes  its  presence  felt.  A  little  clearing  has  been 
made,  and    on    the   bank   of  the   river   a   solitary 

194 


AT  ZEELANDIA 
house  stands.  It  was  dark  when  we  landed.  Our 
little  canoe  was  gliding  softly  over  the  water. 
"  Where  is  the  landing-place  ?  "  I  said.  Suddenly 
a  light  flashed  out  from  the  banks  above  us.  But 
who  is  holding  it  ?  Not  a  person  could  be  seen. 
There  the  lamp  was  standing  as  on  a  pedestal, 
shedding  its  welcome  light  through  the  branches  of 
the  trees.  By  and  by  we  saw  the  outline  of  a 
native  girl,  her  hands  down  by  her  side,  her  head 
erect,  and  upon  the  top  of  her  head  stood  the 
lamp.  "What  a  splendid  lamp-stand  she  makes," 
I  said.  "  It  is  thus  that  we  men  should  hold  up  the 
Lamp  of  Life.  On  our  heads,  supported  by  our 
whole  manhood,  let  that  Light  shine,  which  lighteth 
every  man  that  cometh  into  the  world." 

Having  landed,  we  look  wistfully  upon  those 
waters.  They  are  black  and  deep.  As  the 
proverb  says,  "  Saf  ly  ribar  run  deep."  By  day 
and  by  night,  solemnly  and  silently  it  flows  on 
to  the  sea.  It  has  made  its  own  channel,  it 
forms  its  own  bank.  The  River  of  Life !  It 
flows  on,  nothing  can  stop  it.  Its  source  is  in 
heaven,  it  rolls  on  to  the  Ocean  of  Eternity.  Every 
life  must  make  its  own  channel,  find  out  its  own 
path  to  the  great  sea  beyond.  But  we  must  now 
enter  the  little  cottage  in  the  wilderness.  Though 
humble  and  perhaps  poor,  it  is  still  home.     The 

195 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

Gladstone  family  can  boast  of  an  honoured  name, 
and  on  the  father's  side  of  English  descent.  J.  E. 
Gladstone  was  well  brought  up,  and  his  father  gave 
him  a  fair  education.  He  served  his  apprenticeship 
as  an  engineer,  but  he  left  that  calling,  preferring 
the  wild,  free  life  of  the  bush  and  the  forest.  He 
has  a  numerous  family  of  sons  and  daughters. 
They  have  been  brought  up  respectably  and  in  the 
fear  of  God.  Through  his  instrumentality  a  little 
chapel  was  erected  at  Olandia,  on  the  opposite  side 
of  the  river.  As  he  had  long  been  a  member  of 
the  London  Missionary  Church  and  for  many 
years  a  useful  deacon,  he  felt  the  need  of  the 
services  of  God's  house,  both  for  himself,  his  family, 
and  neighbours.  During  one  of  my  visits  to  my 
Indian  stations  I  was  asked  to  stop  and  conduct 
the  opening  services.  This  I  did.  And  it  was  a 
beautiful  sight  to  see  the  people  who  live  at 
different  points  on  the  banks  of  the  river  come 
paddling  along  in  their  little  canoes.  Some  would 
come  from  their  lonely  little  homesteads,  miles 
away,  in  order  to  worship  God.  Our  little  sanctuary 
was  filled  to  overflowing.  They  came  as  doves  to 
the  windows.  Their  souls  thirsted  for  the  water  of 
life.  I  preached  from  the  text.  Acts  xvi.  13,  "  And 
on  the  Sabbath  we  went  out  of  the  city,  by  a  river 
3ide,  where  prayer  was  wont  to  be  made."     After- 

196 


AT  ZEELANDIA 

wards  a  little  Church  was  formed  with  about  twelve 
members,  and  we  all  partook  of  the  Sacrament. 
Thus  was  established  this  little  Bethel  in  the 
wilderness  ;  and  since  that  day  the  good  work 
has  gone  on. 

I  remember  one  very  cold  winter's  night  in 
England.  The  snow  lay  thick  upon  the  ground. 
I  had  been  speaking  at  a  great  political  meeting. 
It  was  late  when  it  was  over.  I  had  three  miles  to 
walk  over  the  hills.  Going  into  a  restaurant  I 
asked  for  a  cup  of  their  best  chocolate.  It  was 
warm  and  warming.  I  thought  I  never  tasted 
anything  better.  My  dear  reader,  I  am  going  to 
take  you  into  a  cocoa  or  chocolate  plantation. 
Follow  me  along  this  forest  path.  Do  you  see 
those  trees  with  large,  dark -green,  undivided  leaves  ? 
Those  are  the  cocoa  trees.  They  are  not  very  tall, 
only  about  eighteen  or  twenty  feet  high.  But  they 
have  many  branches,  the  branches  growing  out 
from  the  stem  about  six  feet  from  the  ground,  and 
these  often  covered  with  large,  clustered  flowers. 
The  fruit  is  like  a  cucumber  in  shape,  or  like  a 
vegetable  marrow,  and  is  about  eight  inches  long. 
Some  of  them  are  yellow  and  others  a  reddish- 
brown,  according  to  the  kind  of  tree.  They  weigh 
from  one  to  two  pounds.  As  they  hang  from  the 
boughs   they   look   lovely.      The    ancients    might 

197 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
well  call  this  genus  of  plants  "  Theobroma,"  which 
means  "Food  of  the  gods."  When  the  fruit  is 
ripe  it  is  taken  down,  and  on  opening  it  a  large 
number  of  seeds  of  a  pale  reddish-brown  colour 
are  found.  These  seeds,  not  unlike  our  large  beans 
in  shape,  are  put  in  the  sun  to  dry.  They  are  then 
pounded,  and,  mixed  with  a  little  sugar,  a  delicious 
chocolate  is  made.  It  is  not  an  uncommon  thing 
to  see  a  diligent  black  woman  in  one  of  our 
villages  seated  upon  the  ground  and  vigorously 
pounding  away  at  some  of  these  cocoa  beans.  In 
a  very  short  time  they  will  produce  for  you  a 
delicious  and  nourishing  stick  of  chocolate.  Cocoa 
trees  grow  here  without  any  trouble.  We  even 
find  them  growing  wild  on  the  banks  of  the  river. 
Many  a  large  pod  have  I  plucked  whilst  paddling 
up  the  river  with  the  Indians  in  the  canoe. 

Not  far  from  the  cocoa  trees  is  the  coffee 
plantation.  A  walk  through  it  when  the  trees 
are.  in  bloom  is  charming,  for  the  scent  from  the 
flowers  is  simply  delicious.  The  trees  are  not  very 
large,  only  about  twelve  feet  high,  with  branches 
shooting  out  almost  from  the  ground.  The  leaves 
are  evergreen,  shiny,  oblong,  and  leathery.  The 
flowers  are  in  clusters,  like  a  bunch  of  apple- 
blossom,  and  white  as  snow.  They  send  forth  a 
beautiful  fragrance.     The  fruit  or  berries  are  of  a 

198 


AT  ZEELANDIA 
dark  red  colour.  A  plantation  will  have  sometimes 
as  many  as  five  hundred  trees.  As  the  coffee  tree 
loves  the  shade  and  plenty  of  moisture,  it  is  not 
uncommon  to  have  growing  around  them  the  sand- 
box tree,  or  fruit  trees  that  have  long  spreading 
branches,  to  screen  them  from  the  heat  of  the  sun. 
The  coffee  tree  continues  flowering  for  eight 
months  in  the  year,  and  so  two  or  three  crops  are 
gathered  annually.  Coffee  was  exported  from 
Berbice  in  large  quantities  some  years  ago.  In 
1803  nearly  ten  millions  of  pounds  (9,954,610  lbs.) 
was  sent  out  of  the  colony.  Twenty  years  after 
it  had  fallen  down  to  eight  millions,  and  twenty 
years  after  that  to  2,139,430  lbs.  Now  it  is  but  a 
few  thousands.  But  the  people  are  beginning  to 
realise  that  the  time  has  come  when  this  industry 
ought  to  be  revived.  The  old  coffee  plantations 
are  becoming  objects  of  interest  and  desire.  No- 
where does  the  coffee  tree  flourish  so  well  as  here. 
The  Rev.  T.  Veness,  in  his  "  El  Dorado,"  tells  of  a 
coffee  field  up  the  Essequebo,  planted  at  a  period 
unknown,  which  still  continues  to  bear  in  abund- 
ance, "  Nature  alone  in  this  fertile  soil  keeping  up 
a  reproduction  of  the  trees." 

Further  aback  are  the  rice  fields.  These  are  on 
low-lying  ground  and  in  swampy  places.  For  the 
rice  likes  plenty  of  water.     Indeed,  it  is  after  the 

198 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

heavy  rains,  when  the  land  is  submerged,  that  the 
sowing  begins.  As  in  the  olden  days  "  they  cast 
their  bread  {i.e.,  their  rice)  upon  the  waters,  and 
they  find  it  after  many  days."  Rice  is  known  here 
to  yield  as  much  as  three  hundred-fold.  A  friend 
of  mine  up  in  this  same  district  counted  as  many 
as  450  on  one  stalk.  Nothing  looks  more  lovely 
than  a  field  of  rice  when  it  has  just  begun  to  grow. 
The  tender  blade  is  of  such  a  bright,  fresh,  rich 
green.  When  the  reaping  time  comes,  it  is  one  of 
great  joy.  They  that  have  gone  forth  weeping, 
bearing  their  precious  seed,  come  again  rejoicing, 
bringing  their  sheaves  with  them.  After  the  grain 
has  been  gathered,  it  has  to  be  threshed  and 
winnowed.  They  have  no  machines  to  do  this,  so 
it  has  to  be  done  by  hand.  The  process  is  a  very 
tedious  one,  and  the  labour  heavy.  As  we  have 
rice  every  morning  to  breakfast,  it  being  used  as  a 
"  side  dish,"  and  again  to  dinner,  the  black  servants 
have  to  do  this.  I  went  into  the  threshing  room 
and  watched  them  at  work.  They  had  a  large 
wooden  mortar,  made  out  of  a  tree  trunk  and  stand- 
ing about  two  feet  high,  and  two  wooden  pestles, 
three  feet  long,  and  weighing  about  eight  pounds. 

The  grain  is  put  into  the  mortar.  Then  the 
pounding  begins.  One  on  each  side,  bringing 
down  their  pestle  with  great  force,  stroke  for  stroke, 

200 


AT  ZEELANDIA 
just  as  you  have  seen  two  smiths  striking  on  the 
anvil.  The  husk  being  thus  broken,  they  put  it 
into  a  basket-work  sieve  and  blow  the  chaff  away. 
I  thought  how  forcibly  they  illustrate  the  words, 
"  The  ungodly  are  like  the  chaff  which  the  wind 
driveth  away." 

Having  now  looked  around,  and  feeling  some- 
what weary,  it  is  time  for  us  to  return.  As  we  are 
hanging  our  hammocks  at  the  son's  house,  a  little 
further  down  the  river,  we  must  either  walk  along 
a  narrow  path  through  the  forest,  or  take  the  canoe. 
As  the  latter  will  be  easier  we  will  go  that  way. 
The  little  house  which  you  see  is  right  in  the  midst 
of  the  forest.  A  space  has  been  cleared  for  it  a 
few  yards  round,  but  there  are  no  roads  to  it  or 
from  it.  The  deep,  silent  river  rolls  at  its  base 
The  "  Hermitage,"  like  all  houses  in  the  river 
district,  is  a  kind  of  combination  of  house  and 
benaab.  It  has  no  doors,  or  windows,  or  chimneys, 
but  consists  of  upright  posts,  with  a  paling  round. 
These  palings  are  about  four  feet  high,  and  are 
made  of  "wattles"  out  of  the  manicole-palm. 
They  allow  the  little  breeze  which  we  get  to  have 
full  play,  and  thus  help  to  keep  the  place  cool. 
There  is  a  boarded  floor  about  three  feet  from  the 
ground.  The  roof  is  made  of  Dehalibani  leaves,  a 
species  of  the  palm  tree.     The  lady  of  the  house, 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
knowing  that  the  minister  would  want  a  resting- 
place,  like  the  good  woman  of  Shunem,  fitted  up 
and  set  apart  one  room  as  "  the  prophet's  room." 
The  old  prophet  had  only  "  a  bed,  a  table,  a  stool, 
and  a  candlestick"  (see  2  Kings  iv.  lo).  Modem 
prophets  require  a  little  more. 

Poor  Oliver  Goldsmith !  He  died  in  April — this 
very  month — about  a  hundred  and  twenty-two 
years  ago.  Walpole  called  him  "  an  inspired  idiot," 
and  Garrick  describes  him  as  one 

"...  for  shortness  call'd  Noll, 
Who  wrote  like  an  angel,  and  talk'd  like  poor  Poll.'' 

Have  you  read  that  charming  poem  of  his 
called  "  The  Hermit "  ?  There  are  two  lines  in  it  I 
want  to  quote  ;  they  are  the  last  two  of  this  verse — 

"  Then  pilgrims  turn,  thy  cares  forego  ; 
All  earthborn  cares  are  wrong ; 
Man  wants  but  little  here  below^ 
Nor  wants  that  little  longP 

Come  and  live  in  the  wilderness  here  and  you 
will  find  how  true  it  is.  Man's  desires  are  many, 
his  real  necessities  are  few.  John  the  Baptist  got 
on  very  well  with  his  leathern  girdle,  and  his 
locusts  and  wild  honey.  Up  here  a  man  only 
needs  a  shirt  and  a  pair  of  trousers.  A  Benaab 
covered    with    leaves    is    cosy    enough     for     his 

202 


AT  ZEELANDIA 
hammock.     A  fish  caught  in  the  stream,  a   bird 
shot  in  the  bush,  fruit  from  the  wild  trees,  appeases 
appetite  and  satisfies   hunger.     For  his  books,  he 
has  Nature's  volumes,  he — 

"  Finds  tongues  in  trees,  books  in  the  running  brooks, 
Sermons  in  stones,  and  good  in  everything." 

It  is  the  civilisation  of  the  city,  with  its  social 
obligations  and  its  artificial  conditions  of  existence, 
that  enslaves  men  and  makes  them  the  dupes  of 
inordinate  desires.  In  Nature's  simplicity  is 
grandeur,  reality,  freedom,  and  power. 

Our  little  room,  though  only  a  few  feet  wide,  is 
large  enough  to  rest  in. 

"  Tired  nature's  sweet  restorer,  balmy  sleep," 

comes  on  her  downy  pinions,  and  closes  our  eyes 
more  readily  there  than  in  many  a  city  mansion. 
The  moon  with  her  mild  sweet  face  is  our  candle, 
and  the  whistling  chorus  of  the  insects  is  the  music 
that  lulls  us  to  sleep.  That  first  night  in  the  forest 
I  shall  never  forget.  At  dusk  the  six-o'clock  beetle 
began  with  his  shrill  whistle.  By  half-past  six  it 
was  quite  dark.  A  whole  chorus  of  sounds  now 
fills  the  air.  There's  the  whistle  of  a  steam  engine, 
the  train  is  approaching  the  station — No  !  that 
cannot   be,   it    is   the  sun  beetle^  telling  us  of  his 

203 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
approach.  Then  there's  the  scissors  grinder — a 
beetle  that  makes  a  noise  just  Hke  the  scissors 
grinder  in  .  the  streets  at  home — and  the  sawyer 
beetle,  busy  at  work  on  some  branch  of  a  tree  and 
making  a  noise  like  that  which  a  circular  steam 
saw  makes,  and  the  great  borer,  worming  his  way 
into  the  trunk  of  a  tree ;  sitting  on  one  of  the 
branches  of  a  tree  is  the  "  candle  beetle,"  giving 
forth  his  light  so  that  the  others  can  see  to  do  their 
work.  There  are  black  beetles  and  brown  beetles 
and  blue  beetles  and  green  beetles  and  rhinoceros 
and  staghorn  beetles — they  are  of  all  sizes  up  to 
a  duck-egg.  Then  there  are  grasshoppers  and 
locusts  and  cockroaches  and  walking  leaves  and 
praying  prophets,  all  singing  and  shouting  and 
working  ;  then  there  are  the  tree  frogs  and  the  water 
frogs,  all  whistling  and  croaking  like  mad,  the  big 
bull  frog  not  unlike  the  bellowing  of  an  ox,  the  tree 
frogs  shouting  "  Burra-bararoo,"  the  others, "  Kroak  ! 
kroak ! "  Then  there's  the  bark  of  the  owl,  and 
the  scream  of  the  parrot  (screecher)  and  the  "  Ha ! 
ha  !  ha  ! "  of  the  goshawk,  and  the  plaintive  whistle 
of  the  weeping  monkey.  The  whole  atmosphere  is 
alive  with  sound — you  are  in  the  midst  of  a  vast 
humming  host  of  buzzing,  burring,  screeching, 
hissing,  whistling,  croaking  insects.  Yet  you  can- 
not see  one  of  them.     All  that  you  can  see  is  a 

204 


AT  ZEELANDIA 

dim  outline  of  big  trees,  dark  and  sombre  with  here 
and  there  flashes  of  Hght  from  the  flitting  fireflies. 
They  are  on  the  leaves  of  the  trees,  emitting  sparks 
from  their  bodies  that  flash  like  diamonds  ;  they  are 
on  the  ground  at  our  feet  like  crystallised  dew  drops ; 
they  are  darting  through  the  air  like  shooting  stars. 
In  the  midst  of  it  all  I  stood.  By  and  by  the 
moon  rose  up  behind  the  forest.  She  cast  her 
silvery  rays  on  bush  and  bower,  weird  shadows 
lurked  among  the  trees  ;  that  dark  object  on  the 
ground  might  be  a  coiled  cobra  ready  to  spring ; 
that  rustle  in  the  thicket  might  be  a  crouching 
tiger.  Springing  out  of  the  grass  there  is  an 
iguana  ;  a  yawarri  is  hidden  up  that  tree  ;  a  lizard 
has  just  run  past  your  feet  and  darted  down  this 
hole ;  you  feel  as  if  you  dare  not  stir ;  above  and 
below  are  things  of  life,  and  it  may  be  things  of 
death.  For  no  poison  is  so  deadly  as  that  of  the 
little  green  parrot  snake  or  the  labarri  that  crawls  at 
your  feet.  My  daughter,  who  was  with  me,  occupied 
the  little  room.  This  evening  I  slung  my  ham- 
mock upstairs.  In  her  diary  she  says,  "  In  the 
night,  by  the  light  of  the  moon,  I  could  see  the 
huge  cockroaches  crawling  up  the  walls,  and  two 
or  three  spiders,  with  legs  two  inches  long,  creeping 
on  the  roof  close  above  my  head.  I  opened  the 
little  shutter  which  served  as  a  window  and  looked 
205 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
out.  Before  me  was  the  great  forest,  dark  and 
sombre,  with  the  moonbeams  shining  through  the 
trees  and  casting  weird  shadows  all  around.  I 
could  hear  the  buzzing  and  whistling  of  the 
insects,  the  loud  croak  of  the  great  bull  frog,  with 
his  whistling  companions  all  around  him.  The 
hoot  of  the  night  owl,  the  scream  of  the  monkeys 
after  the  fruit,  and  the  distant  bark  or  howl  of  the 
crab  dog.  These  are  the  sights  and  sounds  that 
fell  upon  my  ear  as  I  stood  by  that  opening,  a 
hundred  and  forty  miles  from  the  nearest  town, 
and  around  the  great  primeval  forest,  with  the 
great  dark  river  flowing  just  below.  That  is  the 
time  when  one  thinks  of  home  and  loved  ones  and 
friends,  and  thank  God  that  there  is  a  loving 
heavenly  Father  whose  watchful  eye  never  sleeps, 
and  who  is  guarding  them  and  us. 

The  next  day  was  a  wet  day.  And  it  may  be 
said  with  truth  here,  "  It  never  rains  but  it  pours." 
We  sat  in  what  might  be  called  the  little  open 
verandah  and  watched  the  heavy  rain-drops,  as  they 
pattered  upon  the  leaves  of  the  trees.  Hanging  over 
the  wattles  was  a  huge  tiger  skin.  We  had  arrived  a 
few  days  after  the  fellow  was  killed.  Tell  us  about  it, 
I  said,  for  like  the  Athenians  of  old  we  had  nothing 
else  to  do  just  then  but  to  tell  or  to  hear  some 
new  thing.      "  Well,"   said   Alec,   "  nebba  trouble 

206 


AT  ZEELANDIA 
trouble  till  trouble  trouble  you.  Dis  fellow  trouble 
a'  we  too  much.  He  came  in  de  night  and  steal  de 
pork.  He  came  'gain  and  take  a*  we  fowl.  So  we 
say,  *  We  no  clea'  groun*  fo*  monkey  fo'  run  'pon, 
and  we  no  rear  fowl  fo*  tigah  to  eat.  So  we  must 
ketch  he  one  dem  nights.'  Three  of  us  get  we 
guns,  we  climb  'pon  tree,  and  we  wait  and  we  say, 
'  Ebery  day  debil  help  tief,  one  day  God  mus'  help 
watchman.'  By  and  by  we  hear  noise,  massa,  tigah 
come  carrying  big  hog  'tween  he  teet'.  Bang ! 
Tigah  stops,  tigah  growl.  Bang  !  Tigah  roll  ober. 
He  keep  still,  but  we  say,  *  Ebery  shut  eye  no  a 
sleep.'  We  gib  he  one  more.  Bang !  He  dead  fo' 
true.  We  haul  he  up.  Dere  he  skin.  '  No  ketchee, 
no  habee.' " 

We  measured  the  skin  and  it  was  seven  feet 
seven  inches  from  snout  to  tail.  We  got  two  of  the 
teeth,  which  we  have  here  ;  each  one  was  nearly 
three  inches  long.  These  formidable  molars — I 
call  'em  mawlers — in  such  a  powerful  jaw  would 
soon  let  daylight  into  a  man,  and  crackle  his  bones. 
We  were  very  glad  to  have  his  skin. 

In  the  afternoon,  as  the  rain  had  cleared  off,  we 

took  to  the  canoes  and  crossed  the  river  to  the 

little  chapel.     From  thence  with  our  "  nets  "  and 

cutlasses  and  bowie  knives  and  guns  and  dogs  we 

went  into  the  forest. 

207 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

The  forest  on  that  side  is  very  thick  with  trees, 
and  noted  for  its  wild  beasts.  But  they  come  out 
mostly  at  night.  A  good  dog  is  a  good  protec- 
tion. Not  that  he  is  a  match  for  either  "  boas,  or 
tigers,  or  jaguars,  or  bushmasters,"  but  by  his  scent 
and  quickness  of  hearing  he  can  detect  their  lurk- 
ing places,  and  he  never  fails  to  give  you  timely 
warning.  But  many  of  these  little  creatures  become 
the  prey  of  these  forest  roaming  monsters. 

Horatio  Gladstone,  with  whom  we  were  staying, 
had  a  dog — a  fine  bull-terrier,  full  of  pluck  and  go. 
If  he  had  been  blessed  with  a  little  discretion  it 
would  have  been  better  for  him.  But  he  would 
tackle  anything.  One  day,  running  in  the  bush 
near  the  water,  he  roused  a  large  water  boa.  For 
a  moment  he  stood,  and,  facing  it,  barked,  the 
next  it  came  down  upon  him  with  its  mouth  wide 
open,  and  just  swallowed  him  alive.  "  We  thought 
we  heard  him  barking  inside,"  said  Alec,  but  we 
hadn't  our  guns  with  us,  and  so  we  had  to  make 
off.     We  have  never  seen  him  since. 

It  was  in  this  forest  that  one  of  the  men  was 
bitten  by  the  "  bushmaster."  This  is  one  of  the 
most  dreaded  of  our  snakes.  It  is  about  eight  feet 
long,  and  has  a  terrible  mouth  and  fangs.  Its 
poison  is  said  to  be  very  deadly.  In  fact,  it  is 
dreaded  both  by  man  and  beast.  If  you  meet  it 
208 


AT  ZEELANDIA 
you  must  either  kill  it  or  be  killed.  Flight  is  im- 
possible, for  it  can  run  faster  than  you,  and  it  can 
climb  up  a  tree.  There  is  only  one  thing  you  can 
do,  and  that  is  cross  the  water  if  you  be  near  either 
river  or  creek,  and  even  there  it  will  follow  you 
sometimes.  Of  course,  the  best  thing  is  to  shoot 
it  But  sometimes  a  man  has  no  gun.  On  this 
occasion  the  man  was  looking  in  a  hole  for  a  labba, 
when  out  sprang  this  snake.  As  quick  as  possible 
he  turned  and  struck  it  with  his  cutlass,  but  before 
he  could  step  aside,  the  head  of  the  snake  already 
severed  from  the  body,  bit  him  in  the  heel.  He 
sung  out  to  his  mates,  and  made  for  the  boat  on 
the  river  side — in  five  minutes  he  staggered  like  a 
drunken  man.  "  My  eyes,"  he  said,  "  grew  dark  ; 
they  got  hold  of  me  and  put  me  in  the  boat." 
Now,  luckily,  there  lived  close  by  a  man  called 
Barker,  who  is  known  as  a  snake  charmer.  He 
seems  to  have  a  wonderful  power  over  all  the  snake 
tribe.  There  is  not  one,  I  am  assured,  that  he  will 
not  take  up  in  his  hands.  He  knows  the  antidote 
to  all  their  poisons.  "  This  man,"  he  said,  ''  gave 
me  some  medicine.  I  thought  I  was  dead.  My 
head  nearly  burst  with  pain  ;  my  eyes  were  dark, 
but  by  and  by  perspiration  came  on,  and  there 
oozed  out  through  my  skin  a  white  substance  like 
sawdust  or  very  small  shavings.  I  began  to  recover. 
209  •  o 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
But  it  was  months  ere  I  was  myself  again.  The 
mark  of  the  wound  is  still  on  my  foot,  and  I  pray 
God  I  may  never  pass  through  the  like  again. 
Since  that  day  the  sight  of  a  snake  almost  makes 
me  tremble." 

As  we  were  walking  through  the  forest,  one 
behind  another,  we  saw  a  great  silk  cotton  tree. 
This  is  one  of  the  largest  trees  of  the  forest.  It 
grows  to  a  height  of  one  hundred  feet,  and  is 
twelve  or  fourteen  feet  in  diameter.  The  branches 
do  not  begin  to  grow  from  the  trunk  till  it  has 
attained  a  height  of  about  sixty  feet.  It  only 
blossoms  once  in  three  years.  The  bud  contains  a 
fine  silk  cotton  of  a  light  grey  colour,  hence  its 
name.  The  humming  birds  use  this  "  silk  cotton  " 
to  line  their  nests  with.  In  connection  with  this 
tree  there  are  many  superstitions.  The  people 
believe  it  to  be  the  abode  of  departed  spirits.  The 
guardian  spirit  of  the  Cumaka,  or  silk  cotton  tree, 
walks  around  it  at  mid-day  and  at  twelve  o'clock 
at  night.  The  Rev.  John  Wray,  who  laboured 
here  in  1818,  says,"  On  the  site  for  the  new  chapel, 
and  exactly  opposite  the  house,  was  a  large  silk 
cotton  tree  which  stood  in  the  way."  For  some  time 
Mr.  Wray  could  get  no  one  with  courage  enough  to 
cut  it  down,  for  the  negroes  held  the  tree  in  great 
veneration,  and  feared  to  offend  its  spirit.     So  at  last 

210 


AT  ZEELANDIA 
the  parson  said,  "  That  tree  has  got  to  come  down, 
and  if  you  won't  cut  it  down,  I  will,"  and,  taking 
off  his  coat,  he  seized  the  axe  and  commenced 
the  work.  The  men  looked  on  for  some  minutes, 
and  seeing  that  Mr.  Wray  was  not  afraid,  and  that 
he  was  the  real  transgressor,  they  took  courage,  and 
coming  for  the  axe  they  began  to  cut,  but  at  every 
stroke  they  cried  out,  "  No  me  da  massa,  no  me  da 
massa."  Thus  the  tree  was  brought  to  the  ground. 
Some  say  that  the  juice  of  the  tree  is  red  like 
blood,  others  that  there  is  a  gaseous  exhalation 
from  the  tree  when  cut,  which  is  very  injurious, 
and  that  these  have  given  rise  to  the  superstition. 

However,  we  noticed  as  we  passed  this  Cumaka 
tree  in  the  forest,  a  kind  of  bush  rope  ladder, 
leading  up  to  its  branches.  "  What  is  that  for  ?  "  I 
said.  "  That  is  the  tree  we  often  climb  up,  sitting 
and  waiting  for  game.  I  have  sat  hours  upon 
hours  in  that  tree,  and  have  brought  home  many  a 
bird  for  the  pot,  and  many  a  bush-hog  for  the  feast." 

But  now  we  must  return.  We  have  been  where 
cultivation,  even  in  the  old  days,  never  found  its 
way. 

"  This  is  the  forest  primeval.    The  murmuring  pines  and  the 
hemlocks 
Bearded  with  moss,  and  in  garments  green,  indistinct  in  the 
twilight." 

211 


XIV 

KIMBIA   LAKES 

*  A  N'  you,  missie,  been  to  dat  Kimbia  Lake  ? 
JLx.  We  Creoles  no  able  fo'  go  dere.  Dat 
place  too  much  bad.  Too  much  snake  in  de  grass, 
and  too  much  tigah,  and  too  much  bad  ebery  ting. 
We  so  glad  you  come  back  safe."  Such  was  the 
greeting  we  got  from  our  black  Creole  friends  on 
our  return.  Indeed  it  was  only  when  we  got  back 
to  town  that  we  found  out  what  a  dangerous  place 
we  had  been  in.  One  person  who  has  lived  in  the 
upper  reaches  of  the  river  for  years,  and  is  well 
acquainted  with  bush  and  forest,  said  that  Kimbia 
Lake  was  a  very  dangerous  place  for  any  one  to  go 
to.  In  fact  very  few  people  ever  went  there.  Its 
wild  beasts  were  noted  for  their  fierceness.  There 
being  little  food  to  be  got  at  certain  seasons  of  the 
year,  hunger  made  them  ravenous,  and  then  they 
would  attack  anything.     The  place  abounds  with 

212 


KIMBIA  LAKES 

large  serpents  ;  some  of  these  twenty  feet  long  have 
been  seen  floating  upon  the  water.  "  I  wouldn't 
have  dared  to  go  up  there,"  said  a  friend.  "  You 
English  ladies  have  plenty  of  courage."  This  was 
to  my  daughter  who  is,  I  believe,  the  first  English 
lady  that  has  visited  it.  The  fact  is  we  were  quite 
unconscious  of  any  special  danger  we  were  running 
into  ;  dangers  peculiar  to  the  creek  and  forest  and 
bush  and  savannah  we  were  prepared  for. 

Our  trust  was  in  God,  and  He  was  our  shield. 
As  the  wise  man  says,  "  He  is  a  shield  unto  them 
that  put  their  trust  in  Him  "  (Prov.  xxx.  5).  Besides 
this  I  had  a  kind  of  feeling  that  one's  life  is  not  his 
own  ;  it  is  in  God's  keeping.  We  cannot  shun  a 
danger  that  is  appointed,  nor  can  we  incur  one 
that  is  not. 

"  On  two  days  it  steads  not  to  run  from  thy  grave, 
The  appointed  and  the  unappointed  day  ; 
On  the  first  neither  balm  nor  physician  can  save, 
Nor  thee  on  the  second  the  universe  slay.'' 

The  morning  of  our  starting  out  was  lovely. 
Getting  up  with  the  first  streaks  of  dawn  we  had 
our  bath  and  our  "cawfee,"  making  the  latter  as 
substantial  as  we  could  with  eggs  and  rice  and 
cassava.  Bidding  them  goodbye  at  Zeelandia,  we 
walked  down  to  the  river  and  got  into  the  boat, 

21^ 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
There  were  four  good  strong  native  pullers.  We 
had  a  captain  at  the  bow,  and  a  steersman  behind, 
besides  myself,  my  daughter,  a  black  servant  called 
Zoo,  and  the  Rev.  J.  S.  We  had  equipped  our- 
selves with  all  needful  things.  "  Be  sure,"  I  said,  "  to 
put  the  guns  in."  So  we  had  our  guns,  our  bows 
and  arrows,  such  as  the  Indians  use,  our  cutlasses, 
our  axes,  and  our  bowie  knives.  Our  lunch  basket 
also  was  well  packed.  At  the  word  "  ready "  we 
pushed  out  from  the  landing,  and  our  journey 
commenced. 

How  still  everything  seemed  that  morning  as  we 
paddled  softly  down  the  side  of  the  great  river ! 
Not  a  breath  of  air  is  stirring.  The  leaves  on  the 
trees  are  as  motionless  as  if  they  were  carved  in 
stone.  A  little  canoe  with  one  solitary  occupant 
is  coming  towards  us.  It  is  a  lonely  squatter 
journeying  to  his  rice-fields  a  little  further  up  the 
river,  or  he  is  going  to  look  at  his  fishing-line  and 
his  traps  which  he  set  last  night.  "  Morning, 
Buddie  !  how  you  do  ?  "  "  So,  so  !  how  you  do." 
Such  is  the  greeting  that  opens  up  a  little  "talkee" 
on  points  of  interest  to  these  dwellers  in  the 
wilderness.  They  have  no  postman  coming  with 
his  letters  of  joy  and  of  sorrow,  no  daily  papers 
with  its  gossip  of  the  world,  no  cablegrams  telling 
them  that  the  Tsar  slept  soundly  last  night,  and  the 

214 


KIMBIA  LAKES 
Kaiser  was  learning  to  walk  the  tight-rope,  and 
the  President  of  the  American  Republic  in  a  fit  of 
patriotism  had  insulted  John  Bull  and  challenged 
the  man  in  the  moon.  Their  nerves  are  never 
unstrung  with  news  about  the  awful  condition  of 
the  people  in  Timbuctoo,  and  their  appetite  is  not 
affected  by  the  advance  of  the  Matabeles  and  the 
uncompromising  attitude  of  the  Boers. 

In  answer  to  our  question,  the  captain  tells  us 
that  we  have  only  one  more  "  point "  and  then  we 
shall  come  to  the  creek.  They  measure  distance 
on  the  river  by  "  points,"  that  is,  by  the  different 
bends  of  the  stream.  There  are  long  points,  and 
short  points,  and  half  points,  no  two  points 
measuring  exactly  the  same.  Ask  how  far  it  is  to 
such  a  place,  and  they  will  say,  "  Two  long  points 
and  a  short  one,"  or  "  Three  points  and  a  half"  It 
is  only  when  you  have  become  accustomed  to  the 
bends  of  the  river  that  you  can  measure  the 
distance  to  a  place  by  its  points.  And  now  we 
come  to  a  little  opening  in  the  trees.  It  only 
looks  a  few  feet  wide.  The  overhanging  branches 
with  their  thick  foliage  and  their  intertwined  lianos 
almost  hiding  it  from  view.  As  we  enter,  that 
little  opening  expands,  the  trees  on  either  side  are 
statelier  and  taller,  their  great  spreading  branches 
stretch  out  towards  each  other  as  if  to  shake  hands, 

215 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
forming  a  leafy  canopy  over  our  heads,  the  water 
is  blacker,  the  shade  is  deeper,  on  each  side  the 
forest  stands,  we  are  in  Kimbia  Creek. 

Being  fond  of  a  little  paddling  myself,  and 
wishing  to  relieve  one  of  the  men,  I  took  off  my 
coat  and  rolled  up  my  sleeves  and  began.  The 
simultaneous  stroke  of  the  paddles  in  the  water, 
sometimes  so  soft  that  you  cannot  hear  them,  and 
at  other  times  loud  like  the  tramping  of  feet,  makes 
a  kind  of  music.  You  feel  inclined  to  sing,  to 
whistle,  to  beat  time.  You  must  fall  into  the 
rhythm  and  the  motion. 

We  sail  along  through  Kimbia  Creek, 
All  friends,  both  good  and  true  ; 

The  monkeys  whistle,  the  parrots  squeak, 
As  we  paddle  our  own  canoe. 

We  care  not  now  for  the  big,  big  world, 

What  it  may  say  or  do  ; 
We  wonder  and  muse,  we've  a  quiet  untold, 

As  we  paddle  our  own  canoe. 

The  toucan  cries,  and  "pai-pai-o," 

Vibrates  the  forest  through  ; 
We  watch  the  love-birds  come  and  go. 

As  we  paddle  our  own  canoe. 

So  here's  to  the  wild,  free,  forest  life. 
With  its  skies  so  bright  and  blue  ; 

Far  away  from  the  world's  unrest  and  strife, 
We  paddle  our  own  canoe. 
216 


KIMBIA  LAKES 
The  dog  Leo  which  we  took  with  us  has  been 
sent  ashore,  he  is  running  in  the  forest  alongside 
of  the  creek  ;  now  he  is  off  on  a  scent ;  he  does  not, 
however,  go  far  into  the  forest,  he  is  afraid  of  Massa 
Tigah.  "  He  too  coward,"  says  one  of  the  men. 
I  suggested  that  he  was  hungry,  for  he  certainly 
was  very  thin.  "  Daag  magah,  he  head  big  " — i.e. 
Dog  thin,  or  as  they  say  "  maugre,"  has  a  big  head. 
Then  I  said  "  Feed  him!"  "  No,  massa,  Daag  wha'  a 
bring  a  bone,  sa  carry  ain,"  so  he  must  run  in  the 
bush  and  hunt.  Sometimes  he  scents  something 
afar  off,  and  at  the  same  time  something  starts  up 
at  the  creek  side  ;  he  follows  the  other  and  misses 
this ;  if  he  had  only  followed  this  we  should  have 
got  it,  and  the  other  he  has  no  chance  at,  it  is  off 
beyond  his  speed.  We  feel  inclined  to  be  "  bex." 
Cui  bono  ?  To  what  good  ?  "  Daag  hab  four  foot, 
but  can't  walk  on  four  roads  wan  time."  There's 
a  labba  !  Up  with  your  gun  !  He's  off!  With  a  big 
splash  he  plunges  into  the  water.  "  Down  with  the 
boat,  boys,"  softly,  "  he  may  come  up  again."  We 
sit  as  silent  as  grim  death,  the  boat  floats  with  the 
stream,  guns  are  loaded,  capped  and  ready,  but 
master  labba  keeps  well  out  of  the  way.  We  have 
not  time  to  wait,  so  we  give  up  the  chase  with  the 
solemn  reflection :  "  Ebery  day  fishing  day,  but 
ebery  day  no  ketchin'  day." 

217 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
Once  more  we  are  paddling  up-stream,  but  the 
creek  is  getting  narrower,  here  and  there  are  fallen 
trees,  right  athwart  our  path.  Some  are  well  under 
water  so  that  we  can  just  skim  over  the  tops  of 
them,  others  are  above  water,  forming  a  bridge  for 
the  monkeys  to  cross  over.  There's  a  monkey,  do 
you  see  him.  Ah,  the  fellow  !  See  how  he  runs 
up  that  tree.  He's  looking  at  us  and  chuckling. 
"  Mo'  monkey  climb,  mo'  he  show  he  tail."  Point 
the  gun  at  him.  He's  off  to  the  topmost  branch. 
He  can  curl  himself  up  into  a  small  compass  like 
a  ball,  and  there  he  hides  behind  a  big  leaf. 
Monkey  can't  be  found.  "  Ah  !  monkey  knows 
wha'  tree  he  a  climb  'pon."  "  Those  monkeys,"  says 
Alec,  the  black  boy,  "  are  too  cunning ;  see  how 
they  stick  to  a  nut  or  a  *  cherry'  when  they  get  one, 
afraid  if  you  make  the  least  move  that  they  are 
going  to  lose  it.  He  eats  it  looking  round  as  if  he 
were  not  sure  of  it  till  he'd  swallowed  it.  Hence 
our  proverb,  '  Monkey  say,  "  Wha'  deh  a-me  belly  a- 
me  own  ;  wha'  deh  a-me  mout "  a  yackman  want.'" 
"  Have  you  ever  seen  a  monkey  laugh  ? "  "  No." 
"  Well,  I  have  one  at  home ;  we  call  him  Sambo,  but 
the  black  people  call  him  Jack,  and  I  have  seen  him 
laugh  many  a  time.  You  tickle  him  or  please  him 
with  anything,  and  he  will  put  his  two  hands  on 
his  sides  and  bend  down  and  shake  just  like  a 

218 


KIMBIA  LAKES 
person  in  a  fit  of  laughter,  and  at  the  same  time 
a  broad  grin  will  steal  over  his  face  showing  all  his 
front  teeth.  I  tell  you  he  looks  too  funny."  "  But 
have  you  ever  seen  him  cry?"  said  Alec.  "Well, 
I've  heard  him  wail  and  lament,  but  I  never  saw 
him  take  his  handkerchief  out  of  his  pocket  and 
wipe  his  tears  away." 

"  If  you  want  see  monkey  cry, 
Tick  a  peppa  in  he  eye." 

But  here's  a  Dutchman's  bridge,  /.c,  a  tree  trunk 
across  the  creek  ;  we  shall  have  to  get  under.  At 
the  word  "  duck  "  we  all  lie  down  flat  in  the  bottom 
of  the  boat,  and  we  manage  to  get  through  safe. 
But  this  is  dangerous  work,  for  it  is  often  on  such 
trees  that  venomous  snakes  are  to  be  found.  These 
fallen  trees  are  becoming  more  numerous  as  we 
advance,  and  great  branches  sticking  up  impede 
our  progress.  Our  cutlasses  are  now  in  constant 
requisition.  Whilst  giving  a  final  stroke  to  one 
stiff  hard  branch,  my  cutlass  fell  out  of  my  hand 
into  the  water.  Luckily  it  stuck  in  the  mud,  point 
downwards,  like  an  arrow  in  a  target ;  so  getting 
a  long  stick  with  a  slit  in  the  end  we  managed 
to  pull  the  cutlass  up.  But  now  we  are  stopped 
again,  here  is  a  tree  trunk  that  our  boat  is  unable 
to  pass  under.     There's  nothing  for  it  but  to  cut 

219 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
the  thing  away,  so  we  bring  the  boat  up  close  and 
fetch  out  the  big  axe  ;  in  a  few  minutes  the  way  is 
again  clear  and  we  are  off.  We  have  now  been 
paddling  about  six  hours  and  feel  ready  for  a  rest ; 
so  we  pull  up  and  get  out  in  the  forest,  and  have  a 
few  sandwiches  and  some  creek  water.  Then  we 
light  our  pipes,  and  smoke  that  very  weed  which 
God  makes  to  grow  in  these  very  forests,  and  we 
talk  and  think  of  many  things.  We  do  not  go  far 
from  one  another,  for  it  is  not  safe,  and  the  dog 
keeps  watch  for  us  by  running  round. 

In  about  another  hour  we  reach  the  edge  of  the 
forest  on  our  left  hand,  the  trees  get  thinner,  and 
the  light  begins  to  break  in.  We  stop,  and  walking 
a  short  way  through  the  bush,  a  splendid  view 
stretches  out  before  us.  Imagine  the  two  sides 
of  a  square,  or  rather  oblong,  and  your  standing 
at  the  angle  where  the  two  sides  meet,  up  one  side 
is  the  line  of  the  great  forest,  stretching  away  miles 
upon  miles  and  running  parallel  with  the  great 
river ;  up  the  other  side  is  a  thin  line  of  foliage 
skirting  the  bank  of  the  creek,  and  right  in  front, 
far  as  the  eye  can  see,  is  the  vast  savannah.  It 
rises  towards  the  centre  into  an  eminence  forming 
a  ridge  of  high  ground.  You  reach  this,  and  again 
stretching  out  before  you  is  a  grand,  wild  prospect 
of  tableland.     Over  this  the  wild  deer  bound,  and 


KIMBIA  LAKES 
towards  the  Corentyne  coast  the  wild  cattle  roam. 
The  tiger  lurks  in  the  long  grass  for  his  prey,  and 
the  reptiles  make  it  their  hiding-place.  But  now  we 
are  coming  to  the  head  of  the  lake.  The  stream  is 
narrower  and  beautifully  clear.  The  moco  moco 
grow  so  thick  as  seriously  to  threaten  our  progress, 
but  determination  overcomes  difficulties.  We 
drive  our  boat  through  them,  dodging  in  and  out 
like  a  dog  at  a  fair;  at  last,  about  2.15,  Kimbia 
Lake  bursts  upon  our  view.  It  is  a  fine  sheet 
of  water  about  three  miles  long  and  two  broad, 
or  even  more  in  the  rainy  season — its  waters  dark 
and  solemn,  but  sweet  and  clear.  Around  it  rises 
the  high  ground  of  the  savannah,  with  bunches 
of  palm  trees  here  and  there  ;  these  Ita  palms, 
with  their  tall  stems  and  their  waving  plumes, 
making  a  picture  of  beauty  in  themselves.  To 
our  right  as  we  entered  the  forest  ran  out  to  a 
point,  and  formed  a  little  hill  covered  with  trees. 
The  banks  of  the  lake  were  covered  with  tall 
grass,  reeds,  and  rushes.  These  rose  to  a  height 
of  five  or  six  feet.  In  the  rainy  season  these  are 
doubtless  all  under  water.  On  entering  the  lake 
one  of  the  men  shot  an  Indian  arrow  up  into  the 
air,  so  as  to  alight  further  on  in  the  water,  and  it 
may  be  shoot  a  fish,  but  we  found  the  arrow  a 
little  later  floating  on  the  surface.     The  one  thing 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
that  impressed  us  most  was  the  weird  silence  of 
the  place  ;  a  silence  as  of  death  reigned  around  ; 
it  became  oppressive.  We  sat  in  the  boat  and 
seemed  at  moments  unable  to  speak  ;  not  a  breath 
of  wind  stirred,  not  a  leaf  moved.  We  were  on 
an  enchanted  lake.  The  sun  shone  hot  and  fierce 
above  our  heads,  the  waters  were  like  a  sheet 
of  smoked  glass.  The  place  was  surely  haunted. 
At  any  moment  one  could  imagine  the  witches  of 
Macbeth  rising  solemnly  out  of  the  dense  morass 
and  crying : — 

"  Black  spirits  and  white, 
Red  spirits  and  grey, 
Mingle,  mingle,  mingle, 
You  that  mingle  may.'' 

We  sailed  round  the  lake,  we  went  up  one  of  the 
streams  that  flow  into  it  from  somewhere  in  the 
vicinity  of  Canje  Creek,  and  then,  after  getting  a 
few  specimens  of  the  wild  grasses,  we  turned  our 
boat's  head  towards  home.  "  Plenty  of  sport  here," 
said  one  of  the  men,  "  in  the  hunting  season.  Fish 
too  many  in  this  lake.  Stop  till  night,  and  we'll 
have  too  much  to  take  home."  But  this  we  could 
not  do,  and  as  we  were  all  getting  fagged  with  the 
excessive  heat,  and  wanted  our  insides  replenishing, 
we  made  our  way  as  quick  as  we  could  to  a  nice 
camping  ground  in  the  forest.     There  we  lit  a  fire 


KIMBIA  LAKES 
and    put  our  kettle  on  to  boil.     In  a  short  time 
we   had    some    tea    ready,    Miss    Lilian    and   the 
black  servant  superintending  the  feast. 

On  our  return  down  the  stream  we  found  con- 
siderable difficulty  arising  from  the  fact  that  with 
the  ebbing  tide  the  water  had  fallen  three  feet. 
This  brought  many  of  the  logs  that  were  well 
under  as  we  went  up  so  near  the  surface  that  our 
boat  would  sometimes  stick  on  them,  and  the  men 
had  to  get  out  on  the  log  and  push  it  over.  On 
two  or  three  occasions  the  boat  heeled  over,  and  it 
was  only  by  a  kind  of  miracle  that  we  were  not 
completely  capsized.  After  some  three  hours'  hard 
work,  I  called  a  halt,  and  handed  my  drinking  cup 
round  to  the  men,  when  one  of  them  accidentally 
let  it  fall  into  the  water.  At  first  we  could  see  the 
cup,  which  was  of  a  bright  metal,  and  we  tried  with 
a  stick  to  get  it.  But  we  found  the  water  was 
so  deep,  and  the  stick  had  to  be  so  long  that  we 
could  not  manage  it.  At  last  Alec,  who  had  let  it 
fall,  said,  "  I  will  go  in  for  it."  So  with  his  flannel 
and  pants  on  he  dived  in,  but  he  said  the  current 
was  so  strong  and  the  mud  so  slippery  that  he  was 
carried  away  from  where  the  cup  lay.  There  was 
a  depth  of  between  ten  and  twelve  feet  of  water, 
and  we  were  not  more  than  eight  feet  from  the  side. 
Swimming  ashore,  he  cut  a  long  pole,  and  hauling 

223 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
the  boat  over  the  spot  we  stuck  it  in  the  ground 
and  held  it  there,  then  Alec  went  down  holding  on 
to  the  pole.  At  last  he  got  hold  of  the  cup ;  we 
watched  but  he  did  not  seem  to  offer  to  come  up 
again  ;  he  seemed  half  dazed.  Shaking  the  pole 
we  cried,  "  Come  up,  man  !  " — and  to  our  relief  we 
soon  saw  him  rising,  and  we  pulled  him  into  the  boat. 

We  now  found  it  getting  dark.  This,  with  the 
half-submerged  logs  and  the  broken  branches  pro- 
jecting up  out  of  the  water  made  our  travelling 
both  difficult  and  dangerous.  It  now  needed 
every  one  to  take  the  paddle  that  could,  and  be 
prepared  for  any  emergency.  "If  you  are  upset," 
I  said,  "  and  pitched  into  the  water,  make  for  the 
bank,  and  if  you  cannot  swim,  get  hold  of  some 
branch  of  a  tree." 

On  and  on  we  go.    The  six  o'clock  beetle  begins, 

the  last  rays  of  the  setting  sun  shine  through  the 

increasing  gloom  of  the  forest.     The  trees  begin  to 

look  like  dark  objects  with  their  arms  spread  out ; 

the  water  becomes   inky   black.     All   is   dark  as 

night  around  ;  a  little  light  can  be  seen  as  we  look 

up  through  the  opening  over  our  heads.     It  is  the 

light  of  the  stars. 

"  There  is  no  light  in  earth  or  heaven 
But  the  cold  light  of  stars, 
And  the  first  watch  of  the  night  is  given 
To  the  red  planet  Mars." 
224 


KIMBIA  LAKES 
By  and  by  the  moon  rises,  weird  shadows  seem 
to  walk  amid  the  trees,  and  flit  across  the  waters. 
Round  and  round  we  go,  is  there  no  end  to  this 
winding  creek  ?  Our  arms  are  wearied  with  the 
paddles,  our  eyes  ache  with  straining  them  to  see 
in  the  dark,  our  backs  feel  as  if  they  would  break 
with  sitting  so  long  in  one  position.  Suddenly  the 
light  increases,  an  opening  appears,  the  full  moon 
shines  on  the  broad  waters  of  the  Berbice  river. 
Now  we  are  all  right.  Soon  we  shall  be  home. 
That  night  we  needed  no  music  to  lull  us  off  to 
sleep.  Getting  into  our  hammocks  we  soon  passed 
into  that  state  of  unconsciousness — 

"Where  the  wicked  cease  from  troubling. 
And  the  weary  are  at  rest." 

ABARYBANNA  OR  KIMBIA  LAKE. 

Far,  far  up  the  Berbice  river, 

Far  from  city,  far  from  town. 
From  amid  the  unknown  regions 

There  a  stream  flows  gently  down. 

Rolling  down  through  bush  and  forest, 

Where  no  human  foot  hath  trod. 
Making  for  itself  a  pathway 

Destined  for  it  by  its  God. 

Through  this  hot  and  unknown  country, 
Which  few  human  eyes  have  seen. 

On  it  flows,  'mid  sunbeams  glancing, 
And  the  fohage  rich  and  green. 


British  guiana 

Sailing  'neath  the  fluttering  leaflets, 
Hanging  from  the  forest  trees, 

We  with  hope  our  boat  pushed  onward 
Aided  by  the  gentle  breeze. 

The  toucan  echoed  through  the  forest 
With  his  wild  and  piercing  cry, 

And  the  monkeys  in  the  tree-top 
Grinned  at  us  as  we  went  by. 

Suddenly  a  beauteous  vision 
Rose  before  our  wondering  eyes. 

There  fair  Kimbia's  lake  lay  nestling 
'Neath  the  pale  and  azure  skies. 

All  around  the  prairie  hillocks 

Rose  as  if  to  guard  it  well, 
And  the  coarse  brown  jungle  grasses 

With  the  breezes  rose  and  fell. 

There  the  stately  Royal  Ita 
Waved  its  plumes  amid  the  wind. 

And  the  bamboo's  slender  tendrils 
Modestly  stood  up  behind. 

As  we  gazed  around  in  rapture 

All  was  silent  as  the  night, 
Not  a  leaflet  stirred  around  us. 

Yet  the  sun  shone  hot  and  bright. 

Quiet  reigned  and  ghostly  stillness, 
Not  a  living  thing  seemed  there, 

Yet  beneath  those  jungle  grasses 
Slept  the  wild  beast  in  his  lair. 

In  some  quiet  comer  sleeping 
Lies  the  deadly  cobra  coiled, 

And  the  twisting,  sleek  camoudi 
Will  not  have  his  purpose  foiled. 
226 


KIMBIA  LAKES 

Now's  the  time  when  beasts  and  reptiles 
Take  their  mid-day  rest  and  ease  ; 

But  when  comes  the  stilly  twilight, 
Then  they  creep  beneath  the  trees. 

When  at  night  the  moonbeams  glisten 

Far  o'er  the  savannah  wild, 
Comes  the  shrill  cry  of  the  monkey, 

As  of  some  poor,  suffering  child. 

From  some  dark  recess  the  tiger 
Rushes  forth  with  savage  growl, 

And  as  stealthy  as  a  serpent 
There  the  jaguar  does  prowl. 

All  these  dangers  lurked  around  us. 
Yet  we  did  not  seem  to  fear. 

For  we  knew  that  One  above  us 
Ever  watched,  was  ever  near. 

We  were  trusting  in  that  presence 
Which  we  could  not  hear  or  see. 

And  we  knew  that  He  would  keep  us 
From  all  harm  and  danger  free. 

In  the  town  and  in  the  city, 
Wheresoe'er  our  way  we  take, 

We  shall  ne'er  forget  the  vision 
Of  fair  Kimbia's  lovely  lake. 

L.  E.  C. 


227 


XV 

AMONG  THE  ARAWAACK   INDIANS 

IT  was  very  early  in  the  morning  when  we  got 
into  our  canoe  and  paddled  our  way  to  the 
river-boat  which  was  lying  at  anchor  in  mid-stream. 
Everything  was  fresh  and  green.  The  heavy  dew 
was  still  lying  upon  grass  and  shrub.  Indeed, 
everything  was  saturated  with  its  moisture.  We 
found  a  large  number,  chiefly  negroes  from  the 
town,  on  their  way  up  to  the  wood-cutting  grants 
in  the  interior.  From  these  we  received  a  cheery 
"  Good-morning,  parson,"  and  I  went  round  to 
them  all,  giving  them  a  little  tract  to  read,  and 
after  a  little  service  and  many  kindly  words,  we 
took  our  place  on  the  upper  deck.  We  now  came 
to  the  sand-hills,  which  takes  its  name  from  the 
hills  of  sand  which  skirt  the  banks  of  the  river. 
Here  there  is  a  neat  little  Anglican  church,  which 
calls  the  scattered  worshippers  from  the  surround- 

228 


AMONG  THE  ARAWAACK  INDIANS 
ing  district,  and  ministers  to  the  spiritual  needs  of 
these  dwellers  in  the  wilderness. 

Our  next  place  of  note  is  "  Maria  Henrietta," 
where  the  London  Missionary  Society  have  had  a 
mission  for  many  years.  And  soon  after  we  come 
to  Coomacka.  This  is  as  far  as  the  river-boat 
goes. 

Coomacka  takes  its  name  from  the  large  silk 
cotton  (coomacka)  trees  that  there  abound.  The 
river  here  is  wide  and  deep.  There  is  a  feeling  of 
solitude  about  the  place,  and  a  look  of  wildness. 
We  have  reached  the  ultimate  point  of  civilisation. 
From  under  the  trees  a  number  of  canoes  begin  to 
emerge.  These  canoes  are  from  six  to  twelve  or 
fifteen  feet  in  length,  and  from  a  foot  and  a  half  to 
two  or  three  feet  in  width.  They  are  cut  out  of 
the  trunk  of  a  tree,  and  "  kittle  cattle  "  they  are  to 
get  into.  The  least  step  on  one  side  and  over  you 
go.  I  saw  one  man  overbalance  himself,  and  in  a 
moment  the  canoe  went  down,  and  the  only  thing 
to  be  seen  was  the  man  swimming  in  the  water 
towards  the  shore.  The  sight  of  these  canoes  was 
most  picturesque.  There  were  about  twenty  of 
them,  and  sitting  most  composedly  in  them  were 
a  number  of  Indians,  men  and  women  and  chil- 
dren, each  with  his  little  paddle  in  his  hand.  The 
chief  came  up  first.     He  shook  me  by  the  hand, 

229 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
and  in  broken  English  bade  me  welcome.  The 
other  Indian  men  followed  suit.  They  then  began 
to  collect  our  baggage  and  tow  it  away,  some  in 
one  canoe  and  some  in  another.  In  the  centre  of 
the  chiefs  boat  they  had  made  a  little  tent  of  Deha- 
libani  leaves  to  screen  the  parson  from  the  intense 
heat  of  the  sun.  Having  carefully  got  down  into 
the  canoe,  not  without  some  misgiving,  I  seated 
myself  down  on  a  cross  board  in  the  middle. 
Keeping  myself  very  still,  the  word  of  command 
was  given,  and  we  began  to  paddle  away,  seven  or 
eight  canoes  in  the  front,  and  the  rest  in  the  rear. 
With  wonderful  strength  and  agility  they  used  their 
little  Indian  paddles  ;  there  would  be  eight  or  ten 
or  twelve  paddles  to  a  canoe,  all  of  them  striking 
the  water  in  concert.  As  you  looked  at  them  from 
behind,  they  looked  like  the  simultaneous  steps  of 
an  army  on  the  march,  the  paddles  being  the  legs 
of  the  boats.  When  they  wanted  to  go  softly,  as 
they  do  when  fishing  or  hunting,  the  word  was 
given,  and  each  paddle  dipped  into  the  water  with 
a  silence  and  stealth  that  enabled  them  to  come 
close  up  to  their  prey.  For  hours  they  will  keep 
up  this  paddling  without  apparent  exertion  or 
exhaustion.  I  have  set  out  with  them  at  four 
o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  we  have  travelled  on 
all  day  till  six  in  the  evening,  with  only  a  little 

230 


AMONG  THE  ARAWAACK  INDIANS 
break  or  two  for  water  and  refreshment.  All  that 
they  seem  to  eat  is  a  little  cassava  cake,  washed 
down  with  the  water  of  the  river.  After  about 
two  hours  we  turned  out  of  the  Berbice  river  into 
the  Wikky  Creek.  This  stream,  though  called  a 
creek,  is  wider  than  the  Irwell  and  much  deeper. 
We  are  now  fairly  out  of  the  track  of  civilisation. 
The  Indians  are  at  home  here.  We  are  travelling 
through  their  happy  hunting-ground.  On  each  side 
of  us  stood  in  primitive  grandeur  the  magnificent 
trees  of  the  forest,  their  branches  bending  over  and 
dipping  into  the  dark  waters  of  this  unknown  stream. 
There  were  the  "  green  heart,  the  purple  heart,  the 
simaruba,"  the  wallabah,  the  mora,  the  yarruroo, 
and  many  other  trees.  The  prospect  grew  wilder 
as  we  advanced.  Winding  in  and  out  we  found 
ourselves  in  the  very  heart  of  the  forest.  The 
stream  begins  to  get  narrower ;  occasionally  a 
huge  tree  trunk,  forty  or  fifty  feet  in  length,  lying 
right  across  the  creek,  disputes  our  progress,  but 
skimming  round  it  or  shooting  under  it  we  still  go 
on  our  way.  After  about  five  hours'  good  pulling 
the  chief  says,  "  Do  you  see  those  tall  bamboos  ? 
That  is  the  place  where  we  land."  With  a  sudden 
turn  we  shot  under  the  branches  of  the  trees,  and 
there  in  that  little  opening  stood  a  number  of 
Indian   women   and   picknies.      Their   attire   was 

231 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
of  the    simplest   kind,  one   garment   sufficing   in 
some  cases  to  cover  their  person. 

The  Bucks,  that  is  the  name  given  to  the  male 
Indian,  and  Buckeen,  or  Bokeen,  to  the  female,  are 
divided  into  many  tribes.  Some  of  these  are  well 
known,  and  others  hardly  known  at  all.  The 
tribes  best  known  are  the  Arawaacks,  the  Accawais, 
the  Caribs,  the  Warraus,  and  the  Macoosis.  In 
addition  to  these  are  the  Arecunas,  the  Wapisianas, 
the  Woyawais,  the  Attorias,  the  Powsianas,  &c., 
&c.  Some  have  estimated  their  number  in  the 
colony  at  10,000,  15,000,  20,000,  and  25,000. 

The  best  known  are  the  five  first  named.  Of 
these  it  may  be  interesting  to  give  some  little 
account.  And  first  of  all,  of  their  general  history, 
we  may  say  it  is  a  blank.  They  themselves  can 
tell  us  nothing  of  it.  They  have  no  writings  and 
few  traditions.  The  latter  are  so  vague  and  inco- 
herent that  very  little  can  be  made  of  them.  No 
record  of  achievement  or  memorial  of  glory  lights 
up  their  past  It  is  a  page  on  which  nothing  has 
been  written.  Whence  they  came,  history  knows 
not ;  it  can  only  conjecture.  How  long  they  have 
been  here  we  can  only  surmise.  With  the  dis- 
covery of  the  continent  comes  the  discovery  of  its 
strange  inhabitants.  He  was  found  there  a  dweller 
in  the   forest  with  the   parrot,   the   monkey,   the 

232 


AMONG  THE  ARAWAACK  INDIANS 
camoude,  and  the  jaguar.  With  the  trees  of  the 
forest  he  grew,  with  the  trees  of  the  forest  he  died, 
and  with  the  trees  of  the  forest  he  still  lives.  He 
is  a  stranger  to  the  rest  of  mankind.  Roaming 
through  the  vast  forests  of  the  interior,  hunting  his 
deer,  his  bush  hog,  and  his  fish,  he  is  altogether  igno- 
rant of  the  vast  world  of  humanity  buzzing  around 
him.  Even  those  who  live  upon  our  borders,  and 
have  been  reached  by  our  missionaries,  know  not 
the  day  of  the  week  or  the  year  of  our  Lord.  As  for 
time,  that  is  measured  by  sunrise  and  sunset.  For 
hundreds  of  years  they  have  lived  the  same  apa- 
thetic, indifferent,  unaspiring  life.  The  fulfilment 
of  an  instinct,  the  gratification  of  a  passion,  sum  up 
the  round  of  their  existence.  They  eat,  they  sleep, 
they  hunt,  they  laugh,  they  cry,  they  die,  and  their 
bodies  return  to  the  earth  from  whence  they  came- 
The  general  appearance  of  these  Indians  is  pretty 
much  the  same.  They  are  of  a  reddish  brown,  not 
unlike  new  and  clean  copper.  Some,  of  course, 
are  a  little  lighter  in  colour,  and  some  a  little 
darker.  They  are  short  in  stature,  but  thickly 
built  and  fleshy.  The  women  are  somewhat  less 
in  size  than  the  men,  and  some  of  them  are  very 
short.  They  have  long,  straight,  coarse  black 
hair,  the  Bokeen  wearing  it  loose  hanging  over  the 
shoulders,  except  those  in  our  mission,  who  have 

233 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
begun  to  plait  it  and  tie  it  up.  Their  features 
are  regular,  but  there  is  often  a  listless  and  alto- 
gether vacant  expression  upon  their  faces ;  their 
eyes  are  black,  and  somewhat  obliquely  placed  in 
their  orbits.  They  have  neither  whiskers  nor 
beard,  their  custom  being  to  prevent  them  from 
growing  by  plucking  them  out  on  their  first  appear- 
ance. A  vacant  placidity,  unmarked  by  strong 
emotions,  is  perhaps  their  predominant  expression. 

Of  the  five  tribes  mentioned,  the  Caribs  are  said 
to  be  the  most  numerous  ;  brave,  warlike,  and 
industrious.  They  reside  chiefly  on  the  sea  coast 
between  the  Essequebo  and  the  Orinoco.  It  is 
from  them  that  we  get  the  name  of  the  "  Carribean 
Sea." 

The  Warraus  are  said  to  be  a  short,  hardy 
race  of  fishermen,  inhabiting  the  low,  wet,  marshy 
places  adjacent  to  the  sea.  They  are  noted  for 
their  boat-building.  They  live  on  crabs  and  fish. 
In  colour  they  are  somewhat  darker  than  the 
others.  Their  manners  are  bold,  adventurous,  and 
active.  They  are  very  improvident,  and  inclined 
to  dissipation.  Their  features  are  irregular  and 
disproportionate,  the  females  being  peculiarly  dis- 
agreeable. 

The  Macoosi  are  famed  for  their  manufacture  of 
the  Wourali  poison.     But  the  use  of  the  poisoned 

234 


iVH 


^ 


[To  f,ic<:  t>.  235. 
INDIAN  WOMAN,   WITH    HAMMOCK  AND   PEGALL. 


AMONG  THE  ARAWAACK  INDIANS 
arrow  is  common  to  all  these  tribes,  and  Bancroft 
gives   the   recipe   by   which   the    Accawais  arrow 
poison  is  usually  prepared. 

The  Macoosi  occupy  the  open  savannahs  of  the 
Rupununi  and  Barima.  They  are  described  as 
inoffensive,  taciturn,  hospitable,  and  industrious. 
They  are  a  numerous  tribe,  and  are  said  to  be 
implacable  in  their  revenge.  The  picture  before 
you  is  of  a  Macoosi  Indian  woman,  travelling  across 
the  country  in  native  costume.  Her  hammock  is 
tied  up,  and  she  is  carrying  it  upon  her  head.  In 
it  she  rests  by  day  and  sleeps  by  night.  On  her 
back  is  what  is  called  a  pegall,  in  which  she  carries 
whatever  may  be  needed  on  the  way.  In  the 
basket  at  her  feet,  the  cassava  from  the  field  is 
often  carried,  as  well  as  pines  and  other  kinds  of 
vegetable  produce.  The  only  covering  these 
natives  wear  is  the  little  apron,  manufactured  by 
their  own  hands  out  of  cotton  thread  grown  in  the 
forest  and  ornamented  with  different  kinds  of 
beads,  variously  coloured.  The  patterns  of  these 
dresses,  if  such  they  can  be  called,  are  beautiful 
and  ingenious.  They  are  red  and  blue  and  white. 
The  fashion  is  not  by  any  means  modern,  but  it  is 
serviceable  and  very  ancient.  The  name  of  this 
covering  is  "  Queyou." 

The  Accawais  are  the  most  interior  tribe,  living 
235 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
near  the  source  of  the  rivers  Essequebo,  Demerara, 
and  Berbice.  Dalton  describes  them  as  "  of  a 
nomadic,  warlike  nature,  and  wandering  from  the 
Orinoco  to  the  Amazon,  they  engage  in  barter  or 
battle  with  the  other  Indians  according  to  circum- 
stances." Their  numbers  are  large,  and  their  quarrel- 
some temper  well  known.  They  are  disliked  by  the 
other  tribes  and  have  little  if  any  communication 
with  Europeans.  Their  complexion  is  lighter  than 
the  Warraus,  and  their  features  less  disagreeable. 
"  Their  behaviour  is  reserved  and  grave,  and  they 
have  an  unusual  degree  of  art  and  cunning.  Their 
language  is  solemn  and  its  articulations  distinct 
but  harsh.  The  arrow  poison  which  they  compound 
is  particularly  fatal ;  and  besides  that  they  have 
several  other  kinds  of  poison,  which  given  in  the 
smallest  quantities,  produces  a  very  slow,  but 
inevitable  death.  They  have  a  composition  which 
resembles  wheat  flour,  which  they  sometimes  use 
to  avenge  past  injuries  that  have  been  long  ne- 
glected and  thought  to  be  forgotten.  On  these 
occasions  they  always  feign  an  insensibility  of  the 
injury  which  they  intend  to  revenge,  and  even 
repay  it  with  services  and  acts  of  friendship,  until 
they  have  destroyed  all  distrust  and  apprehension 
of  danger.  When  this  is  effected  they  meet  their 
victim  at  some  festival  and  engage  him  to  drink 

236 


wmKgmmmmmti 

1^,        M 

^H 

—V  jf 

^ui 

jl 

^^ 

K 

1 

^^ 

1    ^m 

^  '•'* 

^j^ 

k&.!.' 

I^^Vv 

^.-1 

^^Bmw!^' 

^i^M 

^^[^"5 

ma^^^^ 

^f  A 

■tei 

AMONG  THE  ARAWAACK  INDIANS 
with  them.  They  drink  first  themselves  to  obviate 
suspicion,  and  afterwards  secretly  drops  the  poison 
into  the  potion,  which  they  have  already  concealed 
under  their  finger  nails,  which  are  unusually  long  " 
(Bancroft). 

The  picture  at  the  beginning  of  this  book  is 
from  a  photograph  of  a  group  of  the  Accawais. 
They  wear  no  clothing  save  a  strip  of  linen 
or  cotton  cloth,  either  blue  or  white,  around 
their  loins.  This  is  passed  over  a  cord  tied  round 
the  body  above  the  hips,  in  such  a  way  that  one 
part  hangs  down  the  front,  like  an  apron,  six 
inches  wide,  and  the  other  hangs  behind  like  a 
single  attenuated  coat  tail.  This  article  of  dress 
is  called  a  "  lap."  On  their  shoulders  they  have 
a  necklet  of  alligators'  teeth,  these  creatures 
being  very  numerous  at  the  sources  of  their  rivers. 
Around  the  head  of  the  chief  is  a  circular  band, 
about  two  inches  wide,  woven  from  the  fibre  of  a 
tree.  In  the  upper  edge  of  this  is  fixed  a  great 
number  of  long  feathers  of  different  but  gay 
colours,  red,  blue,  green,  yellow,  black,  white,  which 
stand  erect  round  the  whole  circumference  of  the 
head.  It  gives  them  a  wild  and  fierce  appearance. 
In  their  hands  they  hold  the  battle  axe  or  war 
club,  which  is  made  out  of  a  wood  as  hard  and  as 
heavy  as  iron.  It  is  sharpened  at  the  edge  like  an 
237 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
axe.     They  have  also  their  bows  and  arrows.     At 
one  side  is  a  pegall,  and  at  the  other  a  large,  circular 
iron-plate  on  which  they  bake  their  cassava  cake. 

But  the  most  interesting  of  the  tribes  mentioned 
are  the  Arawaacks.  These  are  they  that  form  the 
subjects  of  our  Mission.  They  live  up  our  rivers 
where  the  land  is  elevated,  and  are  in  close  prox- 
imity to  the  old  Dutch  plantations.  In  days  gone 
by  they  were  often  the  allies  of  the  white  man,  and 
rendered  good  service  in  times  of  insurrection. 
"They  are  of  a  middle  stature,  and  well  propor- 
tioned. In  complexion  they  are  whiter  than  any 
of  the  other  tribes.  Their  features  are  regular  and 
agreeable,  their  lips  thin,  their  eyes  black  and 
sparkling."  Their  necks  are  short,  and  their  ankles, 
hands  and  feet,  particularly  those  of  the  women, 
remarkably  small.  In  temper  and  disposition  they 
are  cheerful  and  humane.  To  Europeans  they  are 
disposed  to  be  friendly.  In  all  my  dealings  with 
them  I  have  found  them  kind  and  gentle  and 
hospitable. 

Those  in  our  mission  have  begun  to  wear 
garments.  A  single  petticoat  and  a  bodice 
becomes  the  robe  of  the  females,  and  the  men 
wear  a  flannel  and  a  light  pair  of  blue  cotton 
trousers.  Of  course,  when  "  parson  "  is  not  there, 
or  they  go  to  their  fields  to  plant  or  dig  cassava, 

238 


Among  the  arawaack  Indians 
they  fall  back  upon  their  native  Indian  robes. 
Previous  to  the  introduction  of  Christianity,  and 
in  those  places  where  no  mission  exists,  they  still 
wander  about  with  the  "  queyou "  as  their  only 
covering.  The  belle  amongst  the  Bokeens  wears 
usually  around  her  neck  a  string  of  beads,  with 
a  tiger's  tooth,  or  the  tooth  of  a  cayman  in 
the  middle.  The  "  queyous  "  are  beautifully  made 
and  fringed,  and  around  their  arms  is  the  usual 
cotton  band.  Their  marriages  are  of  the  simplest 
kind.  An  agreement  being  arrived  at  between 
the  young  people  and  the  parents,  the  marriage  is 
celebrated  by  a  feast  and  dancing.  He  happiest 
to  she  happiest  completes  the  ceremony. 

Having  rested  for  a  short  time  on  the  stump  of 
a  tree,  till  our  baggage  was  got  out  of  the  canoes, 
we  began  to  march,  Indian  file,  along  a  narrow 
path  through  the  forest.  The  chief  sent  half  of 
the  men  in  front,  placing  "  parson  "  in  the  middle. 
He  walked  close  behind  me,  and  the  rest  brought 
up  the  rear.  I  noticed  as  we  passed  along  how 
quick  they  were  in  detecting  reptiles  upon  the 
ground  and  on  the  trees.  Once  the  chief  stopped 
and  pointed  to  a  tree  some  distance  off.  There, 
curled  round  one  of  the  branches,  was  a  huge 
snake.  I  should  probably  not  have  seen  it  had  I 
passed  close  to  it,  for  it  was  nearly  the  colour  of 

239 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
the  wood  around  which  it  was  clinging.  Their 
tread,  too,  was  so  soft  and  cat-like.  It  was  like  a 
person  with  bare  feet  walking  on  tip-toes.  After- 
wards, when  some  of  them  paid  me  a  visit  in  town 
and  came  to  my  church,  I  was  amused  to  see  the 
way  in  which  they  walked  up  the  aisle,  they  might 
have  been  treading  on  boiled  eggs.  The  senses  of 
these  Indians  are  very  acute.  Their  sight,  hearing, 
and  smell  have  become  naturally  keen,  from  their 
continual  exercise  in  watching  for  and  tracking 
game.  The  Arawaacks  have  been  termed  the 
tiger-men,  on  account  of  the  skill  they  display  in 
overcoming  the  jaguar  or  tiger  of  the  forest  and 
coast.  Wandering  through  the  forest  afterwards, 
with  only  one  or  two  of  them,  I  noticed  how  at 
different  points  they  would  break  a  twig  or  bend 
down  a  leaf.  By  these  broken  sticks  they  found 
their  way  back  through  the  labyrinth  of  trees  ; 
for  in  those  forests  it  is  very  easy  to  get  lost. 
You  may  wander  for  weeks  and  months,  and  still 
find  no  way  out,  but  perish  in  the  attempt.  An 
old  writer  who  had  lived  amongst  the  Indians 
many  years,  says,  "  They  will  tell  how  many  men, 
women,  and  children  have  passed,  where  a  stranger 
could  only  see  faint  and  confused  marks  on  the 
path  before  him  ;  and  from  the  appearance  of  the 
track  and  the  state  of  the  weather,  will  tell  the 

240 


ii^> 

'  ^^'»1IB 

'w'^^9^ 

i. 

^^p 

■i 

SSp' 

W 

■^ 

^  ^1^'^fe^^^^B 
•■^•^^f^-^^^^^^ 

rf.    ■ 

!^9V^^^^^^^^^I 

l^r*^^^\>: 

^S?^ 
*.^^. 

s 

i^^i.'^'-^A' 

•=^.:i 

'^^El   ak^^k^J  ^^^^^KKti 

SECOND   GROWTH    FOREST. 


[To  face  p.  241. 


AMONG  THE  ARAWAACK  INDIANS 
time  that  has  elapsed  since  the  footprints  were 
made.  When  arriving  at  a  settlement,  I  have 
been  disappointed  at  the  absence  of  the  people. 
The  Indians  with  me  would  examine  the  fire-place, 
the  dust  on  the  utensils  that  had  been  left,  and 
the  various  paths  leading  from  the  place,  and  they 
would  then  tell  me  when  the  people  left  the  house, 
and  the  direction  in  which  they  were  gone."  ikmacoit  Libnuqu 

Any  one  who  has  wandered  through  these 
tropical  forests  must  have  been  impressed  with 
the  wealth  and  exuberance  of  vegetable  life. 
Successive  generations  of  trees  are  there  standing 
and  flourishing  around.  There  is  the  old  tree, 
with  its  mighty  trunk  and  its  outspreading 
branches.  This  we  may  call  the  "  octogenarian." 
Then  there  is  the  one  that  comes  after  this,  the 
son  of  the  old  man.  He  is  full-grown,  and  still 
sturdy  and  vigorous.  Then  there  are  younger 
ones,  about  half  or  two-thirds  grown.  They  are 
struggling  to  make  a  place  for  themselves,  and  to 
find  room  for  their  outspreading  branches.  Then 
there  are  the  young  saplings — the  children,  we 
might  call  them.  These  are  very  numerous,  and 
only  a  small  proportion  of  these  survive  the 
dangers  and  perils  of  juvenility  and  grow  up  to 
mature  life.  Everywhere  are  trees,  plants,  shrubs, 
minute    mosses,    growth,    exuberance,   life.     You 

241  q 


BRITISH  GUIANA 

cannot  put  down  your  foot  without  crushing  some 
beautiful  flower  or  graceful  plant.  Impenetrable 
thickets  here  and  there  present  themselves,  for 
creeping  parasites  or  pliant  vines  have  entwined 
themselves  around  the  stalwart  trees,  climbing  up 
the  trunks,  running  along  the  branches,  interlacing, 
encircling,  with  a  kind  of  voluptuous  embrace,  that 
insidiously  sucks  the  strength  of  the  woody  giant, 
but  gives  beauty  and  romance  to  the  scene.  Some 
of  these  vines  are  thick  and  strong  and  leafless, 
and  are  called  bushropes,  others  are  slender  and 
graceful  and  leafy,  and  sometimes  rich  with  a 
beautiful  lilac,  or  purple,  or  white,  or  red  flower. 
They  hang  in  festoons  and  form  a  kind  of  drapery. 
So  enveloped  sometimes  is  the  tree  and  hidden  by 
these  Delilah-like  plants,  that  you  would  think  it 
was  the  tree  itself  that  was  in  bloom.  Through 
these  thickets,  along  a  narrow  path  which  the  axe 
or  the  cutlass  has  carved,  we  wend  our  way.  The 
sun  is  shining  bright  outside,  but  his  rays  cannot 
penetrate  this  leafy  gloom.  Here  and  there  he 
may  shoot  through  the  tree-tops  a  spray  of  light, 
making  the  leaves  glisten  and  the  dew-drops 
sparkle  and  the  concealed  floral  treasures  appear. 
A  mysterious  silence  reigns  around.  It  is  not 
the  silence  of  the  mountain-top,  nor  the  silence  of 
mid-ocean,  nor  the  silence  of  some  ancient  ruin, 

242 


AMONG  THE  ARAWAACK  INDIANS 
nor  the  silence  of  the  grave.  It  is  more  like  the 
silence  of  the  Eternal :  a  silence  that  comes  not 
from  emptiness,  but  from  the  very  fulness  of  life  ; 
for  if  you  listen  attentively  you  will  hear  a  stifled 
sound,  a  continued  murmur.  The  sap  is  running 
up  the  arteries  of  the  trees  and  coursing  through 
the  veins,  the  leaves  are  inhaling  the  nitrogen  from 
the  air,  the  branches  are  waving  their  leafy  plumes. 
Myriads  of  insects  are  crawling  among  the  dead 
leaves  on  the  floor ;  from  the  decayed  trunks  of 
trees  issue  thousands  upon  thousands  of  red  and 
black  ants,  all  in  full  regimentals  and  marching 
order.  There  is  not  a  rotting  branch  but  is  the 
home  or  the  workshop  of  some  beetle,  or  lizard, 
or  millipede,  or  worm.  We  are  in  great  Nature's 
laboratory ;  it  is  a  magazine  of  wonders — all 
Nature  breathes.  It  is  the  breath  of  God  and 
the  breath  of  life. 

When  we  had  travelled  some  distance  I  heard 
a  noise  that  seemed  to  me  at  first  like  some  one 
felling  a  tree,  then  it  sounded  again  like  distant 
thunder.  I  looked  at  the  chief  in  wonder- 
ment, and  he  smiled.  Then  saying  something 
in  Arawaack  to  one  of  the  men  behind,  two 
of  them  departed  a  little  distance  from  us,  and 
having  taken  up  two  stout  cudgels  they  struck  in 
turn  the  fluted  trunk  of  a  yarruroo  tree.   It  sounded 

243 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
like  the  beating  of  a  huge  drum.  "  The  Indians 
at  the  settlement,"  said  the  chief,  "  will  now  know 
that  we  are  coming."  It  is  in  this  way  they  give 
warning  of  the  approach  of  a  stranger.  We  may 
call  it  the  Arawaack's  telephone. 

To  those  who  have  never  seen  an  Indian  settle- 
ment, words  will  fail  to  describe  it.  All  around 
is  the  great  forest.  A  space  has  been  cleared  for 
the  houses.  These  houses,  or  wigwams  or  Benaabs 
as  we  call  them,  are  of  different  sizes  and  shapes, 
and  are  placed  irregularly.  They  are  very  simple 
in  their  structure,  and  quite  in  keeping  with  the 
primitive  nature  of  the  occupants.  From  a  photo- 
graph which  was  taken,  I  am  able  to  present  my 
readers  with  a  true  picture  of  an  Indian  benaab. 
It  consists  of  upright  posts  driven  into  the  ground. 
These  are  held  at  the  top  by  cross  beams  ;  not 
a  nail  or  wooden  pin  is  used  in  the  fastening  of 
them — they  are  simply  tied  together  by  bush- 
ropes.  The  roof  is  thatched  with  dehalibani 
leaves.  Having  arrived  at  the  settlement,  I 
found  some  thirty  or  forty  benaabs  promiscuously 
fixed  about.  In  the  centre  of  this  strange  circle 
stood  a  little  Indian  chapel,  made  after  the  same 
fashion,  and  close  by  was  "parson's"  benaab. 
"  This,"  said  the  chief,  "  we  give  to  you  ;  it  is 
your  house.     We  glad  you  come  amongst  us  to 

244 


^^^^^^^^^^^^^^B^^^^^v*              ^■^^^^^^■i 

, 

ml^M 

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H^^^^H                   VdB^^^^B 

/ 

/ 
/ 

s^fldH^^^^^B  ^^^^^^>                                                              t^ 

i-'i 

■i 

^H^^HiBI^&^       -^.■'.dH 

AMONG  THE  ARAWAACK  INDIANS 
tell  us  of  the   great    Father's    love."     I    thanked 
him,  and  thought  no  more  can  I  sing  those  three 
lines  of  Wesley's  hymn — 

"  No  foot  of  land  do  I  possess, 
Nor  cottage  in  this  wilderness, 
A  poor  wayfaring  man  ;  " 

for  now  I  have  a  house,  it  is  on  freehold  land, 
and  is  given  to  me  in  perpetuity.  On  entering 
my  benaab  I  found  it  quite  empty.  What  was 
I  to  do  ?  No  furniture  up  here  ;  not  even  a  chair 
or  a  table  or  a  three-legged  stool.  Well,  I  had 
my  hammock,  and  that  was  soon  fixed  up  for  me, 
and  we  .managed  to  make  a  bench  and  table  out 
of  some  logs  of  wood.  Forgetting  all  about  my 
past  training  in  the  habits  of  civilised  life,  I  fell 
into  native  simplicity,  and  became  content  with 
a  broiled  fish  from  the  creek  and  a  bit  of  cassava 
cake.  By  and  by  we  were  able  to  improve  on 
this,  and  the  Indians  would  add  a  bush  fowl,  or 
a  piece  of  labba,  or  even  a  joint  of  venison.  Our 
first  service  was  held  about  five  o'clock.  Little 
Indian  children,  in  puris  naturalibus^  sat  on  the 
rude  benches  in  front  and  the  men  and  women 
behind.  About  one  hundred  and  twenty  assem- 
bled. They  sang  in  a  soft  simple  way  the  sweet 
songs  of  the  Saviour,  and  then  after  the  reading 

245 


BRITISH  GUIANA 
of  Scripture  the  chief  interpreted  to  them  my 
simple  exposition.  This  over,  I  was  taken  to  the 
different  benaabs,  and  introduced  to  the  respective 
families.  The  inside  of  these  houses  is  very  funny. 
There  is  no  furniture  save  a  cooking  pot,  an  iron 
plate,  a  few  utensils  for  making  cassava  cake,  and 
a  hammock.  Indeed,  these  latter  are  hung  all 
about  the  place.  Some  we  found  resting  in  them 
as  in  the  picture  before  you,  and  some  were  squat- 
ting on  pieces  of  wood.  As  many  as  ten  and 
twelve  hammocks  will  be  swung  in  one  benaab. 
The  Indian  lies  in  it  during  the  day  and  sleeps 
in  it  at  night.  It  is  his  vade  inecum.  Besides 
this  benaab  in  the  picture  is  a  plantain  tree,  with 
its  splendid  leaves  two  feet  wide  and  eight  or  ten 
feet  long,  this  in  itself  forming  a  splendid  shade 
from  the  heat  of  the  sun. 

During  the  night  the  dogs  keep  watch,  and 
invariably  a  little  fire  of  dried  sticks  is  kept 
burning  in  each  house.  The  Indians  seem  to 
sleep  with  one  eye  open,  for  I  heard  them  talking 
many  a  time  during  the  night,  and  they  were  up 
and  about  some  hours  before  daylight  in  the 
morning ;  indeed,  they  frequently  set  out,  five  or 
six  of  them  together,  about  three  o'clock  in  the 
morning  on  some  distant  journey  or  to  hunt  in 

the  forest 

246 


AMONG  THE  ARAWAACK  INDIANS 
Each  day  we  had  service  in  our  little  chapel  at 
7  a.m.  ;  then  from  ten  to  twelve  I  taught  every 
one  that  came  into  my  house ;  from  two  to  four 
I  taught  the  children  to  read  some  short  passages 
in  the  Bible  and  to  sing  some  of  our  simple 
hymns ;  in  the  evening  we  again  closed  with 
family  prayers.  Thus  the  days  went  by,  and  I 
learned  to  pity  and  to  love  these  simple  denizens 
of  the  Wilderness. 


247 


Ubc  (Bresbam  Press 

UNWIN    BROTHERS, 
WOKING  AND  LONDON 


BOOKS  FOR 
RECREATION 
And    study 


PUBLISHED  BY 
T.  FISHER  UNWIN, 
II,  PATERNOSTER 
BUILDINGS,  LON- 
DON,      E.C.  .... 


T.  FISHER  UNWIN,  Publisher, 


THE    STORY    OF 

THE    NATIONS 

A  SERIES  OF   POPULAR   HISTORIES. 


Each   Volume   is  furnislud  with  Maps,  Illustrations,  and   Index.       Large 

Crown  ^vo.y  fancy  cloth,  gold  lettered,  or  Library  Edition,  dark  cloth,  burnished 

red  top,  Ss.  each. — Or  may  be  had  in  half  Persian,  cloth  sides,  gilt  tops ; 

Price  on  Application. 


By  the  Rev.  S.  Baring- 
By  Professor  Alfred 


By     Arthur 


1.  Rome.    By  Arthur  Oilman,  M.A. 

2.  The    J^ws.      By   Professor  J.  K. 

HOSMER. 

3.  Germany. 

Gould. 

4.  Carthage. 
J.  Church. 

5.  Alexander's  Empire.    By  Prof. 
J.  P.  Mahaffy. 

6.  The    Moors    In    Spain.      By 
Stanley  Lane-Poole. 

7.  Ancient    Egypt.     By  Prof, 
George  Rawlinson. 

8.  Hungary.      By  Prof.  Arminius 
Vamberv. 

9.  The     Saracens. 

GiLMAN,  M.A. 

[o.  Ireland.      By    the    Hon.    Emilt 
Lawless. 

11.  Ohaldea.       By     Zenaide     A. 
Ragozin, 

12.  The  Goths.    By  Henry  Bradley. 

13.  Assyria.    By  Zenaide  A.  Ragozin. 

14.  Turkey.      By   Stanley    Lane- 
Poole. 

15.  Holland.      By  Professor   J.   E. 
Thorold  Rogers. 

16.  Media Yal  France.   By  Gustave 
Masson. 

17.  Persia.    By  S.  G,  W.  Benjamin. 

18.  PhOBnicia.     By  Prof.  George 
Rawlinson. 

19.  Media.    By  Zenaide  A.  Ragozin, 
30.  The  Hansa  Towns.    By  Helen 

ZlMMKKN, 

21.  Barly    Britain.      By    Professor 

Alfrfd  J.  Church. 
23.  The   Barbary   Corsairs.     By 

Stanley  Lane-Poole. 

23.  Russia.     By  W.  R.  MORFILL. 

24.  The  Jews  under  the  Roman 

Empire.    By  W.  D,  Morrison, 


By  John  Mackintosh, 
By  R.  Stead  and 


25.  Scotland. 
LL.D. 

26.  Switzerland. 
LiNA  Hug. 

27.  Mexico.    By  Susan  Hale. 

28.  Portugal.  By  H.  Morse  Stephens. 

29.  The  Normans.  By  Sarah  Orne 
Jewett. 

30.  The  Byzantine  Empire.  By 
C.  W.  C.  Oman,  M.A. 

31.  Sicily:  Phoenician,  Greek 
and  Roman.  By  the  late  E.  A. 
Freeman. 

32.  The  Tuscan  and  Genoa 
Republics.    By  Bella  Duffy. 

33.  Poland*    By  W.  R.  MORFiLL. 

34.  Parthia.  By  Prof.  George  Raw- 
linson. 

35.  The  Australian  Common- 
wealth. By  Greville  Tregar- 
then. 

36.  Spain.    By  H.  E.  Watts. 

37.  Japan.    By  David  Murray,  Ph.D. 

38.  South  AArica.  By  George  M. 
Theal. 

39.  Venice.     By  the    Hon.  Alethea 

WIEL. 

40.  The  Crusades:  The  Latin  King- 
dom of  Jerusalem.  By  T.  A.  ARCHER 
and  Charles  L.  Kingsford. 

41.  Yedio  India.  By  Zenaide  A. 
Ragozin. 

43.  The  vrest  Indies  and  the 
Spanish  Main.  By  }ame> 
RonwAY,  F.L.S. 

43.  Bohemia.    By  C.  E.  Maurice. 

44.  The  Balkans.    By  W.  Miller. 

45.  Canada.    By  Dr.  Bourinot. 

46.  British  India.    Bv  R.  W.  Frazer, 

LL.B. 

47.  Modem  France;  By  AndrA  le 
Bon. 

The  Franks.  By  Lewis  Sergeant, 
B.A. 


"Such  a  universal  history  as  the  series  will  present  us  with  in  its  completion  will  be  .1 
possession  such  as  no  country  but  our  own  can  boast  of .  .  .  .  Its  success  on  the  whole 
has  been  very  remarkable."— Z?<ii7y  Chronicle. 


11,  Paternoster  Buildings,  London,  E.G. 


T.  FISHER  UNWIN,  Publisher, 


THE  CHILDREN'S  STUDY 


Long  %vo.^  clothf  gilt  tof^  with  photogravurt frontisptece^  prici  2/6  each. 

1.  Scotland.     By  Mrs.  Oliphant. 

2.  Ireland.     Edited  by  Barry  O'Brien. 

3.  England.    By  Frances  E.  Cooke. 

4.  Germany.     By  Kate  Freiligrath  Kroeker,  Author 

of  "  Fairy  Tales  from  Brentano,"  &c. 

5.  Old  Tales  from  Greece.  By  Alice  Zimmern. 

6.  France.    By  Mary  Rowsell. 

7.  The  United  States.  By  Minna  Smith. 

8.  Rome.     By  Mary  Ford. 

OPINIONS  OF  THE  PRESS  ON  "  SCOTLAND:* 

"  For  children  of  the  right  age  this  is  an  excellent  little  history."— Z^az/y  News. 

"  Enough  of  fault-finding  with  a  writer  who  has  otherwise  performed  his  task  in  a 
perfectly  charming  mznnQt. "—Daily  Chronicle. 

"The  best  book  for  the  rising  Caledonian  that  has  appeared  for  many  a  day." 

"Simple,  picturesque,  and  well-proportioned." — Glasgow  Herald.  iScotsman. 

"  A  charming  book  full  of  life  and  colo\xr."—Speaker. 

"As  a  stimulator  of  the  imagination  and  intelligence,  it  is  a  long  way  ahead  of 
many  books  in  use  in  some  schools." — Sketch. 

"  The  book  is  attractively  produced.  Mrs.  Oliphant  has  performed  her  difficult  task 
welL" — Educational  Times. 

"A  work  which  may  claim  its  place  upon  the  shelves  of  the  young  people's  library, 
where  it  may  prove  of  not  a  little  service  also  to  their  elders."— School  Beard  Chronicle. 

OPINIONS  OF  THE  PRESS  ON  ''IRELAND." 
"  Many  who  are  children  no  longer  will  be  glad  of  this  compact  but  able  introduc- 
tion to  the  story  of  Ireland's  woes.    The  form  of  the  volume  is  particularly  attractive." 

British  Weekly. 
"We  heartily  congratulate  Mr.  Barry  O'Brien  upon  this  interesting  little  volume. 
The  style  is  intensely  'vi\\.txe%i\ng."— Schoolmaster. 

"  It  is  well  that  the  youth  of  England,  who  have  entered  into  a  serious  inheritance 
and  who  will  soon  be  the  voters  of  England,  should  have  some  conception  of  the 
country  with  whom  they  are  so  closely  bound  up,  and  for  whose  past  their  fathers  are 
so  heavily  responsible.  We  do  not  know  of  any  work  so  fitting  for  imparting  to  them 
this  knowledge  as  the  present,  which,  therefore,  we  heartily  commend  to  all  teachers 
as  the  best  text-book  of  Irish  history  for  the  young."— Daily  Chronicle. 

OPINIONS  OF  THE  PRESS  ON  ''ENGLAND." 

"Terse,  vivid,  well-informed."— 5/^a/i^r. 

"Pleasantly  written,  and  well  within  the  capacity  of  a  young  child.  .  .  .  We 
anticipate  with  pleasure  the  appearance  of  the  succeeding  volumes  of  'The  Children's 
Study.'  " — School  Guardian. 

"  Admirably  done  ....  always  easy  of  understanding."— Scotsman. 

OPINIONS  OF  THE  PRESS  ON  "  GERMANY." 

"  We  have  seldom  seen  a  small  history  so  well  balanced,  and  consequently  so 
adequate  as  an  introduction  to  the  subject." — Educational  Times. 

"  Painstaking  and  well  written." — Daily  Chronicle. 

"Clear  as  accurate.  It  is  just  the  sort  of  book  to  give  to  a  youngster  who  has  to 
study  Teutonic  history."— Black  and  White. 

'•  An  interesting  historical  series."— P«//  Mall  Gazette. 

11,  Paternoster  Buildings,  London,  E.G.  aa 


T.  FISHER  UNIVIN,  Publisher, 


BUILDERS  OF  GREATER 

BRITAIN  EDITED  BT 

H.  F.  WILSON 

A  Set  of  10  Volutnes,  each  with  Photogravure  Frontispiece^ 
and  Map,  large  crown  8^0.,  cloth,  6b.  each. 


The  completion  of  the  Sixtieth  year  of  the  Queen's  reign  will  be  the  occasion  of  much 
retrospect  and  review,  in  the  course  of  which  the  great  men  who,  under  the  auspices  of  Her 
Majesty  sind  her  predecessors,  have  helped  to  make  the  British  Empire  what  it  is  to-day, 
will  naturally  be  brought  to  mind.  Hence  the  idea  of  the  present  series.  These  biographies, 
concise  but  full,  popular  but  authoritative,  have  been  designed  with  the  view  of  giving  in 
each  case  an  adequate  picture  of  the  builder  in  relation  to  his  work. 

The  series  will  be  under  the  general  editorship  of  Mr.  H.  F.  Wilson,  formerly  Fellow 
of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  and  now  prirate  secretary  to  the  Right  Hon.  J.  Chamberlain 
at  the  Colonial  Office.  Each  volume  will  be  placed  in  competent  hands,  and  will  contain 
the  best  portrait  obtainable  of  its  subject,  and  a  map  showing  his  special  contribution  to 
the  Imperial  edifice.  The  first  to  appear  will  be  a  Life  of  Sir  Walter  Ralegh,  by  Major 
Hume,  the  learned  author  of  "  The  Year  after  the  Armada."  Others  in  contemplation  will 
deal  with  the  Cabots,  the  quarter-centenary'  of  whose  sailing  from  Bristol  is  has  recently  been 
celebrated  in  tJiat  city,  as  well  as  in  Canada  and  Newfoundland  ;  Sir  Thomas  Maitland,  the 
"  King  Tom "  of  the  Mediterranean  ;  Rajah  Brooke,  Sir  Stamford  Raffles,  Lord  Clive, 
Edward  Gibbon  Wakefield,  Zachauy  Macaulay,  &c.,  &c 

The  Series  has  taken  for  its  motto  the  Miltonic  prayer  : — 

**  e^ou  J&90  of  t^^  frtt  grace  ^l^«f  Buitb  up  t^ia  ®rt«atttiicft 
€m^u  to  a  gton'ouB  axii>  etiBiafife  ^tis^i^*  SBit^  aff  ^r 
«aus5ter  Jafan^a  afiout  ^er+  stag  ub  in  t^iB  feft'cttie/* 


1.  SIR  WALTER  RALEGH.    By  Martin  A.  8.  Hume,  Author 

of  "  The  Courtships  of  Queen  EUzabeth,"  &c. 

2.  5IR  THOMAS  MAITLAND;  the  Mastery  of  the  Mediterranean. 

By  Walter  Frewen  Lord. 

3.  JOHN    CABOT   AND    HIS    SONS;    the  Discovery  of    North 

America.    By  C.  Raymond  Beazley,  M.A. 

4.  LORD   CLIVE;    the  Foundation  of  British   Rule  in  India.    By 

Sir  A.  J.  Arbuthnot,  K.C.S.I.,  CLE. 

5.  EDWARD  GIBBON  WAKEFIELD;  the  Colonisation  of  South 

Australia  and  New  Zealand.     By  R.  Garnett,  C.B.,  LL.D. 

6.  RAJAH    BROOKE;    the  Englishman  as  Ruler  of   an  Eastern 

State.    By  Sir  Spenser  St.  John,  G.C.M.G 

7.  ADMIRAL  PHILIP;   the  Founding  of  New  South  Wales.    By 

Louis  Becke  and  Walter  Jeffery. 

8.  SIR  STAMFORD  RAFFLES;  England  in  the  Far  East.    By 
the  Editor. 

11,  Paternoster  Buildings,  London,  E.G.  H 


T.  FISHER  UN  WIN,  Publisher, 


The  ADVENTURE  SERIES 

POPULAR    RE-ISSUa 


Each  lar^  crown  %vo.,  fully  illustrated.    Popular  re-issue^  3a.  6cl. 

ptr  vol.  ;  in  two  styles  of  binding^  viz.y  decorative  cover ^  cut  edges  ; 

and  plain  library  style^  untouched  edges. 

1.  Adventures    of    a    Younger    Son.       By 

Edward  J.  Trelawney.     Introduction  by  Edward 
Garnett. 

2.  Madagascar;   or,    Robert   Drury's  Journal 

during   his   Captivity   on    that   Island.     Preface   and 
Notes  by  Captain  S.  P.  Oliver,  R.A. 

3.  Memoirs  of  the  Extraordinary  Military 

Career  of  John  Shipp. 

4.  The     Buccaneers    and     Marooners    of 

America.      Edited  and  Illustrated  by  Howard  Pyle. 

5.  The  Log  of  a  Jack  Tar:  Being  the  Life  of 

James  Choyce,  ]\Iaster  Mariner.     Edited  by  Comman- 
der V.  LovETT  Cameron. 

6.  Ferdinand  Mendez  Pinto,   the    Portu- 

guese   Adventurer.     New   Edition.    Annotated  by 
Prof.  A.  Vambery. 

7.  Adventures  of  a  Blockade  Runner.     By 

William  Watson.  Illustrated  by  Arthur  Byng,  R.N. 

SOME  PRESS  NOTICES. 

"In  the  excellent  Adventure  Series,  not  only  are  old  tales  of  adventure  retold 
but  new  tales  are  brought  to  men's  ears." — Scctsman. 

"  One  of  the  most  entertaining  collections  of  the  kind  ever  published."— JE^^ff. 

"This  unique  set  of  volumes."— Z?a;/y  Chronicle. 

"  An  interesting  series."— 5/.  James's  GatetU. 

"The  whole  series  has  been  of  exceptional  interest."— Gz^*;:  Argus. 

"Amply  fulfils  its  purpose  by  showing  that  the  taste  for  stories  of  adventure  may  be 
gratified  by  narratives  of  fact  without  resorting  to  the  ingenious  absurdities  of  modem 
ni^on."— Literary  World. 

"That  interesting  series."— Schoolmaster. 

11,  Paternoster  Buildings,  London,  K.C.  ct 


T.  FISHER  UNW^IN,  Publisher, 


SOME  WORKS  BY  REV.  E.  J.  HARDY 

"  The  Murray  of  Matrimony^  the  Baedeker  of  Bliss" 

HOW  TO  BE  HAPPY  THOUGH  MARRIED 

Popular  Edition^  gilt  edges ^  cloth^  bevelled  boards^  3a.  6d. 

Presentation  Edition^  white  vellum,  cloth,  bevelled  boards,  gilt 

edges,  in  box,  7s.  6d. 

"An  entertaining  volume.    .    .    .  The  new  guide  to  matrimonial  felicity. — "Standard. 

"  This  charming  volume.    .    .    .    Wit  and  wisdom  abound  in  its  pages ;  as  for  the 

good  stories,  they  are  almost  too  plentiful." — Spectator. 

Uniform  in  style  and  prices  with  the  foregoing. 

THE  FIVE  TALENTS  OF  WOMAN 

A  Book  for  Girls  and  Young  Women 

THE    BUSINESS    OF    LIFE 

A    Book    for   Everyone 
Square  imperial  i6mo.,  cloth,  3s.  6d* — Presentation  Edition, 
bevelled  boards,  gilt  edges,  in  box,  la.  6d. 
"Calculated  to  teach  the  art  of  happiness  and  contentment  as  well  as  mere  exhortation 
can  teach  it." — Times. 
"  Pleasant  as  well  as  profitable  reading." — Literary  World. 

"A  host  of  social  subjects  are  treated  in  a  way  at  once  wise  and  witty,  and  In  a 
manner  as  delightful  to  read  as  they  are  pleasantly  'improving,'  "—X>ar7y  Telegraph, 

THE  SUNNY  DAYS  OF  YOUTH 

A  Book  for  Boys  and  Young  Men 
Square  Imperial  i6mo.,  cloth,  3a.  6d. — Presentation  Edition, 
elegantly  bound,  bevelled  boards,  gilt  edges,  la,  6(1, 
"  It  is  an  excellent  boolc  for  a  serious-minded  boy." — Scotsman. 

"  The  pleasantest  reading  possible  .  .  .  this  useful  little  book." — Educational  Reoiem, 
"As  well  written  as  it  is  unquestionably  well-intentioned." — Leeds  Mercury, 

FAINT  YET  PURSUING 

Square  Imperial  i6mo.    Popular  Edition.     Crown  8w., 
cloth,  3b.  6d. 
"  Will  meet  with  an  extensive  recognition."— ilf^r«z«g  Post. 
"  Short  and  sensible  .  .  .  they  form  fresh  and  breezy  xtd^dxag."— Glasgow  Herald, 

"MANNERS  MAKYTH  MAN" 

Presentation  Edition,  imperial  i6mo.,  cloth,  bevelled  boards, 
in  box,  Ta.  6d./  cloth,  6a.  Popular  Edition^ 
small  square  %vo.,  cloth,  38.  6d. 

"Good-natured,  wholesome,  and  straightforward."— 5a/«rrf«>'  Review. 

"A  really  delightful  volume,  well  adapted  for  family  reading."— CAr/i/ia«  World, 

THE  LOVES  OF  SOME  FAMOUS  MEN 

Imperial  l6mo.,  cloth  ^  6  a. 
11,  Paternoster  Buildings,  London,  E.G.  ff 


T.  FISHER  UNWIN,  Publisher, 


WORKS  BY  PROF.  PASQUALE  VILLARI 

THE   LIFE  AND  TIMES   OF  GIRO- 
LAMO  SAVONAROLA 

Translated  by  LINDA  VILLARI 

New  and  Cheaper  Edition  in  one  volume.     Fully  Illustrated. 
Cloth,  large  crown,  Ts«  6d« 

"  No  more  interesting  book  has  been  issued  during  the  present  season." 

Pall  Mall  Gazette. 

"Tiie  most  interesting  religious  biography  tliat  we  know  of  in  modern  times." 

Spectator, 

"A  book  wliich  is  not  likely  to  be  loTgotten."—Athenceum. 

"  By  far  the  best  book  on  Savonarola  available  for  English  readers." — Standard. 

"  Is  perhaps  the  book  of  the  publishing  season."— 5/flr. 

"Sincere,  complete,  and,  upon  the  whole,  well-balanced  and  candid." — Yorkshire  Post. 

"A  work  of  very  great  value." — Scotsman. 

"No  more  graphic  view  of  the  ecclesiastical  and  social  life  of  ancient  Italy  has  been 
opened  up  for  us  than  this  of  Linda  Villm."— Morning  Leader. 

"As  complete  and  trustworthy  as  care,  judgment,  and  the  fullest  investigation  can 
make  Hy— Dundee  Advertiser. 

"A  credit  to  the  publisher."— Indefendettt. 


THE  LIFE  AND  TIMES  OF  NICCOLO 
MACHIAVELLI 

2  Vols.,  Svo.,  with  Illustrations,  32s. 

"  Indispensable  to  the  serious  student  of  Machiavelli,  his  teaching  and  his  times." 

Times. 
"The  fullest  and  most  authoritative  history  of  Machiavelli  and  his  times  ever  given 
to  the  British  puhlic."— Glasgow  Herald. 

May  be  regarded  as  an  authority  on  the  times  of  which  it  treats.  .  .  .  The  book  is 
enriched  with  rare  and  interesting  illustrations,  and  with  some  valuable  historical 
documents."— 2?<w7y  Telegraph. 


THE   TWO   FIRST   CENTURIES   OF 
FLORENTINE   HISTORY 

2  Vols.,  with  Illustrations,  %vo.,  16a.  each. 

"Professor  Villari's  learned  and  original  work,  ...  Its  value  has  long  been  recognised 
by  all  competent  students  of  Dante  and  of  the  Florentine  history  of  his  time." — Times. 
Its  value  to  those  in  search  of  real  knowledge  could  not  be  easily  exaggerated." 

Scotsman. 


11,  Paternoster  Buildings,  London,  E.G.  gg 


T.  FISHKR  UNWIN,  Publisher, 


THE    CENTURY    DIG 
TIONARY 

Svt  volumes  bound  in  cloth,  gilt  lettered,  sprinkled  edges, 

per  vol.    JS2    2  s. 

Do,  in  half  morocco,  marbled  edges,  per  vol.   £2  16s. 

24  Parts,  strongly   bound   in  cloth,  per  part,  lOs.  6d. 

Bookcase  for  holding  the  Dictionary,  price   £3  38. 

Size  of  each  volume  13  in.  x  9|  in.  x  2^  in. 


PRESS  NOTICES. 
"The  exceptional  merits  of  the  'Century  Dictionary '  are  beyond  dispute."— 7Vffj«. 

"One  of  tlie  most  notable  monuments  of  the  philological  industi^  of  the  age," 

Daily  Telegraph, 
"  It  is  a  work  of  great  ability,  fine  scholarship,  and  patient  research  in  many  widely 
different  departments  of  learning." — Standard. 

"As  we  turn  the  leaves  of  this  splendid  work,  we  feel  acutely  the  inadequacy  of  any 
description  apart  from  actual  handling  of  the  volumes."— ^a;7y  Chronicle. 

"  It  is  fuller,  more  complete,  with  fewer  faults  than  any  rival."— Pall  Mall  Gazette. 


THE   CYCLOPAEDIA   OF 
NAMES 

Cloth,  £2  2s.  net. ;  half  morocco,  £2  15b.  nrt 

Size— T3  in.  x  8i  x  2^  in. 


PRESS  NOTICES. 

"4  book  of  ready  reference  for  proper  names  of  every  conceivable  kind."— Daily  News. 

"The 'Cyclopaedia  of  Names'  deserves  to  rank  with  important  works  of  reference, 
for  though  its  facts  on  any  given  subject  are,  of  course,  elementary,  they  can  be  quickly 
found,  and,  on  the  whole,  they  are  admirably  chosen."— Standard. 

"A  most  handsome  and  solid  volume    ....    It  will  be  found  exceedingly  useful. 

.    .    It  is  beautifully  printed." — Daily  Chronicle. 

"A  most  valuable  compiKation,  and  one  whch  will  be  valued  for  the  great  mass  of 
information  which  it  contains."— Glasgow  Herald. 

"  Every  library  of  reference,  no  matter  how  richly  stocked,  will  be  the  richer  for 
having  it  ...  .  may  be  consulted  freely  vvrithout  the  Inconveniences  of  human 
hiuliLge."— Scotsman, 


11,  Paternoster  Buildings,  London,  E.G. 


ii 


T.  FISHER  UNWIN,  Publisher, 


SOME   3/6    NOVELS 

Uniform  Edition  of  Mark  Rutherford's    works.     Edited    by    Reuben 
Shapcott.     Crown  8vo.,  cloth. 


The  Revolution  in  Tanner's 

Lane. 

Catliarine  Furze :  A  Novel.  By 
Mark  Rutherford.  Fourth  Edition. 

Clara    Hopgood.       By    Mark 

Rutherford. 


The  Autobiography  of  Mark 

Rutherford.     Fifth  Edition. 

Mark  Rutherford's  Deliver- 
ance.   New  Edition. 

Miriam's  Schooling,  and  other 
Papers.  Hy  Mark  Rutherford. 
With  Fiontispieceby  Walter  Crane. 
Second  Edition. 

"These  writings  are  certainly  not  to  be  lightly  dismissed,  bearing  as  they  do  the 
impress  of  a  mind  which,  although  limited  in  range  and  sympathies,  is  decidedly 

original." — Tinu-s. 

The  Statement  of  Stella  Maberly.    By  F.  Anstey,  Author  of 

'Vice  Versa."    Crown  8vo.  cloth. 

"  It  is  certainly  a  strange  and  striking  si(xy."—AthefUgum. 

Qlnette's  Happiness.    Being  a  translation  by  Ralph  DERECHEFof 

•'  Lc  lionheur  de  Ginctte."    Crown  8vo.,  cloth. 
"  Pretty  and  gracefully  told."— Pa//  Mall  Gazette. 

5ilent  Gods  and  Sun-5teeped   Lands.    By   R.   W.    Frazer. 

Second  Edition.    With  4  full-page  Illustrations  by  A.  D.  McCORMICK  and  a  Photo- 
gravure  Frontispiece.    Small  crown  8vo.,  cloth. 

"  Mr.  Frazer  writes  powerfully  and  well,  and  seems  to  have  an  intimate  acquaint- 
ance with  the  sun-steeped  land,  and  the  strange  hemgs'viho^&o^leit,"— Glasgow  Herald. 

Paul  Heinsius.    By  Cora  Lyster.    Crown  8vo.,  cloth. 

"This  is  an  extremely  clever  and  altogether  admirable,  but  not  altogether  unkindly, 
anatomisation  of  Teutonic  character."— Z>ai'/y  Chronicle, 

My  Bagdad.     By  Elliott  Dickson.    Illustrated.    8vo.,  cloth. 

"Related  with  a  refreshing  simplicity  that  is  certain  to  approve  itself  to  readers."— 
Bookseller. 

Silk   of  the   Kine.      By  L.  McManus  (C.   MacGuire),  Author   of 

"Amabel:    A  Military  Romance."    Crown  Svo.,  cloth. 

"We  have  read  'The  Silk  of  the  Kine,'  from  the  first  page  to  the  last,  without 
missing  a  single  word,  and  we  sighed  regretfully  when  Mr.  McManus  brought  the 
adventures  of  Margery  MacGuire  and  Piers  Ottley  to  a  close."— Literary  World. 

A  Pot  of  Honey.    By  Susan  Christian.    Crown  8vo.,  cloth. 

"The  book  is  the  outcome  of  a  clever  mind." — Athenaeum. 

I  Liza  of  Lambeth.    By  W.  Somerset  Maugham.   Crown  Svo.,  cloth. 

"An  interesting  story  of  life  and  character  in  the  Surrey-side  slums,  presented  vrtth 
a  great  deal  of  sympathetic  humour."— Z?aj/y  Chronicle. 

The  Twilight  Reef,  and  other  Stories.   By  Herbert  C.  McIlwaine. 

Crown  Svo.,  cloth. 

11,  Paternoster  Buildings,  London,  E.G.  r 


T.  FISHER  UNWIN,  Publisher, 


THE    MERMAID    SERIES 

The  Best  Plays  of  the  Old  Dramatists. 
Literal  Reproductions  of  the  Old  Text. 


Post  8w.,  each  Volume  containing  about  ^oo  pages ^  and  an  etched 
Frontispiece^  cloth,  3s.  6d.  each. 


T.  The  Best  Plays  of  Christopher 
Marlowe.  Edited  by  Havelock 
Ellis,  and  containing  a  General 
Introduction  to  the  Series  by  John 
Addingtox  Symonds. 

2.  The  Best  Plays  of  Thomas  Ot- 

way.      Introduction    by   the    Hon. 
RoDEN  Noel. 

3.  The  Best  Plays  of  Joha  Ford.— 

Edited  by  Havelock  Ellis. 

4  and  5.  The  Best  Plays  of  Thomas 

Hassinger.      Essay    and    Notes  by 
Arthur  Symons. 

6.  The  Best  Plays  of  Thomas  Hey- 

WOOd.      Edited  by  A.   W.    VERITY. 
Introduction  by  J.  A.  SYMONDS. 

7.  The  Complete  Plays  of  William 
Wycherley.  Edited  by  W.  C. 
Ward. 

8.  Nero,  and  other  Plays.  Edited 

by  H.   P.  HORNE,  Arthxjr  Symons, 
A,  W.  Verity,  and  H.  Ellis. 

9  and  10.  The  Best  Plays  of  Beau- 
mont and  Fletcher.  Introduction 
by  J.  St.  Loe  Strachey. 

II.  The  Complete  Plays  of  William 
Congreve.  Edited  by  Alex.  C. 
Ewald. 


12.  The  Best  Plays  of  Webster  and 

Tourneur.  Introduction  by  John 
Addington  Symonds. 

13  and  14.    The   Best   Plays    of 

Thomas  Mlddlcton.  Introduction 
by  Algernon  Charles  Swinburne. 

15.  The  Best  Plays  of  James  Shir- 

ley.       Introduction    by     Edmund 

GOSSE. 

16.  The    Best  Plays   of    Thomas 

Dekker.    Notes  by  Ernest  Rhys. 

17.  19,  and  20.  The  Best  Plays  of 

Ben  Jonson.  Vol,  I,  edited,  with 
Introduction  and  Notes,  bv  Brinsley 
Nicholson  and  C.  H.  Herford. 

18.  The  Complete  Plays  of  Richard 

Steele.  Edited,  with  Introduction 
and  Notes,  by  G.  A.  Aitken. 

21.  The  Best  Plays  of  Qeorge  Chap* 
man.  Edited  by  William  Lyon 
Phelps.  Instructor  of  English  Litera- 
ture at  Yale  College. 

22.  The  Select  Plays  of  Sir  John 

Vanbrujh.  Edited,  with  an  Intro- 
duction and  Notes,  by  A.  £.  H. 
Swaen. 


PRESS   OPINIONS. 

"Even  the  professed  scholar  with  a  good  library  at  his  command  will  find  some 
texts  here  not  otherwise  easily  accessible ;  while  the  humbler  student  of  slender 
resources,  who  knows  the  bitterness  of  not  being  able  to  possess  himself  of  the  treasure 
stored  in  expensive  folios  or  quartos  long  out  of  print,  will  assuredly  rise  up  and  thank 
Mr.  Unwin."— 5/.  James's  Gatette. 

"  Resumed  under  good  auspicts."— Saturday  Remew. 

"The  issue  is  as  good  as  it  could  be."— British  Weekly. 

"  At  once  scholariy  and  interesting."— £<*^  Mercury. 


11,  Paternoster  Buildings,  London,  E.G. 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 

I  University  of  California  Library 

1  or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
BIdg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

•      ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 
2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 

(510)642-6753 
1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books 

to  NRLF 
Renewals    and    recharges    may    be    made    4    days 

prior  to  due  date 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


^mz^ 


W95 


:Y 


20.000(4/94) 


YC137&12 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


CD3TlD7MMa